Version 12.13.0-0179 - Critical ------------------- Enhancement: - Implemented limited band charging for iBBU08. (RETAIN tip H21631) - CacheCade 2.0 read and write caching on SSDs is supported on ServeRAID M5014 and ServeRAID M5015 with the ServeRAID M5000 Series Performance Accelerator Key. Fixes - Fixed an issue in multipath topology to use an alternate IO path if the current active path is removed. - Fixed an issue where drive states were marked as online before the creation of recontruction volumes completed. - Resolved controller hang condition during system bootup. - Fixed issue causing iBBU07 to always show "Charging" state (RETAIN tip H211025) - Fixed issue causing Virtual Disks to remain in Write-Through state after a relearn (RETAIN tip H211101) - Addressed data exposure issue when using CacheCade
Version 12.12.0-0133 - Suggested ------------------- Fixes: - Addressed an issue where battery over temperature messages could occur during charging. - Fixed issue in the HII broswer where the drive performing copyback will be stated as replacing and not copyback. - Fixed issue in the HII browser where the RPM for SATA drives show "0" - Fixed issue in HII browers where port 4 is shown on both ports 0 and 1 - Fixed HII browser issue where the user will get an error message when a global hot spare is created. - Fix HII browser issue where a RAID volume with greater then 3 spans will fail to create.
Version 12.12.0-0126 - Critical ------------------- Fixes: - Fixed a issue where the RAID configuration can be lost when updating from firmware package 12.0.1-0097 or below. - Fixed an issue with 4-kilobyte (KB) sector disk support compatibility in NTFS by disabling 512E drive support mode.
Version 12.12.0-0111 - Suggested ------------------- Enhancement: - Support for 512e and 4k SAS/SATA hard drives added - Implemented limited band charging for iBBU 07. - CacheCade 2.0 read and write caching on SSDs is supported on ServeRAID M5014 and ServeRAID M5015 with the ServeRAID M5000 Series Performance Accelerator Key. Fixes: - Set the compatibility bit to 1 so that Patrol reads can be executed on SSD's - Fixed an issue where EEPROM init failures are not handled properly causing the user to see the following message on POST "The native configuration is no longer supported by the current controller and firmware." - Fixed an issue where the controller fails to read the header info from CFI Flash ROM. - Resolved issue switching to WT mode for recently failed batteries.
Version 12.12.0-0098 - Suggested ------------------- Fixes: - Fixed issue where the battery gauge is not accurate for aged batteries due to the discharge profiles of aged batteries not matching that of the new batteries. - Fixed a issue where a reboot would cause a hot spare to revert to 'Unconfigured Good' state when Performance Accelerator Key is attached. (RETAIN Tip H204925)
Version 12.12.0-0085 - Suggested ------------------- Enhancements: - Prevent non IBM firmware from being flashed on IBM ServeRAID branded controllers. - Enabled iBBU08 battery modes. - ibbu battery will no longer be marked as bad when very high capacity is detected. - Dimmer Switch function has been disabled by default.
Fixes: - Fixed a issue where firmware was taking to long to complete the PCI config read, causing the system to generate an NMI. - Fixed issue where enabling security causes the configuration to be missing, and a configured FDE array to be seen as foreign on reboot. - Removed BBU mode select from Web BIOS for all controllers. - Fixed issue where pulling VD 0 from a R60 and rebooting would cause two foreign configurations. - Fixed issue where WebBIOS gives unclear message when enabling FDE on an existing Disk Group. - Fixed issue where iBBU07 batteries display 65K capacity and are marked SOH bad. - Fixed issue where iBBU Absolute Charge is displayed differently - Fixed issue where the logical Unit ID (VPD page 0x83) changed after foreign import. - Fixed issue where the LDBBM entries are incorrect after foreign import. - Fixed issue where the controller does not work with pci set to nomsi in kdump kernel. - Fixed issue where the LED behavior is incorrect, wrong drive will blink activity. - Fixed issue where the controller cannot sustain at least 950 MBps performance with Cache Flush setting one sec. - Fixed issue where the set properties command fails - Fixed issue where the iBBU07 battery reported remaining capacity is much too high (64751 mAh) after a learn cycle. - Fixed issue where extended retries of write verify commands cause a driver timeout. - Fixed issue where the configuration becomes foreign after the firmware fails multiple attempts to access raid key during boot. - Fixed firmware issue where a replacement drive is not seen if the replacement is added during power cycle. - Fixed a issue where an alert should be sent when one phy connector between the SAS controller and SAS expander is degraded. - Enabled puncturing for SATA drives. - Enabled copy back on SMART. - Fixed an intermittent RAID key failure during power-on. - Fixed firmware issue where firmware would cause the controller to (sles11sp1/rhel6) reset when ‘lspci –vvx’ command is executed. - Change for iBBU-08 to support firmware Mode5 WB capacity from 960mAh to 674mAh for low power DDR-2 - Fixed a issue where the iBBU battery will not charge while the server continually resets causing the iBBU battery to over-charge.
Version 12.12.0-0065 - Critical ------------------- Fixes: - Fixed issue where the firmware takes too long to complete a PCI Config Read cycle causing SLES11 to kernel panic. - Fixed issue where MegaCLI may not be able to change drive or controller cache setting resulting in a return code of 0x03. - Added check to return SCSI sense Check condition if PMI is set and LBA is non Zero for SCSI Read Cap 16 - Fixed issue where a blue screen occurs handling RAID 1 with HSP and medium errors. The blue screen occurs because the driver times out while the firmware is retrying sense 0x02. Firmware causes Fatal Error when HSP drive responded with Sense 0x02 for Write/Verify or TUR - Change the boot with pinned cache RAID level support which was only allowed for raid level 0. The check is removed and is allowed for any raid level. - Fixed hang condition or condition where the uEFI driver does not load due to the uEFI Driver issuing a command in poll mode to firmware to early - Remove the following message "Battery cannot initiate transparent learn cycles" when the iBBU08 is under mode 4 or 5 - Fixed issue where BGI will not disable when a user issues megacli -LDBI -Dsbl -L0 -a0
Version 12.12.0-0056 - Critical ------------------- Fixes - Fixed issue where multi-bit ECC's are not reported during POST - Lowered the capacity level at which event notifications are generated for early warning and end of life alerts for iBBU to equal 48 hours
Version 12.12.0-0047 - Critical ------------------- Fixes: - Fixed issue where uEFI WebBIOS version may not display the product name of the second controller - Fixed issue to prevent users from downleveling firmware to older versions - Fixed an issue where firmware reports "Unexpected sense, Invalid field in CDB" for LOG SENSE command sent to Seagate drives - Fixed issue where SMART failures can take longer then 5 minutes to report or in some cases fail to report - Fixed issue where it appears to the user the harddrive cache policy is changed when requested but the change did not occur - Fixed issue where a remote iBBU08 will not be seen by the controller - Fixed data issue When IO is in progress to a RAID 1 array that contains media errors and is under a rebuild - Fixed issue where a drive is not marked as foreign during a drive move between servers causing the import of the configuration to fail - Fixed issue where the uEFI WebBIOS does not accept the + symbol in the key code or pass phrase - Fixed issue for iBBU08
Enhancement: - Enhancement to Reserve/release call for VCS Symantec configurations - Enhancements to iBBU event notifications, including the addition of early warning message. - Raised the capacity level at which event notifications are generated for early warning and end of life alerts for iBBUs.
Version 12.12.0-0039 - Critical ------------------- Fixes: - Fixed intermittent initialization failure during POST with the ServeRAID M5025, M5015, and M5014 where the RAID BIOS could fail to load or the user will see one of the following error messages on POST:
RAID Adapter Unrecoverable Error!!! Please check the SDRAM connection.
or
Multi-bit ECC errors were detected on the RAID controller
Version 12.12.0-0037 - Critical ------------------- Enhancement: - Add support for iBBU08 (Battery Backup)
Fixes: - Addressed data issue while reconstructing from RAID1 to RAID0. - Addressed data issue after power lose to ServeRAID controllers. - Addressed data issue in some database applications. - Added fixes from LSI channel products.
Version 12.7.0-0020 - Critical ------------------- Enhancement: - Initial release for ServeRAID M5025 SAS/SATA Controller (46M0830)
Fixes: - Addressed data issue with database applications that use overlapping read write operating. - Addressed data issue which may occur during a reconstruction on some RAID levels that have an associated CacheCade virtual drive enabled. - Fixed issue where the controller may halt if a drive has medium errors that are being used in a check consistency, patrol read, or have delayed writes.
Version 12.0.1-0097 - Critical ------------------- Fixes: - Addresses an issue where data becomes inaccessible when drive is secured after data has been written . Version 12.0.1-0096 - Critical ------------------- Fixes: - Fixed an issue where the BBU may not be seen on POST. - Fixed an issue where the firmware doesn't follow the spinupdelay and maxtargetspinup values set in NVDATA causing spin up of all the drives a at the same time. - Fixed a very intermittent issue where the RAID key (M5000) authentication may not occur on boot leaving users without key options. - Addressed a very rare issue with the expander devices where the firmware megamon could occur if the sgpio configuration cable has errors.
Version 12.0.1-0090 - critical ------------------- Fixes: - Fixed issue where controller properties such as Rebuild, CC, and BGI are not changing when up and down arrow keys are used. - Fixed issue on x3950 M3 servers that can cause a system hang at reboot
Version 12.0.1-0084 - Non-critical ------------------- Enhancement: - Support added for the ServeRAID M5000 Series Advanced Feature Key.
Version 12.0.1-0064 ------------------- - Initial release ibm_fw_sraidmr_m5000-12_13_0-0179-1_windows_32-64_chg
Firmware Version: 2.82x6 (w/ 5.12a13 Universal Boot Code) (Supported for IBM System x)
Problems Fixed: - Emulex FC Adapter does not auto-enable SAN boot mode when boot target configuration is made via IFM (BOFM) - Emulex FC configuration utility is in the wrong F1 setup screen
- Multiple adapters connected to same PCIe bridge port can request more I/O space than system can allocate. - Updated firmware kernel code so Saturn based HBA and mezz cards do not use or advertize need for system I/O Space.
Integrated Management Module (IMM) Firmware Update Change History
IMPORTANT: Prerequisite for updating to IMM firmware version 1.30 (yuooc7e) ========== Updating to IMM firmware version 1.30 (yuooc7e) requires the current IMM firmware version to be 1.10 (yuoo57h), or later. If this prerequisite is not met before updating to version 1.30 (yuooc7e) the system will not power on correctly. If the system is not running a minimum of IMM version 1.10 (yuoo57h), update the IMM before attempting to update to 1.30 (yuooc7e). This prerequisite was a limitation of IMM version 1.30, and it has been fixed in IMM version 1.31(yuooc7f). This prerequisite does not apply to IMM version 1.31 or later.
IMPORTANT: Please DO NOT apply the firmware update (yuoo91e, v1.24) ========= if you are using AEM functions in x3620M3 or x3630M3. The v1.24 firmware will disable the power capping functionality in those two systems. Please remain on the current IMM version or update the firmware to v1.25 or newer. Users not using AEM functions can still update to v1.24.
IMPORTANT: Read before using the MAX5 ========== This Technical Update supplements the documentation that comes with the IBM MAX5 for System x. Keep this document with your other MAX5 documentation. Before you attach the MAX5 to the server and try to use it, you must update the server firmware with the latest level of firmware or code. If you attach and try to use the MAX5 without updating the server firmware, you might get unexpected system behavior or the server might not power on. For special instructions to follow before you attach the MAX5 to the server, go to http://www.ibm.com/support/entry/portal/docdisplay?lndocid=MIGR-5085756.
IBM maintains pages on the World Wide Web where you can get the latest technical information and download device drivers and updates. To access these pages, go to http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/ and follow the instructions.
IMPORTANT: If you are at IMM firmware versions prior to 1.12 (yuoo67c) and ========== updating IMM firmware in Microsoft Windows, when you update IMM to versions between 1.14 (YUOO73M) and 1.30 (YUOOC7E), it will take up to 10 minutes additional wait time; when you update IMM to version 1.30 (YUOOC7E) or later, it will take up to 20 minutes additional wait time. This is due to the iflash tool checking the IMM before flashing. During this time the flashing process may appear hung or unresponsive. The flashing will then complete and there is no functional impact.
IMPORTANT: Make sure the current IMM firmware level is 1.14 or later ========== before you update the uEFI, FPGA, or DSA Preboot firmware. The recommended firmware update sequence is IMM followed by UEFI followed by FPGA followed by DSA Preboot.
IMPORTANT: A firmware change was made in YUOO57H (v1.10) that enforces the ========= requirement for login accounts on the IMM to have passwords that contain both alpha and numeric characters. If you are updating the IMM firmware from YUOO56K (v1.09) or earlier, to YUOO57H (v1.10) or newer, prior to updating the firmware, please ensure that the IMM user account passwords contain both alpha and numeric characters. If the firmware is updated and the passwords do not contain both alpha and numeric characters, you may need to reset the IMM to its default settings using the menus in the UEFI F1 set up display.
IMPORTANT: When updating the IMM firmware from a version earlier than ========= version 1.05 (build YUOO32F) to version 1.05 or newer, the Remote Alert Recipient Email Addresses and the Daylight Saving Time setting will revert to the default setting. Users that utilize these settings will need to set them again after the update.
IMPORTANT: When updating IMM, uEFI, pDSA, FPGA via any method, ========== please follow firmware update best practice document (http://www-947.ibm.com/support/entry/portal/docdisplay?brand= 5000020&lndocid=MIGR-5082923) for suggested update sequence and prerequisite.
IMPORTANT: Due to an Intel errata, if your server is running a 32-bit Linux ========== Operating System, C-states may need to be disabled while updating uEFI, IMM, or DSA Preboot through the Linux command line interface. See RETAIN TIP H195678 for more information. Updates performed through the AMM, Bootable Media Creator, or the IMM web or CLI interfaces do not have this requirement.
IMPORTANT: Updated firmware version numbers might not be visible in SMBIOS ========== tables until after the server is rebooted.
IMPORTANT: After downgrading IMM firmware from version 1.22 ========== to an earlier version, the user needs to reset the IMM to factory default before normal operation.
Version 1.44, YUOOG6C Problem Fixed: - Critical Fix for x3550M3, x3650M3, dx360M3, x3630M3, x3400M3, x3620M3, x3500M3, x3200M3, x3250M3, dx360M2, x3550M2, x3650M2, x3400M2, x3500M2, x3850/x3950X5, x3690X5 -- Updated the firmware with patches to address the OpenSSL vulnerabilities listed in CVE-2014-0224, CVE-2014-0076 Enhancements: N/A
Version 1.43, YUOOG6B Problem Fixed: - Fixed the problem that the LDAP group filter name changed after upgrading IMM. - Fixed the problem on blade servers where the management bus will become unstable if the AMM in slot1 is removed from chassis. - Fixed the problem that the SNMP engine ID is changed after IMM reset. Enhancements: - Add security enhancements.
Version 1.42, YUOOG2C Problem Fixed: - Fixed a NTP sync problem on IMM web - Fixed a time zone setting problem on IMM web
Enhancements: - Added SHA256 and SHA512 support - Add a message in IMM event logs when power on is blocked due to VRD issue on x3850 X5 - Power off the server after N boot attempts without locating a boot device on x3850 X5/x3950 X5/HX5.
Version 1.41, YUOOF7C Problem Fixed: - Fixed the problem on blades where sometimes no throttle event was reported by AMM when CPU temperature is higher than Tcontrol. Enhancements: - Enhanced logging for throttle and Power Management.
Version 1.40, YUOOF7A Problems Fixed: - Fixed the problem on x3690X5 that host OS will be shut down due to wrong overtemp event. - Fixed the problem that "unsupported software version" could be showed in event logs after updating IMM version 1.30 or newer on x3850/x3950 X5, x3690X5 and HX5 - Fixed the problem that SMTP user name field on IMM web page only allows 16 chars. - Fixed the problem on HS22 where IMM reports 0 watt power during initialization
Enhancements: - Enabled IMM to fail over to backup automatically when there is a IMM firmware corruption - Enhanced IMM web GUI response. - Added notification when a corrupted GUID Partition Table (GPT) is encountered by UEFI during POST. Please refer to RETAIN Tip H207759 for details. - Enhanced logging for Power Controls management.
Version 1.39, YUOOF2C Problems Fixed: - Fixed the problem on IBM System x3850X5 where SAP HANA configurations can reset in rare cases. More details in RETAIN Tip H207295.
Version 1.38, YUOOF2B Problems Fixed: - Fixed the problem on x3850 X5/x3950 X5 where the System Fault LED will be lit when only one PSU is installed.
Version 1.37, YUOOE9C Problems Fixed: - Corrected the voltage sensor threshold for HS22 and HS22V system.
Version 1.36, YUOOF2A Enhancements: - Improved IMM web page Accessibility
Version 1.35, YUOOE9B Problems Fixed: - Fixed the thermal issue for Broadcom quad port ethernet (IBM PN 49Y7948., FRU 49Y7949). - Fixed the problem that user authentication for LDAP with SSL will fail when Configured Credentials is enabled. - Updated the thermal profile for NVIDIA M2090 GPU card support in dx360 M3. - Fixed the problem on HS22 systems where pressing the KVM button too soon (right after Power LED starts blinking slowly) would make the KVM owner unable to be changed. - Fixed the problem on blade servers where IMM may report the "Unsupported blade/blower combination" error for 130W Westmere CPUs. - Fixed the problem on x3200 M3 where when power policy is set as "restore" or "always on" in uEFI, enforcing system shutdown during POST will cause automatic system boot-up. - Fixed the problem about SNMP drops intermittently and SNMP data cannot be accessed in a period of time - Fixed the problem on x3850 X5/x3950 X5 Multi-Node systems where "redundancy lost" event is not logged in the Primary Node when one of the power supplies in the Secondary Node is lost. - Optimized CPU power consumption calculation method for x3690 X5. - Fixed the problem on blade servers where IMM does not automatically recover NCSI. - Fixed the problem on blade servers that IMM constantly has "Init Failures" and fails to start up. - Fixed the Readme file problem that some IP addresses of LAN-over-USB instructions are inconsistent. - Fixed the CMOS Voltage Over Threshold problem on HS22V systems. - Fixed the problem that SSH login failed when the setting is configured as "Local first then Ldap" or ldap settings are not valid. - Fixed the problem that the IMM web interface responds too slowly or even fails to respond.
Enhancements: - Enhanced the entropy (randomness) when generating SSL keys. - Added secure SMTP authentication support. - Added I/O board VPD information in IMM web interface - Added the function of letting Location LED remain on after system power-off. - Enhanced event Severity reporting of the QPI Link LED on x3850 X5/x3950 X5 so that IBM Director can interpret it correctly. - Improved IMM version reporting for IBM Director. - Added a function to keep 110V Power Supply Redundancy by throttling the system for x3850 X5/x3950 X5. - Usability enhancement: all events will be checked by default on the alert setting web page. - Enabled ASU to control each sub-category for email alert recipient setting and SNMP alerts setting. - Added new BCH Midplane (that supports 8Gbit Fibre Channel) support. - Added the function to capture all IMM logs with one button click. - Enhanced the DataPower appliance blade support.
Version 1.34, YUOOE3E Enhancement: - Add support of the following fusion-io adapters : 1.2TB High IOPS MLC Adapter for IBM System x 2.4TB High IOPS MLC Adapter for IBM System x 365GB High IOPS MLC PCIe Adapter for IBM System x 785GB High IOPS MLC PCIe Adapter for IBM System x
Version 1.33, YUOOE3C Problems Fixed: - Fixed the problem that a blade's Fault LED is showed as "on" on AMM GUI while there is no active critical event and the LED on the physical blade is off. - Fixed the problem that the "Date" header is missing from the IMM SMTP trap. - Fixed the problem that the "Look Below" LED (CR48) on x3690 X5 Memory Expansion Board may turn on incorrectly when there are no errors detected. - Fixed the problem on x3850 X5/x3950 X5 where the system information in the IMM configuration file may be truncated and the incomplete system information will cause the HTTP server in IMM run into an unstable state. - Fixed the problem that the Scalability LED turns off after the IMM on either node of a 2-Node x3850 X5/x3950 X5 is reset. - Fixed the problem that IMM on x3850 X5/x3950 X5 might fail to start after the IMM firmware is successfully upgraded. - Fixed the problem where "Comm Errors" may occur when the IMM firmware on HX5 is upgraded. - Fixed the problem that dx360 M3 may have PCI errors when a NVIDIA M2090 GPU card is installed. - Fixed the problem that opening the ActiveX remote console closes all open tabs in the same Internet Explorer window. - Fixed the problem that x3550 M3 may occur ServerRAID BBU over temperature and ServerRAID M5016 over heat issues.
Enhancements: - Added Internet Explorer 9 support. - Changed the maximum User's Distinguished Name(DN) for LDAP from 128 bytes to 256 bytes. - Removed the limitation of 255 memberOf groups for an LDAP user in IMM. - Enhanced IMM Web session management. - Added an IMM command line (CLI) command for one time PXE boot option setting. - Added a new unique error code in AMM and changed the text in AMM and IMM for CMOS battery errors. - Updated Russia time zone definition to no more daylight saving time.
Version 1.32, YUOOD4G Problems Fixed: - Fixed a problem where IMM web interface does not lock out a user if the same user exhausts login retries and gets locked out through the SSH interface - Fixed a problem that caused the IMM to report false critical DIMM temperature events - Fixed an intermittent problem where sometimes the Power Supply DC status LED is not illuminated on the x3550 M2/M3, x3650 M2/M3, x3620 M3 and x3630 M3 - Fixed a problem that sometimes causes the IMM web interface to shut down after multiple invalid login attempts Enhancements: - Added Service Advisor support on x3850/x3950 X5 and x3690 X5 - Changed the IMM firmware to allow every service port to be Enabled or Disabled - Changed the IMM firmware to not disable the network interface when there is a conflict IP address on the network - Changed the IMM firmware to permit SSL client certificates to be managed while the SSL client is enabled
Version 1.31, YUOOC7F Problems Fixed: - Fixed the problem that after updating IMM firmware from versions prior to v1.10(YUOO57H) to v1.30(YUOOC7E) the system won't power on correctly
Version 1.30, YUOOC7E Problems Fixed: - Fixed the intermittent Power Supply error on x3550M2/M3 and x3650M2/M3 - Fixed the false alarm message for ArBel Power Supply on x3550M2/M3 and x3650M2/M3 - Fixed the issue that a blade intermittently does not respond to the system management bus on HX5 and HS22/S22V - Fixed the duplicate PECI messages issue on x3850/x3950 X5, x3690X5 and HX5 - Fixed the intermittent problem that a user can not login to IMM web after inventory from IBM Director - Fixed the problem that SMTP test alert doesn't work - Fixed the problem that SNMP remote alert doesn't work - Fixed the intermittent IMM reset problem - Fixed the SSL vulnerability issue Enhancements: - Added 64-bit ActiveX Remote Presence Client support - Added BGE overweight detection on HS22 - Added support of differentiating memory failures happening during UEFI POST and during run-time - Added support of reporting AC restore status on x3850/x3950 X5 - Added the change to include DIMM slot number info in the memory error event message
Version 1.29, YUOOB7F Problem(s) Fixed: - Fixed a problem where false memory configuration error messages are sometimes reported on the x3850/x3950 X5
Version 1.28, YUOOB7C Problem(s) Fixed: - Fixed a problem where the IMM sometimes records duplicate event log entries - Fixed a problem that caused the DIMM Bank number to not be correctly reported - Fixed a problem that prevented the system from powering on when there is a firmware mismatch - Fixed a problem that didn't allow a password to be saved if it contains a & or < character - Fixed a problem where the IMM VPD sometimes is not available on the web page - Fixed a problem where one port on the QLogic 8GB HBA card sometimes is not recognized - Fixed a problem that sometimes caused the DVD drive to disappear in RHEL5 after the IMM is reset - Fixed a false Power Supply failure message - Removed the error message pop up when changing the IMM password to default - Fixed the problem that BBU gets over temp during discharging on x3550 M3 - Corrected a problem where the BOFM address became permanent after BOFM is disabled on the AMM - Corrected a system hang when a Multi-Bit memory error occurs with a mixture of 2GB & 4GB DIMMs installed - Fixed the problem where the reported DC Power consumed on the dx360 M3 is higher than actual AC input power - Fixed the MIB mismatch issue - Fixed the incorrect OID in MIB Enhancements: - Added support for 32-bit ActiveX Remote Presence Clients - Added the ability to change the SMTP port number - Changed the firmware to completely shut down the telnet sevice when the telnet max user count is set to 0 - Added support for LDAP Active Directory Application Mode - Added support for LDAP Authentication Only Mode - Changed the firmware to report a configuration error if the CPU installed on the EXA system is not a Westmere CPU - Changed the firmware to allow the x3690X5 to be powered on sooner - Changed the firmware to decrease the amount of time that it takes for the IMM to become ready after it is reset
Version 1.27, YU00A7C Enhancements: - Added support for the IBM BladeCenter HX5(MT: 1910,7873)
Version 1.26, YU00A6A Enhancements: - Added support for the System x3850/x3950 X5(MT: 7143,7191) and System x3690 X5(MT: 7147,7192)
Version 1.25, YU0091K Problem(s) Fixed: - Fixed a problem that hangs the server when F2 is pressed during POST to start Diagnostics - Fixed a problem in the HS22/HS22v that causes the IMM to report an unexpected throttle condition after the AMM is reset - Fixed a problem that causes the IMM lose its DHCP assigned IP address - Improved the monitoring of hard drive status when the server is powered up - Fixed a problem when using a Japanese keyboard with the remote presence function - Fixed a gradual fan speed reduction due to pressure sensor fluctuation on System x3690 X5, System x3550 M2/3, System x3650 M2/3 - Improved the response to an IO Hub over temperature condition on System x3690 X5, System x3650 M2/M3, and System x3550 M2/M3 - Fixed a problem that IBM Systems Director needs to re-discover IMM in order to receive events from IMM after IMM upgrade Enhancements: - Added support for a 460W power supply in the System x3620 M3 - Added support for a 675W high efficiency power supply in the System x3620 M3 and System x3630 M3
Version 1.24, YU0091E Problem(s) Fixed: - Fixed a problem where the IMM sometimes incorrectly reports a Pwr Rail fault or Pwr 240A_A/Pwr 240A_B fault - Fixed an issue where blade would hang on boot with ABR firmware corruption message - Fixed a problem when downgrading IMM firmware from version 1.22 to earlier levels. The IMM network fails - Fixed a problem that caused the firmware update using IMM Command Line Interface to fail on an IPv6 network - Fixed a problem that caused the IPv6 Link-local address not to be displayed after resetting the IMM to its defaults - Fixed a problem where the IMM fails to set SNMP configuration using ASU - Fixed a problem where IMM cannot set the value 10 for the OSWatchdog value using ASU - Fixed a problem where IMM Remote Media would not re-initialize after network error - Fixed problem if KCS error bit status may not be clear which may cause KCS communication stop - Fixed a problem that IMM web interface hang with Remote Control session opened - Fixed a problem that blade unexpected powered on after power off command Enhancements: - Added IPv6 configuration support via IMM SNMP interface - Added support for BladeCenter PCIe Expansion 4 on BladeCenter HX5 - Added support for BladeCenter GPU Expansion on BladeCenter HS22 - Added support for LDAP sub-tree searching with Novell eDirectory 8.7 - Added support for SNMP trap definitions - Updated fan response and logic for Fusion IO PCIe adapter - Updated ambient temperature sensor calculation
Version 1.22, YUOO84C Problem(s) Fixed: - Fixed a problem where the IMM sometimes incorrectly reports a Processor 2 (CPU 2) internal error - Fixed a problem where after powering down an HS22, the HS22 powered on without user request - Fixed a problem while Log in to IMM might fail if the Host name contains a dash - Fixed a problem where the IMM makes some certificate management settings protected that should not be protected - Fixed a problem where users can't get the full details of an expansion card using the IPMI FRU command - Fixed a problem where IMM would hang after an LDAP login using some German or French characters - Fixed a problem with the IMM SMTP client not conforming to RFC821 - Fixed a problem where the email alert setting won't accept a hyphen - Fixed a problem with the Windows key in the IMM Remote Control feature - Fixed a problem where IMM login via LDAP authentication fails to acquire Supervisor authority via Group membership with an OpenLDAP server. - Fixed a problem where a user with Remote Server Power/Restart Access authority can't change the power off delay - Fixed a problem that prevented a Processor Throttled event from being logged for the x3200 M3 and x3250 M3 models - Fixed a problem that where a user's permission is always set from the LDAP account not the local account profile - Fixed a problem where the CPU2 VCore/CPU2 VDIMM sensors become unreadable after updating the IMM in the x3500 M3 model - Fixed problem for DHCP may get time out if using "Shared NIC" mode but without any LAN cable to be plugged into "Sys Mgmt" port Enhancement: - Added IPv6 support - Added Dynamic DNS support (IPv4 only) - Added support for BladeCenter PCIe Expansion 4 on BladeCenter HS22 - Added BCH-R3 support
Version 1.21, YUOO75V Enhancement: - Added support for BladeCenter Max 5 Memory Expansion Unit (MEU) - Added feature to report SMI Lane failure for BladeCenter HX5
Version 1.20, YUOO75T Enhancement: - Added support for Max 5 Memory Expansion Unit (MEU)for SystemX 3690 X5 - Added support for Max 5 Memory Expansion Unit (MEU)for BladeCenter HX5 - Added feature to show pending firmware level during firmware update process - Added feature to block power on when multi-node complex has firmware mismatch Problem(s) Fixed: - Fixed DASD LED behavior for drives 8-32 - Fixed fan over cooling on SystemX 3690 X5 - Fixed Flash failure due to packet loss - Fixed Power Cycle events not appearing in SystemX 3690 SEL - Fixed DIMM throttle behavior in acoustic mode for BladeCenter HX5 - Fixed CPU type checking
Version 1.19, YUOO75X Enhancement: - Added support for Max 5 Memory Expansion Unit (MEU)for SystemX 3850/3950 X5 - Added support for 130W CPUs in High Performance Blades - Added virtual NIC VPD support - Changed the default value of SerialExitCLIKeySequence to ^[( - Added TPM Physical Presence Sensor support - Added AC metering and capping to System x3850/3950 X5 Problem(s) Fixed: - Fixed server time out authority in web interface - Fixed non-recoverable events that appeared as warning events in web event log - Fixed Server State "unknown" status in web interface - Prevented multiple log entries from being created for the same event - Fixed IPMI multi-session handling when sessions fail - Fixed IMM flash failed at 0 percent update progress error - Fixed Internal Error 255 during FPGA update - Fixed CPU Overtemp messages on FPGA update. - Removed unnecessary events for Power Unit sensors - Fixed failure to log VRD error on voltage fault - Fixed Power Redundancy Sensor handling for 220V configurations - Fixed CPU configuration check for System x3850/3950 X5 - Fixed IMM Network ARP - Fixed flash error "Image transfer timed out - error 15" - Corrected a problem that caused the system to not automatically power on after performing an Automatic BIOS Recovery (ABR)
Version 1.18, YUOO75J Enhancement: - Added support for the System x3630 M3
Version 1.17, YUOO75H Enhancement: - Added support for the System x3690 X5
Version 1.16, YUOO73O Enhancement: - Added support for the BladeCenter System HX5
Version 1.14, YUOO73M Problem(s) Fixed: - Corrected the MIB file to address a compiling problem - Fixed a problem when a second CPU might not been recognized by the IMM, when cycling power on the System x3550 - Fixed a problem where web session may hang after staying on the System Status web page for a while - Disabled the interface to the shared network port when the dedicated systems management network interface is selected. - Fixed a web page pop-up error message that may occur after upgrading the IMM from 48d and 57f - Fixed power/thermal calibration error in the x3620 M3 - Fixed a problem where the IMM may log a CPU Automatically Throttled event or a Redundancy Lost for a cooling zone event in the log after cycling power - Fixed a problem where the IMM doesn't send an ambient temperature alert or IO Hub temperature alert in the x3400 M3 and x3500 M3 - Corrected a remote presence problem that occurs while mounting an ISO image if the remote client does not have any removable devices. Enhancement: - Added a fan control enhancement for performance mode - Added support for additional types of power supplies - Improved the accuracy of power readings on 3550 M3, 3650 M3, and 3620 M3
Version 1.14, YUOO73K (released for multinode System x3850 X5 and x3950 X5 only) Problem(s) Fixed: - Fixed a problem that caused the IMM not to respond to some IPMI commands - Corrected a problem with LDAP authentication when role-based security is enabled - Corrected a problem which could cause a false CPU error to occur - Prevented false automatic boot failure recovery events from being reported Enhancements: - Added multinode support for System x3850 X5 and System x3950 X5 - Added support to activate FPGA updates with a warm boot - Added support for AC power metering and AC power capping on single node System x3850 X5 and System x3950 X5 - Added support to improve permit early power on support - Add support to report the version information for updates that have been flashed but not yet activated - Added support to report an FPGA firmware mismatch
Version 1.12, YUOO67C Problems(s) Fixed: - Adjust the Planar VBAT voltage threshold in HS22 Enhancement: - Added support for the System x3620 M3 - Added support for DC power supplies in the System x3550 M3 and System x3650 M3
Version 1.11, YUOO56O Enhancements: - Improved ABR handling to prevent invalid ABR behavior
Version 1.10, YUOO57J (released for HS22 only) Problem(s) Fixes: - Fixed a problem where the IMM sometimes incorrectly reports a Processor 1 (CPU 1) internal error
Version 1.10, YUOO57H Problem(s) Fixed: - Made changes to improve the robustness of firmware update operations. - Corrected an LDAP authentication problem. - Corrected a problem where SNMP settings could be lost after updating the firmware. - Enable ssh by default. - Permit the Adavnced Setting Utility to enable or disable ssh. - Added support for logging a message when the blade CPU is not compatible with the chassis' blower capacity - Permit the realtime power management controller firmware to be flashed to an earlier level. - Corrected a problem that prevented the remote presence function from working with network address translation - Fixed an issue where blades would throttle/hang when chassis power supply is removed Enhancement: - Added support for the System x3550 M3, System x3650 M3, System x3500 M3, System x3400 M3, System x iDataPlex dx360 M3, and the HS22V blade - Enhanced power measurement and capping capabilities in support of xSmartEnergy control - Increased support for the number of DIMMs from 12 to 18
Version 1.09, YUOO56K Enhancement: - Added support for the System x3850 X5 and the System x3950 X5
Version 1.08, YUOO48F Problem(s) Fixed: - Made changes to improve the robustness of firmware update operations. Limitations: Limitations for versions 1.07 and 1.08: If you are down-leveling the IMM firmware to a version older than 1.07 and the IMM firmware is currently at version 1.07 or 1.08, you must remove AC power from the server before performing a server reboot.
Version 1.07, YUOO48E Prerequisites: IMPORTANT: This firmware update contains changes to permit servers ========== to be powered on sooner after plugging them into AC power. Before installing UEFI with firmware that supports the early power on changes, be sure to update the IMM with this firmware version. UEFI Firmware with early power on support: BladeCenter HS22 UEFI Build P9E131A or newer System x3550 M2 UEFI Build D6E131C or newer System x3650 M2 UEFI Build D6E131C or newer System x3200 M3 UEFI Build GYE129A or newer System x3250 M3 UEFI Build GYE129A or newer System x3400 M2 UEFI Build Y4E131B or newer System x3500 M2 UEFI Build Y4E131B or newer System x iDataplex dx360 M2 UEFI Build TME132A or newer Problem(s) Fixed: - Corrected an Ethernet bug that caused network packets to be dropped - Changed the firmware to improve server performance when the Ethernet over USB interface is enabled - Corrected an intermittent problem where some of the IMM interfaces would not function after flashing the IMM with new firmware - Corrected a problem where LDAP users in nested groups are not permitted access to the IMM - Corrected a problem where the fault LED is not lit on the HS22 server when a hard drive is removed - Fixed a problem where the IMM sometimes incorrectly reports faults when the server is power cycled (for example, a loss of redundancy or a critical fan fault, or a processor is operating in a Degraded State, etc...) - Corrected a problem where the server would sometimes hang at checkpoint 'E8' - Changed the firmware to light the Information LED if the primary UEFI bank becomes corrupted - Corrected a problem that prevented the Remote Disk on Card feature from properly working - Corrected a problem that prevented an HS22 server with a full configuration from powering on - Changed the firmware to send processor information to the Advanced Management Module for display - Corrected a problem where faults for fan numbers 2 and 4 for the System X3200 M3 were swapped - Corrected a problem where the IMM firmware could corrupt itself over time Enhancements: - Changed the firmware to permit servers to be powered on sooner after plugging them into AC power - Improved the performance when displaying pages on the web interface - Added support to permit management traffic over the daughter cards in the HS22 server
Version 1.06, YUOO39B Enhancement: - Added support for Machine Types 4251, 4252, 4261, 7327, 7328
Version 1.05, YUOO32F Limitations: Problem(s) Fixed: - This update package contains updated Management Information Base files for use when managing the server through the IMM's SNMP interface - Fixed a problem where user accounts and settings could become lost - Improved performance when changing settings through the web interface - Corrected a problem where some configuration settings were lost after flashing the IMM with new firmware - Improved the wording of messages in the Chassis Event Log - Restored the ability to the IMM SNMP interface to add or remove user accounts and to set the account security level - Corrected a problem that prevented some configuration settings from being set through the Advanced Setting Utility (ASU) - Fixed a problem that prevented a user from specifying an email alert recipient with a hyphen in the name - Fixed an IMM flash update problem where the IMM erroneously reports a CPU Configuration error and/or illuminates the fault LED on the HS22 Blade Server with no corresponding entry in the Advanced Management Module log - Fixed an IMM flash update issue which can result in blades never completing the Discovery state Enhancement: - Added support for the BladeCenter PCIe Expansion module 3 - Added support for servers running real-time Linux - Enhanced the automatic recovery of communication errors in BladeCenter - Added the ability to configure a hostname for SNMPV3 traps, rather than just an IP address
Version 1.04, YUOO24I Problem(s) Fixed: - This is a critical update for x3550 M2 and x3650 M2. It corrects a possible problem that can occur when adding options such as memory, hard drives, and Central Processing Units (CPUs), and makes the system may become unresponsive. In some cases the server cannot power on again, or network connectivity to the Integrated Management Module is not possible. The problem may also occur when rebooting the IMM while the system is powered on with certain hardware configurations. - Replaced the ibm_rndis_server_os.inf and device.cat in the IMM firmware update package for Windows. The new files are used to workaround a potential performance issue when the IMM's Ethernet over USB is enabled. Enhancement: - Added support for different hard drives - Added support that enables the Advanced Management Module to display CPU information for the HS22 blade.
Version 1.03, YUOO23C Problem(s) Fixed: - Removed the empty virtual drives that were presented to the server by default. Virtual drives are now not presented to the server unless media is present and mounted from the Remote Control client. Enhancement: - Added support for Machine Types 7836, 7837, and 7839
Version 1.02, YUOO19G Problem(s) Fixed: - Corrected a problem where a critical fan fault was erroneously logged when powering off the server
Version 1.01, YUOO19E Enhancement: - Added support for Machine Types 7946, 4198, 7947, 4199, 7321, 6380, 7323
Version 1.00, YUOO18D - Original Release - Supports Machine Types 7870, 1936
(C) Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2008 - 2013. All rights reserved.
ibm_fw_imm_yuoog6c-1_44_anyos_noarch_chg
=============================================================================== Emulex 16GB FC Firmware Package ===============================================================================
Firmware Version: 1.1.43.3 (Release for IBM System x)
Incremental Interoperability: - VPD-W for Lancer
Problems Fixed: - Emulex FC Adapter does not auto-enable SAN boot mode when boot target configuration is made via IFM
Firmware Version: 1.1.21.9 (Previous release for IBM Rack)
Incremental Interoperability: - IBM Server machine types. Refer to IBM ServerProven for specifics
Problems Fixed: - Fixed FCP_CONF handling bug - No SRR sent after drop write data frame, I/O fails - Adapter does not invoke recovery after dropped read data frame - I/O throughput performance improvements - Link failover when connected to FC Tape - Cosmetic: Cleaned up miscellaneous error handling messages in debug log files - If a new device comes online and attempts to acquire an AL_PA after the link has already come up, the FC link appears to hang until the cable is pulled - Cleaned up link negotiation at 4GB/8GB/16GB speeds with specific switches
IBM ServeRAID MR10i and MR10is SAS Controller Firmware Update
Adapters Supported: IBM ServeRAID MR10i SAS Controller (43W4296) IBM ServeRAID MR10is SAS Controller (44E8695)
NOTE TO SERVICE - Reference RETAIN #NA
Version 11.0.1-0042 - Critical ------------------- Enhancements: Adjust various battery parameters and alerts to improve product - Reword the battery ‘Prefail‚ and ‘Fail‚ Alerts and all places it is documented - Add visibility of ‘battery nearing end of usable life‚ condition to CLI and MSM - Adjust parameters used to calculate battery capacity amount for Early Warning and EOL alerts
Fixes - Fixed issue where While correcting massive UNC sectors, I/O will be interrupted causing OS becomes unusable - Fixed issue where SPD Data can get Corrupted on Boot causing the following message on boot the message displayed is "Check SDRAM Connection". - Fixed issue where firmware has Incompleted Writes During Power Fail and Recovery causing the following message on boot "Controller cache discarded due to memory/battery problems
Version 11.0.1-0040 - Critical ------------------- Fixes: - Fixed an issue that was contributing to early fallout with battery packs. - Fixed an issue that was causing a loss of battery capacity. - Fixed an issue where the gas gauge was reporting capacity of 65000+mAh and then marking battery as SOH bad. - Fixed issue where multiple reboots were required after a new battery was inserted in a controller. - Fixed issue where T95: VT#00560-T95386=Battery cannot support data retention for more than 59 hours. Please replace the battery. When battery logic generates the event MR_EVT_BBU_REPLACEMENT_NEEDED_SOH_NOT_OPTIMAL, the FW prints the error, T95: EVT#00538-T95: 386=Unknown ARG type=24, code=182.
- Changed post message from
RAID ADAPTER Memory Error !!! Please check the SDRAM connection. If problems persist contact Tech Support. Press Any Key to Continue…
to
Check the SDRAM connection, if applicable, or replace the controller."
Version 11.0.1-0036 - Critical ------------------- Enhancements - BBU AEN enhancements
Fixes: - Fixed issue where firwmare fault could occur when a hot spare drive responds with Sense 0x02 for Write/Verify. - Fixed issue where a firwmare fault could occur when consecutive Medium Errors are found in Degraded SATA RAID5, 6 state
Version 11.0.1-0033 - Critical ------------------- Fixes: - Fixed issue where SATA hard drive write cache could be enabled on a drive insert or system reboot.
Version 11.0.1-0032 - Critical ------------------- Fixes: - Modified memory settings for the ServeRAID MR10k that where not optimal for the controller causing memory failues.
Version 11.0.1-0031 - Critical ------------------- Fixes: - Addressed an issue where a physical drive with an excessive amount of medium errors will cause the array to fail
Version 11.0.1-0030 - Critical ------------------- Fixes: - Leaving array size field blank during array creation to resolve issue where raid level would change but array size did not change with the level. Retain tip H196863. - Fixed issue where the Cursor movement is not proper while entering Security Key/PassPhrase in EFI WebBIOS environment - Fixed issue where the Visibility of webbios version doing controller selection is not there - Address compatabilty issue with uEFI WebBIOS in the x3850 x5 and HS22 x5 - Fixed issue where a fatal FW Error happens during Consistency Check operation while a patrol read is in progress.
Version 11.0.1-0024 - Critical ------------------- NOTE TO SERVICE - H196421, H196426, H196374 Fixes: - Fixed issue with Firmware Hang (Fatal Error) when drive responds with Sense 0x02 for Test Unit Ready Command. - Fixed an issue where the ServeRAID-MR10ie (CIOv) battery fault indicator never clears - Added limit to quantity of consecutive relearn cycles to cache battery unit - Fixed issue where the Pass phrase can not be entered on the ServeRAID MR10is controller - Fixed issue where the user cannot enter the uEFI WebBIOS or system will hang on boot
Version 11.0.1-0022 - Critical ------------------- NOTE TO SERVICE - No current tips Fixes: - Fixed an issue where systems that use DL_DOWN instead of (or in addition to) PCI reset exhibit 1800 PCI ERROR. - Fixed an issue where a non-responsive disk caused fatal firmware error - Fixed an issue with write journaling - Fixed an issue with READ XOR logic in RAID1 special operations
Functionality: - Added support for dynamically toggling readjustment of PCIe maximum read request size
Version 11.0.1-0019 - Critical ------------------- NOTE TO SERVICE - No current tips Fixes: - Addressed an issue in x3550 M2 and x3650 M2 where the slot numbers could change on a cold reboot.
Version 11.0.1-0017 - Suggested ------------------- NOTE TO SERVICE - No current tips Fixes: - Fixed an issue where, on shudown, firmware was not sending a command for the drive to flush its internal cache. - Removed I/O delay during device firmware update for non-disk devices. - Added check for additional error data from mode sense command.
Functionality: - Added pass through command support for applications.
Version 11.0.1-0014 - Critical ------------------- NOTE TO SERVICE - Reference RETAIN #H194939 Fixes: - Addressed an issue where, during I/O and manual copyback on a degraded RAID 6 virtual drive with medium errors, incorrect data could be created on the drive. - Fixed an issue where, on the ServeRAID 10ie (CIOv), a new or changed battery installation was not detected on the iBBU. - Fixed an issue where SATA drives may not be detected at POST when attached to an expander. (Retain tip H194939) - Addressed an issue where the controller may hang if a medium error occurs during a rebuild. - Fixed an issue where cache data could be lost during a reset after the express link is dropped. - Addressed an issue where a consistency check doesn't regenerate parity after hitting a double media error. - Fixed an issue where the uEFI WebBIOS can hang if the user presses the right mouse button when user input is not required. - Addressed an issue where an invalid memory or battery error is reported on boot, but does not reappear on a subsequent boot.
Version 11.0.1-0012 - Suggested ------------------- NOTE TO SERVICE - No current tips Fixes: - Fixed an issue where, rarely, cached data may be lost on system shutdown or reboot.
Version 11.0.1-0008 - Critical ------------------- NOTE TO SERVICE - Reference RETAIN #H194224, H194505, H194171 Fixes: - Fixed an issue which could result in incorrect data on the drives after heavy I/O. (Retain tip H194224) - Fixed an issue where, if medium errors are experienced while a background operation is running, incorrect data could be written to the drives. (Retain tip H194505) - Changed the warning message that appears when the card goes in to temporary write through mode. (Retain tip H194171) - Fixed an error where erroneous Bad Battery messages were displayed even after a Learn Cycle was performed. - Fixed an issue that resulted in SERRs on a ServeRAID-MR10M controller. - Improved the handling of bad cable scenarios which could cause system hangs.
Functionality: - Added support for UEFI based systems. - Added support for Solid State Drives (SSDs). - Added tape support for the ServeRAID 10ie (CIOv) controller. - Added the ability to handle SGPIO and SES signalling on a per-port basis to handle configurations with both direct attached and expander attached drives on a single controller. - Added a field to show hard drive model names in WebBIOS.
Version 9.0.1-0030 - Critical ------------------ Fixes: - Fixed an issue where, if a battery was fully discharged and was reported as 'missing', a reboot was be required before the battery would be detected as 'charging'. - Fixed an issue where a hotspare was reported as unconfirmed good after replacement. - Fixed an issue where an invalid alert 2121 was logged when a virtual drive was created. - Display and log a warning message when a consistency check is started on an uninitialized logical drive. - Fixed an issue where the message "SES enclosure 1 Recovered after fault" would be logged, after which the discovery process would take a very long time. - Fixed an issue where the multipath enclosure IDs were not updated correctly when an ESM or a drive was pulled and reinserted. - Fixed an issue where, if a unconfigured drive was pulled and reinserted, the size of the drive would be reported incorrectly. - Fixed an issue where a dedicated hotspare would become a global hotspare. This could happen after a migration or, in some circumstances, after a system reboot. - Fixed an issue where the firmware could hang when trying to view hotspare information under CTRL-R. - Fixed an issue where a rebuild would not start when a new drive was inserted. - Fixed an issue where a logical drive is still shown as optimal after a drive was pulled. - Fixed a critical firmware error that occurred when a physical drive was pulled from a RAID10 or RAID1E during heavy I/O. - Fixed an issue where a hang could occur when an ESM was removed. - Fixed an issue where, if multiple physical drives are pulled from an enclosure, additional drives might be lost. This could lead to incorrect data on the disks. - Fixed an issue where reconfiguring a virtual disk by adding a drive, or similar activity, will cause a dedicated hotspare to become unassociated. - Fixed an issue where a success code was incorrectly returned when data was sent to a failed drive. This could cause a loss of data. - Fixed an issue where, if additional drives failed in a virtual disk while a rebuild was happening, the system could hang. - Fixed an issue where daisy-chained enclosures would all be reported with the same position number. Also fixed a related issue where 'locate' did not function properly for daisy-chained enclosures. - Fixed an issue where the controller could hang if diagnostics were run while a rebuild was happening. - Fixed an issue where hotspares were lost during configuration import. - Fixed an issue where, if two enclosures were configured and the cable was pulled from each, then reattached in a swapped configuration, the system would hang on boot. - Fixed an issue where successive power cycles in a multi-enclosure configuration could result in offline drives or a system hang. - Fixed an issue where, with the controller mux set to 'Auto', configuration would be lost during reboot. - Fixed an issue where rebuilds might fail to resume after enclosure power is restored. - Corrected several issue where the consistency check was not properly handling double medium errors. - Ensured that BGI (Background Initialization) setting was retained during foreign configuration import. - Fixed an issue which caused MSM to not allow creation of additional virtual disks once 16 virtual disks existed. - Fixed an issue that caused a hang if a rebuild was in progress when a configuration was migrated from an IR to an MR controller. - Fixed an issue where load balancing would not resume properly after a cable pull. - Fixed an issue where, during a target or chip reset, the Disk Write Cache setting on a SATA drive would be reset to default, which is generally 'enabled'. - Fixed an issue where, when BGI is aborted, the status for the CC (consistency check), rather than the status for the BGI, is reported. - Fixed an issue where, if a physical disk fails, causing a logical drive to become degraded, trying to clear or change the configuration would result in a hang until the failed drive was physically removed. - Fixed a hang that was seen when a cable was pulled just before system shutdown. - Ensured that a hotspare would revert back to hotspare state after a rebuild to that hotspare failed. - Fixed several issue that could cause "Illegal Request Sense Data" messages. - Fixed an issue where a rebuild would hang if one of the logical drives on the array was deleted during the rebuild. - Fixed an issue which could result in incorrect data in a scenario where RAID 50 arrays are running in a degraded state for an extended period of time. - Fixed several issues where medium errors could result in offline drives, incorrect data on drives, failed rebuilds, or system hangs. - Fixed an issue where, when a redundant path in a multipath system fails, some drives are marked offline. - Fixed an issue which could cause hangs when replacing a controller with an existing configuration. - Fixed several grammatical and formatting issues. - Fixed an issue where importing foreign configuration under CTRL-R could cause the firmware to crash. - Fixed an issue where an unresponsive SEP could result in a "greater than 122 devices detected" message. - Fixed an issue where the, after a RAID 6 is reconstructed as a RAID 5, the configuration is reported incorrectly upon reboot. - Fixed an issue which could result in incorrect data on the drives when I/O is run while a capacity expansion is in progress. - Fixed an issue that could cause a hang when an enclosure is power cycled while I/O is running. - Fixed an issue where, if a physical drive became invalid during a rebuild to that drive, the rebuild would pause, rather than fail. - Fixed an issue where Battery Warning messages would appear, even when disabled. - Fixed an issue which resulted in "Unexpected sense" messages in the log with SATA drives. - Fixed an issue where Cache Data could be lost during a power failure. - Fixed an issue where not all SATA drives were found during discovery. - Fixed an issue which may result in a firmware hang during a reconstruction operation. - Fixed an issue where the firmware would continue to try to communicate with a bad drive. The symptom of this issue is a drive where the status light is blinking amber and the activity light is solid green. - Fixed an issue where an enclosure reboot could, very rarely, cause a condition where the driver sends a Kill Adapter signal. - Fixed an issue where, if a medium error is encountered on a source drive during a rebuild, the bad block may not get marked as bad. - Fixed an issue where running in degraded mode with medium errors could cause the firmware to hang. - Fixed an issue where running heavy I/O on daisy-chained enclosures for an extended period of time could cause a hang. - Fixed an issue where, with some hardware, the configuration is not found within the timeout time on a cold reboot. This leads to a prompt to import configuration, after which, the configuration is seen correctly. - Fixed an issue with I2C LED support. - Fixed an issue where the write cache policy would unexpectedly change from write back to write through, then would change back after about a minute. - Fixed an issue where, if a cable is pulled in a multipath environment, the alternate path is sometimes not followed. - Fixed an error in the ECC error logging which can cause a memory leakage. - Fixed an issue where the firmware will hang if discovery does not complete in two minutes. - Fixed an issue where full initialization of a large number of SATA drives would cause timeouts. - Fixed several LED issues with I2C backplanes. - Fixed an issue sensing dual I2C backplanes in a multipath environment.
Functionality: - Added support for 64 virtual disks per array. - Added support for expanded RAID 1, a form of RAID 1E which supports even numbers of drives. - Added the ability to hot-swap a battery. - Added the ability to manually initiate the battery learn cycle. - Added multipathing support for SATA drives. - Added the ability to enable or disable NCQ from the CLI or WebBIOS. - Added the copyback feature, which is used when a drive goes defunct and the array rebuilds to a hotspare. Copyback allows the hotspare to rebuild to a new drive that is inserted to replace the defunct drive. - Clarified several log event messages. - Implemented load balancing when multipath SAS is used. - Added logging for some events that were not previously logged. - Increased the PHY count from 512 to 640 to support 21 enclosures.
Version 8.0.1-0036 - Non-critical ------------------ Fixes: - Address issue where SATA drives attached to an expander will not respond in a specific time period causing the drives to be seen as foreign. - Add support for the IBM ServeRAID 10il SAS/SATA adapter.
Version 8.0.1-0033 - Suggested ------------------ Fixes: - Fixed issue where current write policy is not changed to write back even if iBBU completes the charging in 1078 HWR. - Fixed an issue where the firmware reports "MonTask: line 3566 in file ../../raid/1078dma.c" while running reconstruction on a degraded logical drive and injecting media errors. - Fixed an issue where a controller would hang during a reboot. - Fix is done to invalidate the parity cache for the punctured block before releasing the cache line - Fix for WebBIOS hangs with greater then 5 MegaRAID adapters installed.
Version 8.0.1-0029 - Critical ------------------ Fixes: - Fixed an issue where, while performing I/O during a RAID level migration or an array capacity expansion, incorrect data may be passed during a data transfer.
Version 8.0.1-0027 - Critical ------------------ Fixes: - Implemented changes to ensure the firmware does not violate the DDR2 spec during the initialization sequence in a 1078 ROMB environment. - Fixed an issue where the controller enters MegaMon when a rebuilding span is removed. - Fixed an issue where the operating system may crash after an S3 resume followed by a manual restart. - Fixed an issue where a bad SAS cable, connected between two enclosures, could cause the firmware on the associated controller to crash. - Fixed a chip reset that could happen during boot sequence of RHEL 5 64-bit. - Fixed an issue where WebBIOS does not initially see external devices, and, if RAID is configured, the “missing config” prompt is shown in the BIOS. This was caused by the firmware not waiting for the second discovery attempt that is necessary to find external devices. - Fixed an issue where, on a 1078 chip, firmware was not properly marking a drive dead. Consequently, a write to that drive would appear to complete successfully, but would actually fail, therefore the data could be incorrect. - Fixed an issue where, under heavy load, with write back enabled, the following error was seen: "ERROR: Stale read check failure. Page image returned does not match previous write. Check hardware and caches. Read size was 16384" - Fixed an issue where import of foreign drive configuration would fail. - Fixed an issue where firmware could crash when a large number of hard drives is connected to a ServeRAID MR10M. - Fixed an issue where multiple reboots of cascading enclosures could result in incorrect data. - Fixed an issue where the Global Hard Drive Summary LED was not working. - Disallowed the addition of logical drives in an array that is being rebuilt. This fixes an issue where a newly created logical drive on a rebuilding array would be deleted on reboot. - Fixed an issue where the drive sizes were shown incorrectly after drive migration in an array with two or more different sized drives. - Fixed an issue where the source drive in a rebuild would be failed after several ECC errors.
Functionality: - Implemented Slot ID mapping support in a mixed topology. - Implemented a performance enhancement for sequential read workloads. - Reenabled offline hard drive firmware flash. Now hard drive firmware can be flashed in either an online or an offline state. - Implemented a new event so that dirty cache will be discarded on a virtual drive that is missing or offline.
Version 8.0.1-0021 ------------------ - Initial release ibm_fw_sraidmr_10i-10is-11_0_1-0042_windows_32-64_chg
BIOS/FW/UEFI Update for ServeRAID H1110 SAS/SATA Controller for IBM System x
Controller Supported: ServeRAID H1110 SAS/SATA Controller for IBM System x (81Y4492)
BIOS Changes Enhancement(s): - Core BIOS and BIOS configuration utility will display "FF" as the PCI slot number when proper slot information is not available. - Increased the disk drive spin-up timeout value to accommodate disk drives having larger spin up times.
Fix(es): - Fixed an issue where the adapter order does not get written to NVM and "Updating Adapter Order" displays on every reboot. - Fixed issue where zero sized volume was showing "4. 0 GiB." - Fixed issue where devices, which are not attached to adapter 0, could not be promoted to positions in the boot order when they were selected in the configuration utility. - Fixed an issue where IOS Banner(POST) not showing SAS Discovery error when more than one HBA is connected to the host system. - Fixed an issue where the SMART status is not correctly displayed for bare drives. - Fixed an issue in SAS topology where a RAID disk is highlighted and attempted to set as preferred boot device or alternate boot device, the configuration utility displays a SAVE/DISCARD prompt. - Fixed an issue where the firmware was showing a large elapsed time when a format operation crosses midnight in the system clock.
Firmware Changes Enhancement(s): - Added support for 4GB DIMM - Added the ability for user the enable/disable of the drive write cache during the BIOS start up.
Fix(es): - Fixed an issue where a request sense command, which is executed after a SATA drive is in active state is moved to idle power condition state, has no 'Additional Sense' information set. - Fixed an issue where protected information error "Logical block reference tag check failed" is received when an IR volume is deleted. - Fixed an issue Self-Test Results log page where values for update parameter code, format and linking, and parameter length are not recorded. - Fixed an issue sending vital product data inquiry with vital product data page set as invalid (0xFF) while diagnostic is running on a SATA drive results in segmentation fault 0x1901. - Fixed an issue where input/output is sent to SATA drives before the drives are ready. - Fixed an issue where fault 8405 was being hit while disabling and enabling the phy to which secondary drive is connected with IOs active. - Fixed an issue where subsequent commands sent to a SATA drive fail after a write same command failure until NCQ error handling is triggered or the device is reset. - Fixed an issue where Report Luns command sent to SATA drive fails if the drive is spun down. - Fixed an issue where hotspare does not resynch with second raid volume when both volumes are in degraded state. - Fixed an issue where incorrect sense data is populated when Security Protocol IN/OUT command is sent to supported drive. - Fixed an issue where allocation length for inquiry SCSI Command is not handled Properly during SATA Drive Format. - Fixed an issue during SATA drive format where vital product data inquiry command is executed for SATA drive with invalid page code, and the command is passed with no data instead for failing with CC and sense data. - Fixed an issue where the host will not indicate the existence of the expander attached drives if the direct attached device re-ordering feature is enabled. - Fixed an issue where protected information errors are observed on a RAID 1 volume its BGI is not completed, and its member physical disks are removed and inserted. - Fixed an issue where the TM response was set to failed if the device is missing due to the DO NOT SEND TASK IU flag being enabled. - Fixed an issue where DMD (Device Missing Delay) timer is not set to the default time when the total Report Device Missing Delay is greater than 0x7F seconds. - Fixed an issue where RAID1 volume fails to resynch when a new compatible bare drive is available in the primary drive slot. - Fixed an issue where error handling for errors, that cause the DMA engines to halt, are not handled properly and multithreaded IOs can hang if the same control block is used too soon. - Fixed an issue where a third hotspare is created even if the number of hotspares currently present in the RAID Configuration is 2. - Fixed an issue where inactive foreign volume information cannot be seen in SASBIOS when a native volume is deleted.
UEFI Changes Enhancement(s) - Additional information such as vendor id and product id added to the HII Create Configuration Screen. - Added ability to check to detect missing hotspares to HII. - Modified to be obtained PCI Slot Number information from the system firmware protected information. - Additional character "M" will be displayed as part of the device display identifier of a multipathed disk. - Ability in HII to detect missing hotspares and provide a facility to delete the missing hotspares. - Implemented Configuration Summary and Simple Virtual Disk Creation Support for Unified Configuration Management. - Modified UEFI driver to wait for a maximum of 10 seconds for the controller to become ready, so controller gets discovered in the OS.
Fix(es): - Fixed an issue where Enable/Disable write cache does not work for SAS drives. - Fixed an issue where HII Configuration utility does not allow the user to create a RAID0 with single disk present in the topology. - Fixed an issue in Create Configuration menu where additional drive information is not getting updated appropriately in HELP area. - Modified to prevent Write Cache settings options from appearing for the IR firmware. - Fixed an issue where SATA volume members and hotspare drives are labeled as 'M' in a multipathed environment. - Fixed an issue to prevent HII from allowing the option to enable/disable write cache for SATA drives. - Fixed an issue where multipathing is disabled in Manufacturing page settings, but volume members and hotspare drives are labeled as "M." - UEFI driver modified to check BIOS Options in order to determine if is should manage the controller.
Fixes: - Fixed issue where HII do not report Multi-LUN devices from external RAID enclosure. - Do not show external RAID LUNs in HII RAID configuration page. - Report NVDATA version consistently in Hex or Decimal.
Note: HII changes may not affect all controllers. Changes for the controller are based on RAID volume support. - HII fix to return EFI_SUCCESS when RETRIEVE Action is given in HII Callback function. - HII fix for Write cache disabling fails for SATA HDD/SSD connected to the IT controller. - HII fix for saved Controller Events Filename. - Behvioral change for the way a volume is created in HII.
Note: The following fixes only effect blade systems that support Bofm. - Fixed boot issues in Windows 2008 where after installation in uEFI the os will not boot due to the BuildDevicePath not allocating enough memory for the DevicePathreturned to caller. - Fixed issue with Bofm configurations where the BOFM supplied addresses for external/switch attach Phys are being assigned to the internal/direct attach Phys. - Fixed a Bofm issue where the SAS WWIDs not reverting to Man Page 5 Default when a Blade is moved back to non-BOFM slot.
Note: HII changes may not affect all controllers. Changes for the controller are based on RAID volume support.
- HII change to Remove Legacy BIOS Enable/Disable option. - Fixed issue where after creating a volume using SATA SSD the Associated Physical Disks always show up as SATA HDD. - Fixed issue where a hotspare could not be created for any volume in the HII browser. - HII fix for the View Physical Disk Properties form where the Serial number of SATA disks were being displaced with a space. - HII fix for the IR help strings displayed when using an IT controller. - Fixed HII issue where a 'Question value mismatch with Option value' error occurs when saying No for creating RAID10/RAID1E volume. - Fixed HII issue where help is not available when having only RAID0 and RAID1 levels in Create Configuration form. - Fixed a problem where the UEFI driver ATA PassThru Protocol is corrupt while trying to access the Mode field. - HII behavior change for 'Manage Foreign Configurations.' - HII change to provide proper extended RAID Levels in help messages based on supported extended RAID Levels.
=============================================================================== Mellanox OFED for Windows UpdateXpress Release Notes for IBM Version MLNX_WinOF 4.55 Last Modified on October 13, 2013 ===============================================================================
THIS HARDWARE, SOFTWARE OR TEST SUITE PRODUCT (PRODUCT(S)) AND ITS RELATED DOCUMENTATION ARE PROVIDED BY MELLANOX TECHNOLOGIES AS-IS WITH ALL FAULTS OF ANY KIND AND SOLELY FOR THE PURPOSE OF AIDING THE CUSTOMER IN TESTING APPLICATIONS THAT USE THE PRODUCTS IN DESIGNATED SOLUTIONS. THE CUSTOMER'S MANUFACTURING TEST ENVIRONMENT HAS NOT MET THE STANDARDS SET BY MELLANOX TECHNOLOGIES TO FULLY QUALIFY THE PRODUCTO(S) AND/OR THE SYSTEM USING IT. THEREFORE, MELLANOX TECHNOLOGIES CANNOT AND DOES NOT GUARANTEE OR WARRANT THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL OPERATE WITH THE HIGHEST QUALITY. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL MELLANOX BE LIABLE TO CUSTOMER OR ANY THIRD PARTIES FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PAYMENT FOR PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THE USE OF THE PRODUCT(S) AND RELATED DOCUMENTATION EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Mellanox®, Mellanox logo, BridgeX®, ConnectX®, CORE-Direct®, InfiniBridge®, InfiniHost®, InfiniScale®, MLNX-OS®, PhyX®, SwitchX®, UFM®, Virtual Protocol Interconnect® and Voltaire® are registered trademarks of Mellanox Technologies, Ltd.
Connect-IB™, ExtendX™, FabricIT™, Mellanox Open Ethernet™, Mellanox Virtual Modular Switch™, MetroX™, MetroDX™, ScalableHPC™, Unbreakable-Link™ are trademarks of Mellanox Technologies, Ltd.
All other trademarks are property of their respective owners.
=============================================================================== Table of Contents =============================================================================== 1. Overview 2. Changes in This Release 3. Supported Firmware and Firmware Tools 4. Change Log History 4.1 WinOF VPI v4.55 Main Changes (from v4.3) 4.2 WinOF VPI v4.3 Main Changes (from v4.2) 4.3 WinOF VPI v4.2 Main Changes 5. Known Issues 6. Bug Fixes History 6.1 WinOF VPI v4.55 Bug Fixes 6.2 WinOF VPI v4.40 Bug Fixes 6.3 WinOF VPI v4.2 Bug Fixes 7. API Changes 7.1 WinOF VPI v4.55 API Changes: 7.1 WinOF VPI v4.40 API Changes:
=============================================================================== 1. Overview =============================================================================== This document addresses the Mellanox WinOF VPI driver package distributed for Windows Server 2012 R2 (x64 only). Mellanox WinOF VPI is composed of several software modules that contain an InfiniBand and Ethernet driver. The Mellanox WinOF VPI driver supports Infiniband and 10GB Ethernet ports. The port type is determined upon boot based on card’s capability and user setting.
=============================================================================== 2. Changes in This Release =============================================================================== WinOF VPI v4.55 provides the following changes and new features:
- Generic - Added support for Windows Server 2012 R2 Operating System - Added the ParentBusPath option to each port registry key - Added a new hardware ID for ConnectX®-3 Pro NICs - The QP numbers allocation are now round-robin manner - RecvCompletionMethod as Interrupt is no longer supported - Removed the LsoV1IPv4 from the registry/UI - Removed from the bus driver configuration the ‘Non-DMA’ option - Removed the TXRingNum option from the UI - NVGRE - NVGRE hardware off-load with ConnectX®-3 Pro cards only - Added to the UI the *EncapsulatedPacketTaskOffload option when using ConnectX®-3 Pro NICs - Performance - Added the nd_send_bw and nd_send_lat ND benchmarking tools - Ethernet - Added IP-IP checksum off-load support - Added Ports TX arbitration/Bandwidth allocation per port - The following ND providers, MLX4ND and MLX4ND2 are installed by default - InfiniBand - IPoIB performance improvements - RoCE - Added Sniffer for RoCE packets - The used RoCE mode set upon driver load is printed into event log message =============================================================================== 3. Supported Firmware and Firmware Tools =============================================================================== - Firmware: - ConnectX®-3 Pro QDR/FDR10/FDR and ConnectX®-3 Pro EN - For the firmware version, please contact Mellanox support. - ConnectX®-3 QDR/FDR10/FDR and ConnectX®-3 EN - Firmware v2.11.0500 and above - ConnectX®-2 SDR/DDR/QDR and ConnectX®-2 EN - Firmware v2.9.1200 and above
- Tools: - MFT (Mellanox Firmware Tools) version 2.7.0 and later
=============================================================================== 4. Change Log History =============================================================================== 4.1 WinOF VPI v4.40 Main Changes (from v4.3): ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Added a notification in the event log in case SMB is not supported in ConnectX®-2 firmware - Added the trace tool for WPP tracing - Set 512 RX buffers by default - Removed TXRingNum - Changed the perf_tuning setting to achieve a better performance tuning - Added Transmit Side Scaling (TSS) - Added Ethernet QoS proprietary counters, diagnostics and traffic for monitoring, using Windows’ perfmon utility - Enabled MaxRssProcessirs support of the following values: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32,64 - Added to the MTU size the IP header size (1500 ->1514, 9600->9614). Thus the minimum Jumbo frame size is 614. - Interrupt moderation supports the following profiles: - Low Latency - Moderate - Aggressive in addition to old values that are not supported anymore - Made mlx4_bus and Ethernet devices removable - Network Direct: Added support for NDv2 - Network Direct: Set the default ND provide value to mlx4nd2 - Network Direct: Removed the option of NDK registration failure requiring a reboot of the machine to register it again - Network Direct: Added the option of sensing the incoming Read messages according to the device capabilities when creating an EndPoint limit - Removed the QoS attributes when disabling QoS - Added active_mtu field to struct ib_port_attr_t - Added the option of vstat displaying the active_mtu of the ports - Allowed registration of a large Memory Region which is splitted to many segments - Added the option of ibv_devinfo displaying the correct MTU value after it was changed - Added the option of part_man printing the adapter name when the Port GUID is set to zero - Added the option of part_man printing the leading zeroes of port GUID - Prevented displaying a message to upgrade the firmware for OEM NICs if it has the latest firmware version - Removed portsetting registry key during uninstall
4.2 WinOF VPI v4.3 Main Changes (from v4.2): ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Added support for a new provider called MLX4ND, which supports both NDv1 and NDv2 interfaces - Enabled performance tuning running according to the operating systems that are running over it - The keywords added to the registry in NDIS support Windows 2012 are: - RssMaxProcNumber - NumRSSQueues - RSSProfile - The keywords added to the registry In NDIS support Windows 2008 R2 are: - RssBaseProcNumber - MaxRssProcessors - RssBaseProcGroup - The rest of the keywords are added in all versions of NDIS. This change is based on: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/hardware/ff570864(v=vs.85).aspx - RoCE MTU value is no longer set to 1024 by default - All options stay as they are and can only be chosen if they were selected explicitly in the UI/registry - The current default state is as follows: The value is now derived from the MTU (or MaxFramSize, or Jumbo Packets value) and they are all aliases for the same value). The value is aligned to 256,512,1024,2048 in a way that it will be rounded down to the nearest power of two of the ETH MTU. - Added ibdiagnet utility support
4.3 WinOF VPI v4.2 Main Changes: ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Modified RSS cores and changed VMQ affinity on the fly - Added support for K-GROUPS processors (more than 64 processors support) to allow assignment of MSI-X affinity for multiple processor groups. - Set an adequate number of MTTs to map all physical memory - Allocated firmware and ICM memory in chunks of non-paged memory instead of using contiguous physical memory. - Changed device names in device manager and their hardware IDs. The changes were made to distinguish between ConnectX®-2 and ConnectX®-3: - for ConnectX-2: MLX4\ConnectX-2_Eth and IBA\ConnectX-2_IPoIB - for ConnectX-3: MLX4\ConnectX-3_Eth and IBA\ConnectX-3_IPoIB - Set QoS settings only for ConnectX-3. Changing the hardware ID, forces the OS to install new device and re-build the registry keys. - Added an event log to indicate driver failure upon start if there are two HCA burned with the same GUID. - Added firmware upgrade support as part of the setup process. The setup burns the new firmware only on Mellanox cards. Firmware burning failure does not prevent the driver’s installation, therefore, it will show a warning. In this case, it is recommended to update the firmware manually. - Enabled configuration of TxRingNum registry key from the UI - Improved the "Port Protocol" dialog - Added Registry key documentation to the setup package - Optimized code performance - Increased send parallelism - Memory used in receive flow is now allocated with the same affinity of the handling processor for faster access - Statistics parameters are now directly read from hardware instead of being calculated by software - Added support for BlueFlame. BlueFlame is now the default working mode for all packets that have a descriptor which fits into a BF register (currently 256 bytes). - Use "BlueFlame" registry key to enable\disable this feature. - Added support for RSS functionality on available processors numbers. Used to be restricted to start at the first processor. - Changed RSS registry defaults to give better out of the box performance - Added a performance UI to tune performance under various scenarios - Added a tool to tune performance under various scenarios - Added support for multiple TX rings - Added an option to verify that the number of multicast groups used is no higher than the firmware limits - Improved performance in virtualization when using VMQ - Added support for multiple TX rings. The new driver advertises its TSS capability (using multiple TX rings). This feature will not be used when communicating with older version drivers (such as the inbox driver). This way IPv4 communication in a mixed environment that includes the inbox driver should work. IPv6 communication may be problematic in such an environment. - Eliminated some race conditions in IPoIB mcast handling - Added mcast addresses according to the Windows mcast table in addition to mcast addresses from igmp\mld queries, in order to connect to such mcasts that are not reported by the queries. - Removed redundant LID_CHANGE events. This fixes the redundant reconnection of all IPoIB mcasts. - Added support for VM migration. When a VM is migrated from one host to another it does not send a new ARP to hosts it already knew when it was sitting on the first host. In order to prevent communication interruption to such hosts, the driver will initiate an ARP to learn them again. - Removed affinity restriction to group 0 for NDK - Added support for the part_man tool. It can create only one additional IPoIB interface per port GUID. This feature can be utilized to use different IPoIB interfaces for SMB and Hyper-V. The virtual ports configuration is removed during uninstal - Installed ND by default - The following tools were added to the setup package: - ibv_asyncwatch.exe - ibv_atomic_bw.exe - ibv_atomic_lat.exe - ibv_devinfo.exe - ibv_rc_pingpong.exe - ibv_rdma_bw.exe - ibv_rdma_lat.exe - ibaddr.exe - ibcacheedit.exe - iblinkinfo.exe - ibqueryerrors.exe - ibsysstat.exe - saquery.exe - smpdump.exe
=============================================================================== 5. Known Issues =============================================================================== - On rare occasions, depends on the GUID assignment, the IPoIB MAC address can be assigned with a multicast MAC (the least significant bit of the most significant address octet is set to 1).In that case, all of the traffic over the IPoIB I/F are dropped. If you experience this issue, please contact Mellanox support. - OpenSM is currently at beta level. We do not recommend using it in deployment setups. If OpenSM is required in your setup, please use a Mellanox managed switch or UFM. - WinVerbs is no longer supported. We recommend installing MLX4ND. - The following are the unsupported functionality/features in WinOF Rev 4.55: - Connect-X® adapter cards - ND over WinVerbs provider - SRP - ConnectX®-2 Adapter Limitations - Limited NDK support - for details contact Mellanox Support. - CQ to EQ feature is not supported - consequently, the driver may associate RSS and VMQ packets with the wrong CPUs - Mellanox perfmon counters are not supported - Auto-sensing is not supported - ibdump is not supported - QoS is not supported - Pinning all the physical memory (used by RDMA operations, such as register memory, pin user memory) on the machine, on Operating Systems prior to Windows Server 2012, may cause the machine to hang.oS is not supported - The displayed MAC address in the DHCP server of virtual IPoIB I/F may display a wrong data (FF00........) although the I/F is still fully functional. - When running applications that use ND or libibumad (such as OpenSM) the system might get to a unstable state when trying to shutdown/restart/hibernate it. - Activating NC-SI in WinOF v4.55 may cause the driver to fail loading - When trying to use the following WMI classes and operations, an error or empty messages will be displayed: - MLNX_Card - MLNX_FirmwareIdentity - MLNX_FirmwareInstallationServic - MLNX_Realizes - The maximum values returned by the ib_query_ca() function (for example: max_qp, max_mr) are the upper limits of the supported resources by the device. However, it may be impossible to use these maximum values, since the actual number of any resource that can be created may be limited by the machine configuration, the amount of host memory, user permissions, and the amount of resources already in use by other users/processes. - On ConnectX-2/ConnectX-3 Ethernet adapter cards, there is a mismatch between the GUID value returned by firmware management tools and that returned by fabric/driver utilities that read the GUID via device firmware (e.g., using ibstat). Mlxburn/flint return 0xffff as GUID while the utilities return a value derived from the MAC address. For all driver/firmware/software purposes, the latter value should be used. - When uninstalling and reinstalling the driver, the ConnectX-3 Pro Ethernet device will be displayed in the Device Manager with a yellow bang (!). - Active links disappear after changing the cable connectivity from Ethernet to InfiniBand or vise versa. - The installation process does not close any applications running in the background, and may cause a BSOD as a result of a stuck cmd. - InfiniBand application that was compiled with an SDK version earlier than WinOF v4.40 isn't binary compatible - WMI does not work due to lack of permissions - WinOF 4.40 and above IPoIB driver is not IPv6 compatible with earlier driver versions, including Window 8 Inbox driver. If WinOF 4.50 IPoIB node receives an icmpv6 message from the legacy IPoIB node, the following event will appear in the event log: "IPoIB driver detected a possible incompatibility with Windows 8 inbox IPv6 support due to which there is no IPv6 connectivity”. - On rare occasions, as a result of port configuration change (IB/ETH) the UI may get stuck for up to a few minutes. This effect does not require any user action. The UI returns to its proper functionality after a few minutes. - WinOF Inbox driver does not support upgrade. When installing WinOF v4.40 and above on a Windows Server 2012 and above machine, the Inbox driver is uninstalled prior to starting the new installation and any previous configurations is lost. The Inbox driver will be reinstalled automatically when the new driver is uninstalled. - Without separate ports for each stream, WinSock multiplexes every packet to every subscriber socket and then filters it out. - The "Packets Received Discarded" and "Packets Received Errors" counter may display wrong results. - Firmware upgrade may fail during installation if there was a prior firmware upgrade on the machine without a reboot after it. A firmware upgrade failure does not fail the whole installation. - The drivers’ functionality is limited up to 1TB of memory and up to 128 cores. - Connection failure on ND tests while machine A have IBAL provider and machine B have MLX4ND provider - Hibernate and Sleep are not functional when user-space is using its resources. - Calling ib_join_mcast() with timeout_ms = 0 may result in a BSOD. - IPoIB does not support: - MAC address change - QoS (packet priority) - Load balancing and fail-over (LBFO) - Connected Mode - Partition - Memory registration on 32bit machines is limited to up to 256GB. - In an interoperability environment that has both Linux and Windows OSs, the MTU value must be the same, otherwise packets larger than the minimum will not go through. The default MTU for Linux is 2K and for Windows is 4K - Old InfiniBand application must be recompiled with the latest SDK version. - iSCSI boot over IPoIB is currently not functional - OpenSM does not run as a service during installation since the SM requires the GUID parameter to decide which port to work on. Setting it on setup causes it to work only on the first port and not the others. - Tools issues: - ibportstate does not work on RoCE ports - ibdiagpath may crash on Hyper-V machines - If an application which uses InfiniBand runs while the driver is being restarted, a bluescreen or an NMI may occur. - If OpenSM is up during driver restart on the same machine, it might stop working when the driver is being backed up. - When configuring one of the ports to be IPoIB, Mellanox device appears in the Eject Devices. - A virtual IPoIB interface, created by the part_man utility, reports an Active state when the physical link is in the Initializing state and OpenSM is not running in the subnet - Disabling the "Priority & VLAN tag" in the UI which VLANID is configured, may result in sending packets with the configured VLANID. - WakeOnMagicPacket registry key is not added to the registry although WoL is supported by the driver and by the NIC. - When the ports of the device are configured as Ethernet only, ibstat/vstat may display wrong information - The DCB component specifies a default traffic classification that is applied to all egress packets that do not match other classification conditions. In this case, the network adapter assigns the IEEE 802.1p priority level that is associated with the default classification to these egress packets. The default traffic classification has the following attributes: - It has a traffic classification condition of type NDIS_QOS_CONDITION_DEFAULT. - It is the first traffic classification defined in the array of NDIS_QOS_CLASSIFICATION_ELEMENT structures - High multicast drop rate on multicast storming. - When there is a stress in TCP connection establishments, some of those connections may fail - Wake on Lan (WoL) cannot be disabled on NICs which supports it. - When NVGRE offload is enabled the GRE traffic cannot be accepted as a regular L2 traffic and requires special L2_TUNNELING steering rules. In such case the GRE packets are dropped or directed to promiscuous queue. - GRE traffic steering by inner MAC and by outer MAC simultaneously is currently not supported. - If VMQ set filter request are accepted without a GRE flag (i.e. requested steering by outer MAC), the GRE packets do not reach that VMQ. - Running Quality of Service (QoS) commands without the parameter "-PolicyStore ActiveStore” may cause machines to load without Quality of Service policy. - RoCE does not support: - Traffic cannot go through the router. It works in the same subnet only - Multicast traffic - VLAN - Layer 3 feature - Using different versions of RoCE in your cluster is not supported. - When using WinOF 4.40 or above, low throughput will be seen on 40GbE adapters when QoS is enabled - Perf_tuning is supported only when one of the two NUMA nodes are in use. - Execution of nd_write_lat over mlx4ndv1 or mlx4ndv2 may never end. - When the vSwitch is detached from the ETH\IPoIB device while the driver is disabled, the device does not reacquire the static IP it had before the attachment of the vSwitch. When the vSwitch is attached to the ETH\IPoIB device while there is no link, it will not receive the device IP when the link is back up. - After attaching the vSwitch to the ETH\IPoIB device, changing the “Jumbo Packet” registry key on the ETH\IPoIB device does not affect the vSwitch configuration and vice versa. For example, if the user sets the “Jumbo Packet” on the ETH\IPoIB device to X, and the “Jumbo Packet” on the vSwitch to X+Y, X+Y sized packets will be passed from NDIS down to the driver and they will be dropped by it. - Unexpected behavior might occur when running in a virtualized environment and creating two virtual switches bound to each of the ports of a dual port NIC and then using both of them with two vNICs from the same VM. - When moving an IPoIB interface in a VM from non-VMQ to VMQ or from VMQ to non-VMQ, a reset to the NIC may occur and in the event log the following message will appear: ‘device reports a "CQE error" on cqn qpn Status . Therefore, the HCA Nic will be reset. (The issue is reported in Function ). For more information refer to details.’ - In IPoIB when using long Multicast traffic from a Virtual Machine (VM) to an external host there might be up to 0.5% loss in 5% bursts - Hyper-V is at low bandwidth on LBFO vSwitch, Windows 2012 - In Ethernet to achieve better iperf TCP performance between a Linux VM and a Windows VM on different hosts, when using MS MUX over the Ethernet driver, use the non VMQ mode for the VMs. - After disabling and enabling a port on a guest, a ping to it may be renewed after a minute. The ARP requests sent by Windows are less frequent as the time passes. If the guest port was down for a while, it could take time until Windows decides to send another ARP request to it. - When VMQ is enabled after reset, the driver loads all the VMQs that existed before the reset. However, it is not guaranteed that each VMQ will receive the same QP number it had before the reset. This can cause some delay as a result of resetting before connectivity is reestablished. The delay is caused by the time it takes for the ARP table to update after initiating the Gratuitous ARP. - The IPoIB non-VMQ mode is supported only when the VMQ is enabled according to the registry values. - Upgrading the driver while the UI is opened with the "ConnectX NIC device" may cause the installation process to never end. - Rebooting the machine reboot while uninstalling WinOF, may result in installation failure. - Canceling the installation process may leave the bus driver in a disable state. The driver appears in a yellow bang containing the following error message: “Windows cannot start this hardware device because its configuration information (in the registry) is incomplete or damaged. (Code 19)”. - Downgrade is not supported - ibdump may encounter packet drops upon a burst of more than 4096 (or 2^max-burst) packets - Packets loss is not reported by ibdump - Running ibdump on a RoCE Ethernet port may decrease the functional bandwidth due to the overhead of creating extra copy for each packet. This may lead to packet drops on the link. Verify Ethernet flow control is enable to ensure a lossless link - Sniffing over IB ports is currently not supported
=============================================================================== 6. Bug Fixes History =============================================================================== 6.1 WinOF VPI v4.55 Bug Fixes: ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Fixed nd_*_bw to achieve better performance (memory buffer alignment) and consistent results - Fixed the issue preventing messages to be sent in VLAN 0 when using many VMQ rings - Fixed a part_man issue related to wrong statistics over virtual partman interfaces
6.2 WinOF VPI v4.40 Bug Fixes: ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Fixed an issue causing the setup to fail upon perf_tune failure during the installation. An error message will be printed in the installation log upon perf_tune failure. - Removed port setting registry key during uninstall - Fixed and issue with the Mellanox adapter being shown on the USB removal menu, which caused the removal of the Mellanox adapter once removing the USB. - Fixed the perf_tuning indication of the last chosen tuning scenarios - Fixed a crash in the ib_send_lat/bw utilities caused when the port link was down - Fixed the “Restore to defaults” option in the perf_tuning tool. Now the default values are being restored - Fixed WoL support on NIC with a single port - Fixed the default RoCE configuration on NICs with a single ports - Fixed the values for the MTU and rate of the CM-REQ - Fixed miniport reset on sending scenarios - Network Direct: Fixed a crash occurred when more than 4 SGEs elements were used in an ND write operation - Network Direct: Fixed the swap of InboundReadLimit and OutboundReadLimit when creating an EndPoint and in Connector::GetConnectionData - Network Direct: Fixed disallowing creation of EndPoint with zero attributes in the Receive Queue - Network Direct: Fixed a failure when creating an EndPoint with zero attributes in the Receive Queue - Fixed a bluescreen issue that occurred when disabling the interface after a TX stress over the VMQ - Fixed a failure of MPI/ND over InfiniBand
6.3 WinOF VPI v4.2 Bug Fixes: ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Fixed restart issue when there are not enough MSI-X vectors for each machine core - Fixed RSS indirection table mapping building when there are less RX rings than RSS cores - Fixed a bug, preventing standard work with BAR value more than 4GB. - Fixed memory leaks - Fixed error flows causing a Bluescreen in driver startup/unload - Fixed a Bluescreen occurrence upon shutdown due to leak in active resources - Fixed a bug that prevented IBAL applications from working on machines with 2 cards - Fixed a bug that caused packet drop on remote node when the first sent packet is not an ARP or a multicast packet - Fixed IPoIB VMQ affinity update bugs - Fixed IPoIB VMQ parent queue management race during reset - Fixed a bug in passing DHCP packets from a Linux VM - Fixed bug in RDMA statistics for NDK
=============================================================================== 7. API Changes ===============================================================================
7.1 WinOF VPI v4.55 API Changes: ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - RDMA_TRANSPORT_RRDMAOE_1_5 - Enumerated values were added - RDMA_TRANSPORT_RRDMAOE_2_0 - Enumerated values were added - RDMA_TRANSPORT_RRDMAOE It is an alias to RDMA_TRANSPORT_RRDMAOE_1_5 - is_rroce(), is_xroce() - Added new functions - IB_AC_SNIFFER - Added a new macro - struct ib_qp_mod_t - The field state.init.flags was added
7.2 WinOF VPI v4.40 API Changes: ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - VERBS_MINOR_VER - Increased its value, 0009 -> 000a - enum eth_link_speeds - Enumerated values were added - struct ib_port_attr_t: - The mtu field was separated into two fields: - max_mtu (maximum MTU supported by the port) - active_mtu (actual MTU which the port is configured with) - Added the eth_link_speed field - WR_SEND_INV - Enumerated value was added - struct ib_send_wr_t - The type of invalidate_rkey was changed from net32_t -> ib_net32_t - IB_SEND_OPT_SKIP_DOORBELL - Added the send Write flag mlnx_fw_nic_4_55_9096p4_win2k12r2_32-64_chg
=============================================================================== Emulex FCoE Device Driver for Windows ===============================================================================
Driver version: 2.74.016.001 (supported on IBM System x, BladeCenter and Flex)
Problems Fixed: - Cleaned up a variety of corner case issues to avoid BSODs - Fixed IOCTL encounter bug-chk on BE3 during NPIV tests - Fixed reporting incorrect error code when creating vport on a switch without NPIV supported - Updated the default model name for 10Gb CNAs and 16G HBAs
Driver version: 2.74.009.001 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX, BladeCenter & Flex)
Problems Fixed: - Clean up non-critical legacy FC and uCNA incompatibilities - LUN masking doesn't persist after reboot - Emulex GUI crashes when closing a running Upgrade utility and re-open it in 802.3 configuration with IP or MAC - Several bugs related to creation or deletion of vports
Incremental Interoperability: - Windows 2012 - Improved debug capabilities - Tighter integration with MS Windows Design Kit
Driver version 2.70.018 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX, BladeCenter & Flex)
Problems Fixed:
- Fixed sending ABTS continuously to Flogi issue - Fixed reset and link bounce issues for SLI4 FC public loop - Added support for ABTS timeout handling for both SLI3 and SLI4 - Fixed loopback test incorrectly dropping the loopback frame in SLI4 - Fixed exchange management issue in SLI4 CT receive path causing array overflow - Fixed firmware version update issue following download in link up state - Fixed problem in init_vfi completion handler that stalled fabric login on BE FCoE FW - Fixed problem that caused OCM ELS Echo Test to fail - Fixed the loopback test issue in recovering from error condition - Add persistent link down support for SLI4 FC - Fix DFC_IssueDumpMBox to manage request type 3 which includes link select option - Modified reinitialization sequence following reset to fix discovery failure post type 1 or type 3 reset - Fixed new firmware dump issue
Driver Version 2.50.007 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX & BladeCenter) elx_dd_cna_ibm1212-2_74_016_001-6_windows_32-64_chg
IBM HBA/LSI 6Gb SAS/SATA/SSD Driver for Windows 2012/2008 R2/2008/2003
Supported Controllers: - IBM N2125 SAS/SATA Controller (46C9011) - IBM N2115 SAS/SATA Controller (46C8989) - ServeRAID H1135 Controller for IBM Flex System and BladeCenter (90Y4750) - ServeRAID H1110 SAS/SATA Controller for IBM System x (81Y4492) - IBM 6Gb SAS HBA (46M0907) - IBM 6Gb SSD HBA (68Y7362) - Onboard LSI 2004 SAS
NOTE TO SERVICE - Reference RETAIN #N/A
Version 2.00.60.00 - Suggested ------------------ Enhancements(s):\ - Added support for 8MB+ IO's - Modified sense data processing code to check for an ATA Passthrough command (either 12 or 16 byte). - Added RTTrace hooks to increase logging coverage within driver. - Implemented Extended SRB support (StorPort enhancement) in driver. - Added checks to catch physical DMAable memory allocations outside a single 4GB block as required by the adapter hardware.
Fixes:. - Fixed an issue where cable break between enclosures causes the adapter to reset. - Fixed an issue where MSM sends input/output control causing BSOD in Windows 2012 Extended SRB driver. - Fixed an issue where SAS2FLASH sends input/output control causing BSOD in Windows 2012 Extended SRB driver. - Fixed data alignment issue which could result in corrupt sense data under Windows 2012. - Changed RTTRACE version to match record structure used by driver. - Fixed an issue in Windows Server 2003 where executing LSIutil 1.65 Option 65 virtual serial port causes a bluescreen if memory has been severely fragmented.
Version 2.00.45.00 - Suggested ------------------ Ehancement(s): - Add support for ServeRAID H1110 SAS/SATA Controller for IBM System x - Add conversion of sense data descriptor format to fixed format, so drives 2.1TB in size and greater can return descriptor format sense data. For these drives to work properly under Windows, the miniport needs to convert the descriptor format sense data to fixed format before returning the sense data up the stack.
Fixes: - Add check for sense data type (fixed vs. descriptor) in CheckSmartInfo where large physical drives 2TB in size and greater use the descriptor format for sense data in order to pass back 64-bit LBA addresses. Most drives use the fixed format sense data, is the only format the upper layers of the Windows stack supports
Version 2.00.17.30 - Initial release ------------------ ibm_dd_mpt2sas_2_00_60_windows_32-64_chg
Fibre Channel Adapter STOR Miniport Driver for Windows Release Notes February 18, 2014
QLogic Driver Release Notes
QLogic Corporation All rights reserved Package Version 9.1.11.26.b Driver Version 9.1.11.26
Table of Contents
1. Change History 2. Known Issues 3. Notices 4. Contacting Support
1. Change History
The following changes have been made to the Fibre Channel Adapter STOR miniport driver for version 9.1.11.26.
The following changes have been made to the Fibre Channel Adapter STOR miniport driver between versions 9.1.11.25 and 9.1.11.26.
* API version 1.28.0.112 (QLSDM) * [ER115248]: Read NVRAM fails after write Resolution: Added delay between write and read in api Scope : 8200 Series Adapters * [ER115315]: Unable to update EDC Resolution: Fixed wrong lengh in built-in FLT Scope : 2500 Series Adapters * [ER114713]: Poor read write performance at certain large block sizes Resolution: Fixed delay in handling SRB queue Scope : 2600 Series Adapters * Firmware version: 7.01.00 (2400/2500 Series 4Gb and 8Gb Fibre Channel Adapters) * [ER114741]: Login to tape device times out Scope : All FC and FCOE Adapter Resolution: Retry Relogin once * [ER113510]: Maximum number of GNNFT entries is limited to 128 Scope : All Adapters Resolution: Increased maximum number of GNNFT entries * [ER113482]: Failover on EMC storage not working when zoning is deactivated on switch Resolution: Fixed for not relogin after timeout * [ER112112]: SnapDrive cannot see luns through the QLE10K Scope : 10000 series adapter Resolution: Change the number of ports in AdapterAttributes to 1 * [ER112725]: Issue with processing certain response entry during stop HBA operation Resolution: Added check for HBA stop state before response queue processing * [ER112726]: Multi-queue debug trace feature Scope : 2500 and 2600 Series Adapters Resolution: Added per-queue debug information trace * Added support for the following devices (supported platforms): - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_02841077 (x86, x64)
Version 9.1.11.24
* Firmware version: 5.09.00 (2400/2500 Series 4Gb and 8Gb Fibre Channel Adapters) * API version 1.28.0.105 (QLSDM) * Fix MailboxPassthru by removing restriction on writing mbx8 register [ER104361] * Added support for Skip 4G FC [ER104575] * Allow application modify "Execution Throttle" field in nvram for 2600 series adapters [ER103297] * Add Service Pack number to OSName [ER104204] * Added api to read 2600 series adapters ASIC temperature [ER102430] * Added mailbox passthru api [ER102988] * Added reading ASIC temperature for Ninja and Sensei [ER103001] * Removed Advanced tab from Device Manager properties * Added support support for full 64 bit physical addressing [ER101742] * Added support for QLE10000 series adapters
Version 9.1.10.28
* Firmware version: 5.07.02 (2400/2500 Series 4Gb and 8Gb Fibre Channel Adapters) * API version 1.28.0.101 (QLSDM) * Removed support for 2Gb speed in port supported speed for 16Gb FC in 2600 series adapters [ER100053] * Added get/set I2V registers and get/set serdes registers - OEM Adapter [ER99727] * Added support to address OEM adapter Re-design I2C access issue [ER99562] * Added adapter disable state check on timer routine re-init state handling [ER96662] * External loopback support OEM adapter when in loop mode [ER98834] * Fixed skipping OEM adapter vpd update [ER100458] * Fixed Ext Loopback test fails with Loopback connector (8Gb loop mode) [ER99702] * Fixed crash in fwdump routine [ER101039] * Limit support to node-interleaving configurations
Version 9.1.10.27
* Fixed event Viewer Error 154 (Disk I/O error) occurs when running Diskercise on FC LUN [ER97809]
Version 9.1.10.26 * API version 1.28.0.97 (QLSDM) * Added series adapters temperature handling [ER94159] * Removed driver family version support [ER95755] * Removed flash FLT error logging for 24xx/25xx [ER96144] * Returned NOT_SUPPORTED for SDForceFcMctpDump in api [ER96352] * Fixed memory access error [part of ER96188] * Fixed extra 4K in variable transfer sizes (64K, 128K) [ER94081] * Added support to relogin if the device logs out [ER93867] * Removed event logging for fw dump event [ER98897]
Version 9.1.10.25
* Added Windows Server 2012 support [ER92249] * Not to update i2c vpd if Sensei in api [ER93800] * Fixed Flash Layout Table memory usage [ER93668] * API version 1.28.0.96 (QLSDM) * Code cleanup [ER92250] * Added support for Set Driver version for OCBB and family driver version [ER92243] * Issue with LB connector attached after it was in point-to-point mode, driver was still issuing echo instead of loopback command [ER93050] * Fixed Adapter Port type in P2P mode [ER92357] * Process completed PRLI [ER89053] * Fixed multiple request single response queue initialization issue [ER95259]
Version 9.1.9.48
* Firmware version: 5.06.05 (2400/2500 Series 4Gb and 8Gb Fibre Channel Adapters)
Version 9.1.9.47
* Firmware version: 5.06.04 (2400/2500 Series 4Gb and 8Gb Fibre Channel Adapters)
Version 9.1.9.46
* Firmware version: 5.06.03 (2400/2500 Series 4Gb and 8Gb Fibre Channel Adapters) * API version 1.28.0.92 (QLSDM) * LUN disappearance after tape reboot [ER84117] * Failed to reissue some i/o's after controller failover (8Gb) [ER86660]
Version 9.1.9.29
* Firmware version: 5.06.02 (2400/2500 Series 4Gb and 8Gb Fibre Channel Adapters)
Version 9.1.9.28
* Firmware version: 5.05.05 (2400/2500 Series 4Gb and 8Gb Fibre Channel Adapters) * API version 1.28.0.87 (QLSDM)
Version 9.1.9.27
* Updated firmware version: 5.04.04 (2400/2500 Series 4Gb and 8Gb Fibre Channel Adapters) * API version 1.28.0.85 (QLSDM) * Fixed an issue where drives were not detected in direct connect topology [ER81138]
Version 9.1.9.25
* No fixes in this driver release.
Version 9.1.8.25
* Closed WMI mapping interoperability with HBAAPI.DLL issue.
Version 9.1.8.19
* Driver restores 4G Fibre Channel PCIe Device Control and Link Control registers based on saved value. * In multi-processor systems, the clustering driver timer popped as a result of unrecovered I/O through a LUN reset. [ER0000000067688 closed]
Version 9.1.8.17
* Firmware versions: 5.01.02 (4Gb and 8Gb) * API version 1.28.0.73 (QLSDM) * Driver restores 4G Fibre Channel PCIe Device Control and Link Control registers based on saved value.
Version 9.1.7.18
* Firmware versions: 3.03.25 (2Gb), 4.04.00 (4Gb and 8Gb). * API version 1.28.0.63 (QLSDM).
Version 9.1.7.17
* Added support for the following devices (supported platforms) (2.3m): - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_8432&SUBSYS_010E1077 (x86, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_014B1077 (x86, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_01701077 (x86, ia64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_01711077 (x86, ia64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_01721077 (x86, ia64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_01731077 (x86, ia64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_01741077 (x86, ia64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_01751077 (x86, ia64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_004A1137 (x86, ia64, x64) * Removed support for the following devices (supported platforms): - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_011C1077 (x86, x64) NOTE: Microsoft requires x86 and x64 support for all Fibre Channel Adapters. * Firmware versions: 3.03.25 (2Gb), 4.03.02 (4Gb). * API version 1.28.0.63 (QLSDM). * Added support for 64-bit QLSDM DLLs. * Enabled FDMI by default. * Added support for Atmel flash AT26DF081A. * Removed support for obsolete qd parameter. * Changed the driver to not log events caused by I/O completion errors.
Version 9.1.7.16 QL
* Added support for the Windows Server 2008 operating system. * Applied a fix to handle logout in the loop environment.
Version 9.1.7.15 QL
* Added support for the following devices (supported platforms): - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_01081077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_015C1077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_015D1077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_015E1077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_015F1077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_01601077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_01611077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_01621077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_01631077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_01641077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_3261103C (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_3262103C (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_3263103C (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_3264103C (x86, IA64, x64) NOTE: Microsoft requires x86 and x64 support for all Fibre Channel Adapters. * Firmware versions: 3.03.25 (2Gb), 4.02.00 (4Gb). * API version: 1.28.0.50 (QLSDM). * Unique assignment of management server N_Port handle values to be for each virtual port. * NPIV (N_Port ID virtualization). * Target link speed (iiDMA). * PcieLinkCap/Stat to HbaDeviceChipProperty. * Flash layout regions for 4Gb and returned flash layout table from flash if it is valid. * Three Alternate Boot Devices and OOFR (out-of-order frame receive). * Removed QL2XHAI2: IHVs are required to use Host Bus Adapter API provided by Microsoft. * Preserved BIOS defaults when updating multi-boot image whose BIOS locations can be anywhere in the image. * Fixed checksum calculation in QLSDM when two-bios image is flashed. * Initiator discovery problem caused a large burst of RSCN activity when the NetApp does its failover. A failed GPNID command occurring during ports discovery must not cause the termination of the discovery process. [ER50975 fixed] * Handled the case where the GNNFT command was failing due to incorrectly calculated the maximum data response length. * Setting the alternate WWN and enabling it in the NVRAM did not propagate through to the Host Bus Adapter. Reading the NVRAM and reinitializing the Host Bus Adapter will handle this case.
Version 9.1.4.16 QL 3.03.21 4.00.26
* Adhered to Subsystem Id document v2.2m+. * Firmware versions: 3.03.21 (2Gb), 4.00.26 (4Gb). * API versions: 1.28.0.37 (QLSDM), 2.0.0.14 (QL2XHAI2). * Initiator discovery problem caused a large burst of RSCN activity when the NetApp does its failover. A failed GPNID command occurring during ports discovery must not cause the termination of the discovery process. [ER50975]
Version 9.1.4.15 QL 3.03.21 4.00.26
* Firmware versions: 3.03.21 (2Gb), 4.00.26 (4Gb). * API versions: 1.28.0.37 (QLSDM), 2.0.0.14 (QL2XHAI2). * Adhered to Subsystem Id document v2.2m+. NOTE: Microsoft requires both x86 and x64 support all Host Bus Adapters. * Added support for the following devices (supported platforms): - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2322&SUBSYS_01151077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2322&SUBSYS_01161077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2422&SUBSYS_1336103C (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_015B1077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_5432&SUBSYS_01551077 (x86, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_5432&SUBSYS_01561077 (x86, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2422&SUBSYS_014A1077 (IA64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_014B1077 (IA64) * Removed support for the following devices: - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_6312&SUBSYS_01301077 (x86, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2422&SUBSYS_01471077 (IA64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_01451077 (IA64) * Conformed QLSDM and the driver to the revised for "Get/Set Target Link Speed". * Increased loopback test buffer size to 2048 bytes in QLSDM. * Loopback test always failed when the NVRAM frame size is set to 512 or 1024 (Windows). Pass in transfer size instead of hard-coded value in QLSDM. [ER50975 fixed] * Handled the case where the device becomes not ready in the StartIO routine. * Fixed in SANsurfer 5.0.0 Build 4 – Driver 9.1.3.10b2—Windows IA64 SP1—HP. The Host Bus Adapter model numbers do not show up on Information page. [ER48374] * Fixed Long Erase (0x019) issues with DLT S4 and QLE2462. Error occurs (most likely a bus reset) when running a long erase that takes longer than 110 minutes on the Quantum DLT-S4 (firmware:0808) drive, which exceeds the built in 4Gb firmware timeout limit. [ER48117 (AR 48907, SR70415 [REF:609618455])]
Version 9.1.3.16 QL 3.03.21 4.00.23
* This version replaced the invalid release 9.1.3.15. * Firmware versions: 3.03.21 (2Gb), 4.00.23 (4Gb). * API versions: 1.28.0.35 (QLSDM), 2.0.0.14 (QL2XHAI2). * Removed I/O Reduction support for the 4G Host Bus Adapter.
Version 9.1.3.15 QL 3.03.21 4.00.23
* Firmware versions: 3.03.21 (2Gb), 4.00.23 (4Gb). * API versions: 1.28.0.35 (QLSDM), 2.0.0.14 (QL2XHAI2). * Added OEM specific support for assigning a virtual world wide port name via registry key. * Added "Get/Set" target link speed support. * Changed the INF to enable the I/O Reduction for the 4Gb Host Bus Adapter for the IA64 platform based on Microsoft document. * Added multiple BIOS support in QLSDM. * Initialized debug file name variable during DLL load (QL2XHAI2). * Closed EMC OPT23605: x64 Server hangs during boot at the “Applying Computer Settings.” * Cleaned up code related to get Object text for OS Device Name (QL2XHAI2). * Attached target devices not visible to OS after server reboot (QLE220) [ER47338 closed]. * Driver not Login into Target Devices (QLE220) [ER47436 closed] * Topology diagram is not displaying properly when LIP issued on QLA2462 port. [ER47530 closed]
Version 9.1.2.19 QL 3.03.19 4.00.23
* Firmware versions: 3.03.19 (2Gb), 4.00.23 (4Gb). * Bus Resets Under Heavy I/O Load. [ER46891 closed] * API Versions: 1.28.0.33 (QLSDM), 2.0.0.12 (QL2XHAI2). * SANsurfer FC HBA Manager B83 showed only one port see the storage even though no zoning. [ER47166 closed] * Port failure after disconnecting and reconnecting ISL port used by MirrorView. [Closed OPT 235681] * SANsurfer FC HBA Manager does not display the topology view correctly when the Host Bus Adapters are set to loop only until the system is rebooted. [ER47235 closed]
Version 9.1.2.18 QL 3.03.19 4.00.22
* Firmware versions: 3.03.19 (2Gb), 4.00.22 (4Gb). * API Versions: 1.28.0.33 (QLSDM), 2.0.0.12 (QL2XHAI2). * Added VPD update support for 2432 4-port adapter in 1.28.0.33 (QLSDM). * Recognized Asynchronous Event 8048h as a valid AEN. * Modified timer task to handle the case when Host Bus Adapter is in a stopped state. * 24xx only: Added support for NVRAM Nodename option bit. * 4Gb only: Added support for reading data from SFP (small form-factor pluggable) optical transceivers via QLSDM. * Adhered to Subsystem Id document v2.2g. * Added support for the following devices (supported platforms): - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2422&SUBSYS_014D1077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_014C1077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_01521077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_01531077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_01541077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_5432&SUBSYS_014E1077 (x86, x64) * Adhered to firmware dump procedure per 2400 Series Firmware Interface Specification version C. * RX2600 fails to boot Windows after 1MB bin flash—SANsurfer 2.0.30b84_windows. [ER47113 closed] * Fixed: LUNs disappeared after DS4000 controller firmware download in direct attach. * "Bind By Port ID + Present Targets that are persistently bound only" is not working (in loop environment). [ER46586 closed] * Changed to perform the full firmware dump when firmware error occurs. * JBOD disks turn offline in SANsurfer FC HBA Manager and SANsurfer FC HBA CLI when settings are Present targets that are persistently bound + Bind by Port ID (in loop environment). [ER46141 closed] * Corrected firmware region size in option ROM layout, that is, firmware size in flash. * GPN_ID has wrong payload length after unplug and re-plug. [ER45035 closed] * When using the QLSDM to retrieve the transceiver data, you may get SDMGT_CANNOT_GET_SFP_DATA error on system platforms using specific models of Supermicro motherboard such as P3TDL3 and P3TDLE. The QLSDM retrieves the transceiver data using underlying 4Gb firmware (v4.00.21) that reports an error code of 4005 for this operation. * Verified support for Atmel flash chip AT26DF081A.
Version 9.1.2.16 QL 3.03.19 4.00.18
* Firmware versions: 3.03.19 (2Gb), 4.00.18 (4Gb). * Adhered to Subsystem Id document v2.2f. * Added support for the following devices (supported platforms): - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_6312&SUBSYS_01191077 (x86, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_6312&SUBSYS_011C1077 (x86, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_6312&SUBSYS_01301077 (x86, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_6322&SUBSYS_012F1077 (x86, x64) * Set additional firmware option bit 10 for 2Gb Host Bus Adapter so the firmware waits for the task management command, (such as reset LUN to complete.) * Host Bus Adapter does not re-login to target after target sends LOGO to Host Bus Adapter. [Closed OPT226506] * The link status behaves differently between QLE2460 and QLA2342. [ER44735 closed] * Incorrect HwVersion string is reported by QLogic IHV HBA_GetAdapterAttributes call. [ER45228 closed] * Event Id 11 entries logged by ql2300 at offset x10 and offset x34 do not match the Error Codes published on the Web. Because the miniport uses Microsoft's Storport.sys driver to actually log the error event, and it has been confirmed that the storport.sys driver logs the event incorrectly. A bug has been reported to Microsoft on this: SRX041110604850 (STORport—Incorrect event data is logged when storport's storportlogerror). Meanwhile, the Miniport driver is changed to log the event code at offset x10 by default. This workaround is controlled by the registry parameter mevtwrkaround. For details on this parameter, please see the readme file. [ER45230 closed] * Use memory map mechanism in the driver. [ER45232 closed]
Version 9.1.2.15 QL 3.03.19 4.00.17
* Firmware versions: 3.03.19 (2Gb), 4.00.17 (4Gb). * Adhered to Subsystem Id document v2.2e. * Added support for the following devices (supported platforms): - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_5432&SUBSYS_013E1077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_5432&SUBSYS_013F1077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2422&SUBSYS_014A1077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_014B1077 (x86, IA64, x64) * Added support to use combined 2Gb IPX firmware. * Added support for SST25VF080B flash part. * Added option for not to dump code section for 24xx firmware dump. * Serial number for the 4Gb Host Bus Adapter should be obtained from the VPD. [ER44270 closed] * Windows 2000/qla2340/Veritas tape backup long cable pull failed error message ERROR_DEVICE_NOT_CONNECTED. [ER38787 closed]
Version 9.1.1.15 QL 3.03.18 4.00.12
* Firmware versions: 3.03.18 (2Gb), 4.00.12 (4Gb). * QLogic 4Gb driver returns selection timeout immediately after cable pull in an OEM special dual loop configuration. [Closed PTR 90818] * QLogic Driver returns a selection timeout when rebooting a controller in an OEM special dual loop configuration. [Closed PTR 90652]
Version 9.1.0.18 QL 3.03.18 4.00.12
* Firmware versions: 3.03.18 (2Gb), 4.00.12 (4Gb). * Adhered to Subsystem Id document v2.2d. * Added support for the following devices (supported platforms): - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2422&SUBSYS_12D7103C (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2312&SUBSYS_01491077 (x86, IA64, x64)
* Firmware versions: 3.03.16 (2Gb), 4.00.12 (4Gb). * Embedded 24xx firmware in the driver. * New driver could not detect any device to install as BOOT from SAN on one specific setup. [ER43175 closed]
Version 9.1.0.15 QL 3.03.16
* Firmware versions: 3.03.16 (2Gb), (Use onboard 4Gb firmware.) * Added 24xx support. * Need to change bit used to control LED mode. [ER42601 closed]
Version 9.0.2.17 QL 3.03.13
* Firmware versions: 3.03.16 (2Gb).
Firmware (Embedded in Driver) -----------------------------
The following lists show the changes and bug fixes to the firmware that is embedded in the drivers for the 4Gb Fibre Channel Adapters and 8Gb Fibre Channel Adapters from versions 4.03.01 to 5.04.04.
From Version 5.04.02 to 5.04.04
Changes ------- * 2500 Series. Ensured that correct slot-specific SerDes settings will be used for specific mezzanine cards. [ER78047]
Bug Fixes --------- None
From Version 5.04.01 to 5.04.02
Changes ------- * Current Fibre Channel Adapter firmware supports maximum frame sizes of 512, 1024, and 2048 in the received PLOGI or PLOGI-ACC. This change provides an option to disable this restriction by setting bit 6 of Firmware Options 2 through Set Additional Firmware Options Mailbox Command (038h). Note that this option bypasses the Maximum Transmit Data Frame Size set by the Set Transmit Parameters Mailbox Command (019h). [ER76448]
Bug Fixes --------- None
From Version 5.04.00 to 5.04.01
Changes ------- * Option to Disable Automatic FDISC: Currently, the firmware automatically performs FDISC for enabled virtual ports (VPs) upon receiving an FLOGI_ACC. This procedure does not mesh well with driver architectures, which typically control the FDISCs. A new option bit allows you to suppress the automatic FDISCs. This option bit is available in both the ISP25xx and ISP81xx firmware. Older firmware ignores this option bit. Functional Description: The Disable FDISC bit (multi-ID initialize firmware control block, Global VP Options field, bit 4) disables the automatic FDISCs. If this bit is set, any VPs enabled in the multi-ID initialize firmware control block remain enabled, but the ID is not in the acquired state. The driver must issue a Modify Virtual Port Configuration IOCB (with the Command field set to 3h) to instruct the firmware to transmit the FDISC after it receives the report ID acquisition (RIDA) for VP0. When Disable FDISC is set, no FDISC is transmitted for the enabled VPs on any event, which results in a FLOGI. The driver should issue a Modify Virtual Port Configuration IOCB (with the Command field set to 3h) to instruct the firmware to transmit the FDISC for a specific VP (after receiving the RIDA for VP0). The driver must instruct the firmware to transmit an FDISC for all enabled VPs. After all the FDISC is completed, the firmware state changes to ready. In addition, a Port Database Changed AEN (8014h), with the Outgoing Mailbox 1 register set to FFFFh and Outgoing Mailbox 2 register set to 6h, is generated and passed to the driver. If the driver does not transmit FDISC for a VP, the driver must disable that specific VP using Virtual Port Control IOCB (Entry Type field 30h). This step is needed because a VP is enabled, but the ID is not in the acquired state, which can prevent the firmware state from changing to ready, and prevent generation of the Port Database AEN as previously stated. The option applies only to fabric point-to-point topology and NPIV environments. [ER74448]
* Added option to disable PRLI REC_SUPPORT bit. To disable the PRLI REC_SUPPORT bit (PRLI REC_SUPPORT bit is set by default), set bit 6 of the additional firmware option 3 of the Set Additional Firmware Options (38h) Mailbox Commands). This option has to be set prior to Initialize Firmware mailbox command (60h or 48h). [ER74764]
* 81xx only. Added Additional Firmware Options 2, bit 9 to improve NIC bandwidth when NIC and FCoE receive traffic are running concurrently. [ER69565]
* 81xx/25xx MIDQ only. Provide capability in Queue Management (1Fh) mailbox command to move a queue base address. For details, refer to the Multiple Queue Support for 2500 Series Fibre Channel and 8100 Series Converged Network Adapter Controllers Applications Note. [ER69606]
* 81xx only. Added support for LR Optics. Requires MPI FW 1.39.00 or later with proper configuration files. [ER69613]
* Added an Additional Firmware Options 3 bit to discard any frames received out of order unless the Initialize Firmware Options 3 bit 6 (Enable Receive Out-of-Order Data Frame Handling) is set to 1. Changes to Set Additional Firmware Options (38h) Mailbox Command interface: - Add to Additional Firmware Option 3 Bits (Incoming mailbox 3 register) Table: Bit 15 Do not transfer received out of order data for an exchange to host memory (except during SRR recovery). - Replace bit_15 description with: Bit 15 (Do not transfer received out of order data for an exchange to host memory). When this bit is set to 1, the ISP firmware does not transfer received out-of-order data for an exchange to host memory, except during SRR recovery. A frame is considered "out-of-order" after a previously-received frame is dropped due to an error, as well as a true out-of-order frame receipt condition. NOTE: Bit 15 is ignored when Initialize Firmware Options 3 bit 6 (Enable Receive Out-of-Order Data Frame Handling) is set to 1. [ER70311]
* 24xx/25xx only. Bit 8 of State Flags field in Status IOCB Type has been changed from Reserved to "Unable to send OPN to Destination." This bit is set when the destination device sends an immediate CLS in response to an OPN from ISP. [ER71132]
* Add option to disable the firmware automatic port login (PLOGI) to the simple name server (SNS). To enable this feature, set Bit 15 of Additional Firmware Options 2 when issuing Set Additional Firmware Options Mailbox Command 0038h. [ER71742]
* 24xx SB2 only. Return the lower 16-bit of current RBC count in Receive IU and Add Buffer IOCBs. This extends the scope of ER68875 to include 24xx. - For IOCB type 0x4D, the lower 16-bit of the counter is stored at offset 0x3E to 0x3F. - For IOCB type 0x4C, the lower 16-bit is stored at offset 0x1C to 0x1D. [ER71764]
* 81xx only. Added an Additional Firmware Options 2 bit to post all Asynchronous IOCBs to the ATIO queue when target mode is enabled. Changes to Set Additional Firmware Options (38h) mailbox command interface: - Add to Additional Firmware Option 2 Bits (Incoming mailbox 2 register) Table: Bit 11 Enable Asynchronous IOCBs to ATIO queue. - Replace bit 11 description with: Bit 11 (Enable Asynchronous IOCBs to ATIO queue). When this bit is set to 1, the firmware posts all asynchronous IOCBs (PUREX, ABTS Received, and Report ID Acquisition) to the ATIO queue when target operation is enabled. Additionally, if a login-affecting ELS command (PLOGI, PRLI, PRLO, LOGO, ADISC, PDISC, or TPRLO) is passed up to the target driver, an Immediate Notify IOCB with Status Code 46h, Login affecting ELS command received, shall not be sent. Initialize Firmware Options 3 bit 26 (Enable Ethernet Header Receive IOCB for ATIO Queue) is used to request the firmware place an Ethernet Header Receive IOCB on the ATIO queue before each PUREX and ABTS Received IOCB. Initialize Firmware Options 3 bit 27 (Enable Ethernet Header Receive IOCB for Response Queue) shall be ignored. When bit 11 is set to 0, the firmware posts asynchronous IOCBs to queues specified in the ISP81xx firmware specification. Changes to Initialize Firmware, Firmware Options 3: - Bit 27 (Enable Ethernet Header Receive IOCB for Response Queue). When Additional Firmware Option 2 bit 11 (Enable Asynchronous IOCBs to ATIO queue) is set, this bit is ignored. - Bit 26 (Enable Ethernet Header Receive IOCB for ATIO Queue). When Additional Firmware Option 2 bit 11 (Enable Asynchronous IOCBs to ATIO queue) is set, and this bit is set, the firmware places an Ethernet Header Receive IOCB on the ATIO queue before each PUREX and ABTS Received IOCB. [ER71877]
* MID only. Send LOGO if an FDISC is rejected with error/explanation code 03/0D. After LOGO ACC is received, the firmware retries the FDISC. [ER72460]
Bug Fixes --------- * 81xx only. Corrected FCP-2 processing during a link disruption until re-discovery is complete. [ER66337]
* MIDQ builds. Corrected N_Port-N_Port FLOGI Dest ID of 0. [ER67952]
* 2532-based adapter only. Corrected an issue that could prevent the link from being established when connected to specific targets operating at 8Gb link speed in a loop topology. [ER68658]
* Correct abort handling of a Command Type 6 IO that could result in fatal firmware error or I/O timeout. [ER68965]
* 81xx only. Set a Buffer Credit value of 16 in FLOGI/FDISC for interoperability with FCFs that incorrectly use the field. [ER69182]
* 81xx only. Correct handling of received stale frames forwarded by an FCF after the link is re-established. [ER69245]
* 81xx only. Corrected an issue that would prevent the link from being re-established after a cable pull. [ER69291]
* Correctly set the "sequence initiative transferred bit" (F_CTL) for transmission of status mode 2 FCP_RSP with confirmation request. [ER69336]
* 81xx only. Added support to detect MPI pause during heartbeat processing. [ER69457]
* Disk CRC only. Correct firmware reported residual Byte Count for CRC (T10) Read commands. [ER69564]
* 81xx only. Corrected CTIO handling when the link was down. [ER69683]
* 81xx only. Corrected an issue with Internal Loopback failure reported when link is up to an FCF. [ER69685]
* 24xx CRC only. Resolve 8002 system error during DIF error processing. [ER69922]
* 25xx and 81xx only. Corrected possible memory leak during clean-up of T10 CRC IOs with DIF Bundling enabled. [ER70018]
* 25xx and 81xx only. Corrected false DIF error reported during T10 CRC transmit IO with DIF Bundling. [ER70038]
* Corrected Target XCB count returned by Get Resource Counts Mailbox Command (0042h). [ER70149]
* Corrected a RISC pause condition after the Diagnostic Echo Test (44h) mailbox command completed with an error status. [ER70166]
* 25xx and 81xx only. Corrected a potential I/O timeout of T10 CRC IO when using DIF bundling. [ER70319]
* 25xx and 81xx only. Corrected potential invalid PCIe access when aborting a T10 CRC IO when using DIF bundling. [ER70558]
* Corrected N_Port Handle assignment by firmware when Purex is enabled. [ER70575]
* 81xx only. The firmware could incorrectly set bit 15 of N_Port Handle returned by the Get Port/Node Name List (75h) mailbox command. [ER70664]
* 81xx only. Corrected a problem where the values supplied in the Set Timeout Parameters (32h) mailbox command were not honored. [ER70708]
* Prevent 8002 system error when processing a severely malformed IOCB. [ER70910]
* Corrected a RISC pause condition during SRR received notify ACK processing. [ER70921]
* 24xx only: Improved link init time when using Inline Credit Extender in an N_Port-N_Port configuration. [ER71034]
* Fixed Loopback mailbox command timeout when Fibre Channel event (FCE) extended tracing is enabled. [ER71269]
* Corrected a problem that could result in a Task Management command timeout. [ER72100]
* Corrected handling of frames received with DID = 000000h. [ER72270]
* 81xx only. Fix CTIO with terminate exchange bit returned good completion status (01h) after the CTIO is already completed. The CTIO with a terminate exchange bit should instead return an invalid receive exchange address (08h) completion status. [ER72491]
* MID builds only. Fix CTIO with terminate exchange bit failed with completion status=29h. [ER72571]
* 81xx only. Corrected a problem that caused FDISC not generated by the firmware when Virtual Port Control IOCB (type=30h) is used to enable VP. [ER72921]
* MID only. Correct the cleanup of outstanding ELS requests during VP disable. [ER73048]
* MID only. Resolve RISC pause after cable pull or link event. [ER73090]
From Version 5.02.00 to 5.03.00
Changes ------- * Added feature to return LOGIN info via Mailbox Command 5Ah - Get Params, using type 7. Entry Parameters (Incoming): Mailbox0 - opcode (005ah) Mailbox1 - Type<15:8>, reserved<7:0> Mailbox2 - buffer addr<31:16> Mailbox3 - buffer addr<15:0> Mailbox6 - buffer addr<63:48> Mailbox7 - buffer addr<47:32> Mailbox8 - DW Xfr Length (only valid for Type 7) Exit Parameters (Outgoing): Mailbox0 - (4000h) normal completion - (4002h) DMA error - (4005h) error during command execution - (4006h) if unsupported type or DW Xfr requested is too small ( 28DW <.. ) data got truncated Mailbox1 - If Outgoing Mailbox 0 is 4005h, then Outgoing Mailbox 1 will have the following sub-code: 0002h - No IOCB Mailbox8 - DW Xfr Data (should be 28 for typical PLOGI, only valid for Type 7)
The format returned is according to FC-LS-2 (Fibre Channel - Link Services - 2), rev.2.00 - FLOGI/PLOGI payload minus ELS command code. [ER66811]
* 8100 only. Added support for MPI heartbeat feature. Contact QLogic for details. [ER67656]
* 8100 only. Changes to support additional MPI mailbox commands in the range 136h to 150h. [ER67716]
* 2532/8100 CRC. Implemented CTIO Type CRC_2 and support DIF bundling on CTIO CRC IOCBs.[ER67727]
* 2532 SB2 only. Return the lower 16-bit of current RBC count in Receive IU and Add Buffer IOCBs. - For IOCB type 0x4D, the lower 16-bit of the counter is stored at offset 0x3E to 0x3F. - For IOCB type 0x4C, the lower 16-bit is stored at offset 0x1C to 0x1D. NOTE: This feature will be documented in the upcoming SB-4 spec. [ER68875]
Bug Fixes --------- * MID only. Do not report RSCN for VPs that have been disabled. Previously, the firmware generated 8015 AEN with an invalid vpindex. [ER62856]
* 2532/8100 CRC T10. Resolved bad FCP_DATA sequence due to incorrect re-initialization of the CRC context for Header mode. This affected T10 write commands with multiple FCP_XFER_RDYs. [ER67220]
* Removed zeroed optional association headers from RRQ payload. [ER67210]
* 24xx/2532 only. Corrected a problem in PLOGI ACC processing that could result in failure to respond to a subsequent PRLI. [ER67333]
* 8100 only. Changed login/logout IOCB processing to correctly format a LOGO sent to the fabric controller. [ER69214]
* Resolved a Fatal Firmware Error (8002h) due to a race condition when the exchange timer expires at the same time FCP_XFER_RDY is received. [ER69068]
* 8100 only. Changed link down handling to prevent a stall in received FCoE frame processing. [ER68914]
* Prevented Fatal Firmware Error (8002h) when processing an invalid ELS response type. This problem could occur if a switch sent an erroneous ELS response to a CT pass-thru request. [ER68488]
* 8100 only. Fixed a hang that could occur when processing a new request for an FCP2 capable device after a link status change. [ER68339]
* 2532/8100 only. Resolved intermittent Fatal Firmware Error (8002h) and FKA failures during Flash access. [ER68257]
* Modified RNID processing to correctly handle a response with a "Specific Identification Data Length" field of zero. [ER67623]
* 2532/8100 CRC T10. Changed buffer pointer validation to prevent erroneous 8002 system errors. [ER67568]
* 24xx/2532 only. Fixed a Fatal Firmware Error (8002h) caused by a problem cleaning up after a port discovery timeout. [ER67345]
* 8100 only. Prevented accidental overwrite of the PortName within a port descriptor data structure. Problem could occur during the execution of mailbox commands 30h, 31h, 51h, or 60h. [ER67181]
* Fixed 200ms delay for Command Type 6 IOCBs when residual underrun occurs, and FCP_RSP DMA is enabled. [ER67159]
* 8100 only. Resolved intermittent resource allocation failures in Read SFP mailbox command (31h). Improved failure sub code reporting in mailbox 1 for both Read(31h) and Write(30h) mailbox commands. [ER69146]
* Corrected ADISC ELS check for ELS passup and fixed potential bad pointer when building ELS frame. [ER67799]
* Fixed mailbox command Diagnostic Loop Back failures with Status 4005 and Subcode 0x17. [ER67690 8100 only]
* Fix erroneous discard of a valid FIP VLAN Notification frame when the frame does not have an IEEE 801.2 Q Tag and the FIP descriptor list length is greater than 8 (words). [ER67062 8100 only]
* 24xx/2532 only. Improved firmware handling of I2C SFP interface to better support some SFPs. [ER67479]
* 8100 only. Report NIC driver attached status in Get firmware State Mailbox Command (069h). For details, see the 8100 Series Fibre Channel Firmware Interface Specification, rev C. [ER65051]
* 8100 only. Firmware will return parameter error (4006h) if the Initialize Firmware Mailbox Command (060h) or Initialize Firmware Multiple IDs Mailbox Command (048h) specifies use of the optional Extended Initialization Control Block and provide a length of zero bytes. [ER65184]
* 8100 only. Changed the Perform Implicit LOGO Mailbox Command (072h) to allow the Perform Logout for All Ports across All FCFs option (bit 1 of incoming Mailbox Register 1) in single FCF configurations. [ER65220]
* Added a feature to reject PRLI from Fabric Control (FFFCxx) when target mode is disabled. To enable this option, set bit 7 of Mailbox 2 in the Set Additional Firmware Options Mailbox Command (0038h). [ER66061]
* 8100 only. Changed Get Link Status/Read Port Status Mailbox Command (06Bh) and Get Link Statistics and Private Data Mailbox Command (06Dh) to return counters consistent with the FCoE Link Error Status Block (LESB). Figure 3-4 of the 8100 Series Fibre Channel Firmware Interface Specification now contains the following counters: Link Failure Count, Virtual Link Failure Count, Missing FIP Keep Alive or Discovery Advertisement Count, Symbol Error During Carrier Count, Error'd Block Count, and Frame Check Sequence Error Count. [ER66125]
Bug Fixes --------- * MID only. Fixed an issue to prevent invalid VP misconfigurations that can result in a Fatal Firmware Error 8002h. [ER63706]
* 8100 only. Corrected ELS and BLS timeout units conversion when processing Mailbox Commands Get Timeout Parameters (0022h) and Set Timeout Parameters (0032h). [ER65155]
* 8100 only. Corrected an issue after External Loopback was performed that prevented FIP from completing. [ER65165]
* SB2 only. Corrected a condition in RRQ processing that could result in a Fatal Firmware Error (8002h) after receipt of an ABTS. [ER65232]
* Fixed an issue that caused a rediscovery of FCFs if FIP FLOGI timed out. [ER65757]
* Corrected a problem in target mode operation during confirmation processing that could result in a Fatal Firmware Error 8002h. [ER65415 8100 only]
* 24xx and 2532 only. Corrected auto-negotiation algorithm that would restore the link at the previous speed instead of the maximum speed. [ER65802]
* 8100 non MID only. Corrected a condition where the firmware state would not become Ready after switch port was shutdown and restored. [ER65980]
* Retry FIP VLAN Discovery after FIP Discovery Solicitation fails to find a primary FCF. [ER65980]
* Return LoginState in IO Parameter 1 when Login/Logout IOCB PRLI IO Parameter 0 = 4 (Command Failed). [ER66045]
* 2532 and 8100 MID only. Corrected VP Index range checking during processing of VP Control IOCB. [ER66068]
* Corrected Firmware Error reported during Purex IOCB processing if the Port Database for the target device had been initialized. [ER66082]
* 8100 only. Fixed detection of EP device. [ER66204]
* MID only. Corrected a problem which could result in LOGO sent with SID=000000 or incorrect reporting of VP status after a VP is disabled. [ER66553]
* 2532/8100 MIDQ only. Resolved a long delay in processing Command Type 6 IOCBs after link level fault injection. [ER66755]
* Fixed RISC pause condition when using T10 CRC with DIF_bundling. [ER66803]
* 2532 and 8100 only. Add DSD chaining support to command CRC type IOCBs. [ER62531]
* 8100 only. Updated Immediate Notify to reflect format described in the firmware spec. For details, see the 8100 Series Fibre Channel Firmware Interface Specification Rev C. [ER63872, ER64455]
* 8100 only. When detected, report MPI configuration error and reason code in Get Firmware State Mailbox Command (069h). For details, see the 8100 Series Fibre Channel Firmware Interface Specification Rev C. [ER64342]
* 8100 only. Added new error completion codes to Restart MPI Mailbox Command (03Dh). For details, see the 8100 Series Fibre Channel Firmware Interface Specification Rev C. [ER64391]
* 8100 only. Implement SFP Read/Write Mailbox Commands (031h and 030h). For details, see the 8100 Series Fibre Channel Firmware Interface Specification Rev C. [ER64406]
* 8100 only. Modify Report ID Acquisition IOCB to return subcode for status 0x01, Unable to acquire ID, for FDISC. The subcode is returned at offset 10h. [ER64497]
* 8100 only. Update Get DCBX Parameters Mailbox Command (051h) to match latest spec. For details, see the 8100 Series Fibre Channel Firmware Interface Specification Rev C. [ER64672]
* 8100 only. Implement Get XGMAC Statistics Mailbox Command (07Ah). For details, see the 8100 Series Fibre Channel Firmware Interface Specification Rev C. [ER64673]
* 8100 only. Return SFP status information. See Asynchronous Event 8012h and Mailbox Commands 05Dh, 048h, 060h, and 069h. For details, see the 8100 Series Fibre Channel Firmware Interface Specification Rev C. [ER64732]
Bug Fixes --------- * 8100 only. Corrected handling of FLOGI Timeout and Reject processing by using Retry Count and Timeout as specified in Initialize Firmware Control Block. [ER63856]
* Corrected a condition where an Immediate Notify could be sent to the system driver when a VP is not configured for Target Mode operation. [ER64176]
* Corrected cleanup of pending Transmit Data requests across fault injection. [ER64251]
* 8100 only. Corrected a potential firmware hang condition after processing an ELS timeout or recovering from an internal error. [ER64265]
* SB2 only. Corrected a condition where the System Defined 1 field of an IOCB being returned to the system driver may be overwritten. [ER64315]
* 8100 only. Correct an issue with Flash Access Mailbox Command (003Eh). [ER64377]
* 8100 only. Corrected potential FCoE traffic stall after Port Reset completes. [ER64435]
* 8100 only. Fix FIP Failure to find FCF after a number of cable pulls/insertions into different FCF ports. [ER64454]
* 8100 only. Get FCF List Mailbox Command (050h) may fail to find valid FCF Index. [ER64507]
* 8100 only. Corrected false Loopback errors reported during internal and external tests. [ER64520]
* Corrected potential RISC pause when PUREX is enabled. [ER64520]
* 8100 only. Fixed incorrect Destination MAC address in FIP FLOGI request after an FCF Fabric name change. [ER64585]
* 8100 only. Allow primary port to be discovered via FDISC after it received a Clear Virtual Link or Fabric LOGO and another Virtual Port becomes the master. [ER64590]
* 2400/2532 only. Corrected a condition where a FCP RSP could be transmitted across a LIP and before the discovery timer expires in private loop topology. [ER64705]
* 8100 only. Corrected Firmware hang condition after receiving an ABTS. [ER64902]
From Version 4.06.00 to 5.00.00
Changes ------- * MID only. The firmware now returns a Port Unavailable (28h) Completion Status if the VP Index fails validation during a SCSI Task Management request. [ER62857]
* MID only. The firmware now allows Get VP Database Mailbox Command (49h) regardless of VP Status. [ER62858]
* SB2 only. The firmware now allows Get Link Status Mailbox Command (06bh) to complete even though Process Login has not completed. [ER63650]
Bug Fixes --------- * Fixed an issue to prevent initiating an LR upon a Transmit timeout while the firmware services other requests. [ER61666]
* Fixed an issue that delayed starting new Transmit requests if a Transmit error is pending. [ER61682]
* Corrected the auto-negotiation algorithm that could prevent the link from establishing when connected to a switch. [ER62000, ER62172]
* Corrected CTIO handling when link is down and CTIO received with an Exchange Address of FFFFFFFFh. [ER62715]
* MID only. Corrected various issues relating to VF support. [ER62798]
* Corrected issues found with VF and Fabric LOGO processing. Also corrected the valid VP Count range to 1-254. [ER62826]
* MID only. Corrected Source and Destination Address on an SCR retry. [ER62886]
* Completed various FCE tracing fixes. [ER62952, ER63400]
* Customer-specific fix. [ER63104]
* Corrected IDLE character to ArbFF when connected at 8Gb rate. [ER63488]
* Corrected an issue where a Mailbox or Mailbox IOCB request would not complete if a Fabric LOGO occurred. [ER63563]
* DISK CRC only. Corrected a RISC Pause condition reported during cable pull testing.[ER63564]
* Fixed an incorrect Response In Pointer reported in the RISC to Host Status Register when running in ZIO mode. [ER63790]
* 2532 MID multiple queue only. Corrected a link credit issue that resulted in decreased performance. [ER63913]
From Version 4.05.00 to 4.06.00
Changes ------- * 2532 only. Added support for Virtual Fabrics. Contact QLogic for API changes to support VFs. [ER60036, ER60250]
* MID only. Added feature to allow the firmware to perform SNS Login and SCR registration for virtual ports. This feature is enabled by setting bit 6 of the Options field during Initialize Firmware - Multiple IDs Mailbox Command (048h). Added the following status/ substatus values to Report ID Acquired IOCB:
VP Status Description --------- ----------- 3 SNS Timeout. See byte offsets 23:20 for Sub-status. 4 SNS LS_RJT (Reason/Explanation/Vendor Unique in IOCB byte offsets 23:20). 5 SCR Timeout. See byte offset 23:20 for Sub-status. 6 SCR LS_RJT (Reason/Explanation/Vendor Unique in IOCB byte offsets 23:20).[ER61930]
Bug Fixes --------- * MID only. Process received LOGO from F_Port. The associated Port Database Changed (8014h) asynchronous event will differ from a LOGO received from an N_Port as follows:
* 2532 only. Added the ability to specify a maximum Fibre Channel Link speed to be negotiated. This feature is enabled by bit 12 of the Initialize Firmware Control Block’s Firmware Option 3. When this bit is set to 1, firmware will negotiate the FC data rate from the given max speed specified by driver in bits 15-13 of the Initialize Firmware Control Block’s Firmware Options 3 field to two speeds down to what the SFP allowed. This option can also be set in the Data Rate Mailbox Command (05dh). When incoming mailbox 1 is set to 03h, firmware forces a loss of sync, restarts link initialization, and negotiates the FC data rate from the given max speed specified by driver in incoming mailbox 2 to two speeds down to what the SFP allowed. [ER60321]
* Allow system driver to send LOGO ELS via ELS Pass-Through IOCB using an N_Port Handle of FFFFh. [ER60400]
* MID only. Return Command Parameter Error (4006h) if the number of requested VP’s exceeds the limit when issuing Initialize Firmware – Multiple-IDs Mailbox Command (048h).
* 2432 only. Disable PCIe Completion Timeout. PCIe Completion Timeout has been disabled to address issues seen on certain systems where PCIe completion could take over 50ms. [ER61461]
Bug Fixes --------- * MID only. Corrected problems related to fault injection. [ER59740, ER60612]
* MID only. Various fixes to improve detection and processing of topology changes. [ER60127, ER60326, ER60610, ER60633]
* Corrected timing of when RRQ is issued after ABTS ACC is received. [ER60248]
* Corrected Out-of-Order handling of overlapped or repeating received XFR_RDY frames. [ER60318]
* 2532 Disk CRC only. Various Disk CRC changes to remove Fatal Firmware errors (8002h) being reported. [ER60336, ER61222, ER61223]
* MID only. Corrected a problem where a LOGO ELS could be sent to a port that was not logged in. [ER60565]
* MID only. Corrected a problem where a FLOGI/FDISC would not be sent to the switch after a previous FLOGI/FDISC completed with an ELS RJT. [ER60566]
* MID only. A PLOGI could be rejected for a Virtual Port even though the Primary Port parameters have not changed. [ER60568]
* MID only. Corrected a problem where an incorrect number of acquired AL_PAs could be reported during the LIRP and LILP phases of loop initialization. [ER60569]
* MID only. Login/Logout IOCB completion status was incorrect when no FLOGI ACC ELS had been received. [ER60571]
* Corrected a Fatal Firmware Error (8002h) when a CTIO IOCB with Confirmation Satisfied is received when the FCP_RSP has not been sent yet. The CTIO will be returned with a completion status of Invalid Request (06h). [ER60572]
* MID only. Corrected handling of incoming frames while waiting for LOGI ACC ELS for the primary port. [ER60576]
* Corrected a problem when attempting to abort an ELS Pass-Through operation when a PLOGI is received that changes the ports D_ID. [ER60637]
* Class 2 only. Corrected Fatal Firmware Error (8002h) reported when attempting to abort transmit operations. [ER60698]
* Corrected timer values used with link recovery. [ER60877]
* Improved handling of receiving an ABTS for a CT Pass-Through exchange. [ER61007]
* Corrected a problem with aborting IOs for the incorrect LUN when a LUN Level Task Management Function is active. [ER61155]
* MID only. Ensure that Buffer-Buffer Credits are not modified when processing FDISC or FDISC-ACC. [ER61187, ER61216]
* MID only. Correctly track changing of local 24-bit ID during cleanup. [ER61200]
* Handle race condition of completing transmit of PLOGI-ACC and receiving PRLI. [ER61465]
* Corrected failures reported by Loopback Mailbox Command (45h) and Echo Mailbox Command (44h). Added sub-error codes to Outgoing Mailbox 3 of the Echo Command to match the Loopback Command. [ER59630, ER59631]
Bug Fixes --------- * Disk CRC only. Corrected handling of frames received out of order in target mode. [ER58251, ER58760, ER58761]
* 2532 Disk CRC only. Corrected condition where the firmware would overwrite the IOCB Entry Status field when the device receives invalid IOCBs. [ER58532]
* 2532 Disk CRC only. Fixed a condition that could result in false DIF Errors when receiving runt block data. [ER58533]
* Disk CRC and 2532 only. Corrected an issue with multi-sequence DIF Remove functionality. [ER58752]
* 2532 only. Corrected a RISC pause that occurred when optional external memory is present. [ER58783]
* Corrected endianess of RNID user defined data field. [ER58802]
* Set correct Immediate Notify IOCB sub-code during fault injection. [ER58897]
* Improved handling of switches that transition link from F-FL-F when the device is directly connected to a switch port. [ER59100]
* Corrected issues relating to the EHAFT feature. [ER59279, ER59431]
* Corrected a target mode issue where an ATIO Queue update interrupt would not be posted when using a small ATIO queue. [ER59385]
* Corrected a Fatal Firmware Error (8002h) reported when ISP receives FCP_RSP with a payload length greater than 240 bytes. This problem would occur when Command Type 6 IOCB is used with the option to DMA the FCP_RSP payload to the host is enabled. [ER59503]
* 2532 only. Corrected the ending memory address reported by About Firmware Mailbox Command (08h) when external memory is present. [ER59793]
* 2532 only. Corrected the Report Link Statistics information for Loop topology. [ER59989]
* SB2 only. Corrected a problem where the firmware was clearing the N_Port Handle field of a SB2 Send IU IOCB. [ER60017]
* Disk CRC and 2532 only. Corrected false DMA error reported when using CTIO Type 7 IOCB (Target Mode) with Status Mode 2 selected. [ER60067]
* Fixed a problem that may cause a target level Task Management Function to fail while a LUN Level Task Management Function is outstanding. [ER60126]
* MID and 2532 only. Corrected a Fatal Firmware Error (8002h) reported after adapter side fault injection. [ER60256]
* Corrected a condition where the local loop would not recover after a transmit error was encountered.[ER60301]
From Version 4.03.01 to 4.03.02
Changes ------- * 2532 only. Enabled additional FC SerDes parameters to be set via Flash for mezzanine cards. [ER59755]
Bug Fixes --------- None
From Version 4.03.00 to 4.03.01
Changes ------- * 2532 only. Added support for mezzanine adapters Added a new bit, Embedded HBA, in Flash to indicate an adapter that does not use SFP+, and transmits FC signal over a copper backplane or mid-plane. [ER58635]
Bug Fixes --------- * 2432 only. Corrected a condition where Mailbox Commands issued to Function 1 would not complete after issuing Stop Firmware Mailbox Command (14h) to Function 0. [ER58617]
2. Known Issues
None.
3. Notices
Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
4. Contacting Support
For further assisance, contact QLogic Technical Support at: http://support.qlogic.com
Trademarks
Accelera, Accelerating Cluster Performance, InfiniCon Systems, InfiniNIC, InfiniPath, InfiniView, QLA, QLogic, the QLogic logo, ReadyPath, SANdoctor, SANsurfer, and SilverStorm are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
(c) Copyright 2013. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic and the QLogic logo are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. qlgc_dd_fc_9_1_11_26_b_windows_32-64_chg
Change History
Drivers Software Release for eServer System x Intel-based Fast Gigabit and 10 Gigabit Ethernet products
Version v18.5
Change History and Driver Versions Details ==========================================
Drivers Family Driver Name 18.5 Previous 18.3 Comments ============== =========== ====== ============== ========
This v18.5 sw release replaces all previous sw releases for IBM eServer System x Intel-based Gigabit and 10 Gigabit Ethernet Adapters.
The key updates with this v18.5 software release include: =========================================================
- Support for Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 - Support for the Intel(R) Ethernet OCP Server Adapter X520-2 - Support for the Intel(R) Ethernet OCP Server Adapter X520-1 - Removed driver and software support for Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R1 - Removed Microsoft Windows driver and software support for Itanium-based systems
intc_dd_nic_18_5_windows_32-64_chg
ServeRAID m5016 SAS/SATA Controller Firmware Update for Windows
Adapters Supported: ServeRAID M5016 SAS/SATA Controller for IBM System x (90Y4304)
NOTE TO SERVICE - Reference RETAIN #N/A
Version 23.33.0-0018 - High Impact/High Probability of Occurrence ----------- Fixes: - Incorporated MegaRAID FW stack 5.13 - Fixed an issue where drive temperature cannot be displayed for a drive in Failed or Foreign state (SCGCQ00693959) - Fixed an issue where after creating an LD via StorCLI or MSM the firmware writes into saved power condition mode page (0x1a) of all PDs in the LD and enables their idle timers (SCGCQ00658701) - Fixed an issue where Patrol Read would sporadically correct the same defective LBA repeatedly (SCGCQ00729591) - Fixed an issue where importing a Foreign array onto a new controller may fail with "Cannot force emulate VD to 512E since enable512Esupport is false" error in firmware log (SCGCQ00721106) - Fixed an issue where the controller may enter MegaMon sporadically (SCGCQ00776409) - Fixed an issue where MSM may not report a Full Initialization Aborted error until system rebooted (SCGCQ00759100) - Fixed an issue where Link Speed may show UNKNOWN when attaching a 3G or 6G SATA drive (SCGCQ00803522) - Fixed an issue where StorLib may return 0x00ff (fail) code even though operation succeeds when creating a VD out of an existing drive group (SCGCQ00827685) - Fixed an issue where format process of SSD may take much longer than in previous firmware (SCGCQ00674388) - Fixed an issue where controller must have cleared config to enable 240VD unless existing config only included single-drive RAID0 VDs (SCGCQ00559643) - Fixed an issue where some commands would timeout with CDB=ff ff ff ff (SCGCQ00459760) - Fixed an issue where slot ordering in iMR mode might differ from slot numbering in MR mode (SCGCQ00559274) - Blocked CacheCade deletion when multiple CacheCade volumes are associated with Virtual Drives (SCGCQ00830977) (RETAIN TIP H214323)
Features/enhancements: - Added support for 512e drives (SCGCQ00425363) Enhanced Event Log to include CVPM health details after every Learn Cycle to allow closer monitoring of CVPM health (SCGCQ00819877) - Implemented a retry for reads of CVPM data to avoid erroneous event 386 or 150 in the Event Log (SCGCQ00392439) - Added ability for firmware to report the temperature for all SAS/SATA HDD/SSD (SCGCQ00490819) - Implemented ability for firmware to read drive temperature immediately following SAS discovery (SCGCQ00602573) - Added ability to clear the MaintainPdFailHistory (SCGCQ00474559)
Version 23.29.0-0015 - Suggested ------------------- Enhancement - Provide mechanism to disable PCIe backchannel training via SBR. Fixes: - Fixed an issue where self-encrypting (SED) hard disk password fails to allow access to virtual disk configurations - Fixed an issue where the ‘cli set securitykey=Lsi@12345’ command fails with error code 1001 and error message invalid key. - Fixed an issue where foreign configuration import could fail. - Fixed an issue where storcli.exe /c0 show all command repeatedly prints to termlog with respect to upgradekey presence. - Fixed an issue where boot message ‘cached data was lost,’ even when there was no battery present. - Fixed an issue where the order of the first 64 VDs in the POST is not the same sequence as returned from the firmware. - Fixed storCLI adpfwflash option crash and adpallinfo option failure. - Reduced the bootblock Init time, which effectively reduces the configuration retry time to approximately 700 mS.
Version 23.22.0-0024 - Non-Critical ------------------- Enhancement(s): - Display the Native Command Queuing (NCQ) enabled/disabled status of every SATA disk drive in the output of StorCLI and MegaCLI. Fix(es): - Disable PI CRC checking when the drive is not initialized during a CC. - Increased the SuperCap learn time out value for 2GB TMM-B solution. - Fixed an issue for 2GB memory modules where SuperCap does not get connected to the controller and hence cache offload fails. - Fixed an issue where cache policy of virtual drives(VD) does not change to write through(WT) mode even after detecting a bad supercap. - Fixed an issue where a RAID configuration created with physical disks in powersave mode could be losted after rebooting the system. - Fixed an issue where an invalid frame sent during a PIO-mode SATA passthrough command results in resetting the drive. - Fixed an issue where the system is not allocating memory correctly when MR and iMR controllers are in the same system. - Fixed an issue where deep learn does not start immediately when the relative state of charge (RSOC) is just equal to 95%. - Fixed an issue where performing a re-key operation in external key management (EKM) mode without doing a reboot, and then switching to local key management Mode(LKM) results in the Firmware logs showing that a drive security key was created but HII says the key is incorrect. - Fixed an issue where on a local key management (LKM) enabled controller, the user is asked to enter the security key to unlock and import a foreign drive, which is locked and has external key management (EKM) enabled.
Version 23.16.0-0027 - Critical ------------------- Fix(es): - Addressed data exposure issue when using CacheCade - Fixed issue where Supercap shows 0 Capacitance - Fixed iBBU08 and iBBU09 battery issue that caused a VD cache policy to remain in write-through mode after a manual relearn - Fixed iBBU08 and iBBU09 battery issue that caused a VD cache policy to periodically toggle between write-back/write-through mode - The limits for iBBU08 and iBBU09 battery charging were not updating properly in a learn cycle - Ensures a single supercap pack is not supported on 2GB memory module. - Resolves a firmware crash seen while doing continuous sas cable pulls. - Ensures OpROM loads even if segment address is 0xC0000. - Fixed an issue where the adapter is running iMR machine checking after requesting host memory. - Fixed an issue where HII does not allow the user to make use of the remaining free capacity to configure additional VD for R50/R10. - Fixed an issue where an HII: empty warning prompt is given when creating a CacheCade VD with forced writeback option. - Fixed and issue where Windows cannot install without a VGA device on board. - Fixed and issue in EFI WebBIOS were consistency check is still shown in progress after 1 PD is removed from a R1 array.
Version 23.12.0-0011 - Suggested ------------------- Enhancement(s): - Changed BIOS check to determine if running in HAMR, in order to ensure nothing gets broken when user has an iButton which is not programmed. - Changed controller status for safe mode to show controller status as safe mode and disable debug message logging in serial port.
Fix(es): - Addressed an issue where deeply discharged Cache Vault Power Modules would be prematurely be marked as failed. - Fixed an issue where HII hangs when trying to enter configuration management while in safe mode. Changed the safe mode warning message as below: "Controller is running in safe mode. Safe mode is used for diagnostic purposes only. Limited operations such as Configuration Preview, Clear Configuration and View/Change Controller Properties are allowed in this mode. Other operations such as Create Configuration, Import and Clear Foreign Configurations are not allowed. To exit safe mode, correct the fault, and reboot your computer." - Fixed an issue where having more than three adapters results in a calculation error for the offset to store physical disk info for fourth adapter, due to BIOS not clearing upper byte of AX (that is AH which is containing some non zero value). - Fixed an issue where the Wrong spanned drive group size is displayed by WebBIOS (Ctrl-H).
Version 23.7.1-0010 - Suggested ------------------- Fixes: - Fix an issue related to the where the TSOC (EEPROM) is not able to read or write from the firmware which will result in the message "Incompatible secondary iButton present." - Fix a HII broswer issue where Cachecade virtual drive can be selected as a boot device. - Fix a HII broswer issue where the user is unable to clear the controller configuration when there are no drives attached. - Fix an issue where the BIOS doesn't display the RAID level and VD size correctly at BIOS POST.
Version 23.7.1-0009 - Suggested ------------------- Fixes: - Fixed an issue where SoH is bad after a learn cycle but iBBUI shows good status. - Fixed an issue where hi-temp warning was not being displayed.
Version 23.7.1-0004 - Suggested ------------------- Fixes: - Corrected differential signals for Phys 2 and 3 that caused slot numbers in simple swap configurations to be wrong. - Fixed an issue when “maintain PD Failed history” is enabled, a cable is removed and added drives states go to optimal instead of foreign unconfig bad. - Fixed an issue where a capacity change is reported after a rebuild completes on a cache. - Fixed a controller firmware hang when the recovery of a medium error takes to long. - Fixed an issue where the SATA BBM (Bad block manager) list was getting corrupted as the logic was not accounting for a boundary condition of zero. - Fixed an issue where FoD (Feature on Demond) Options are lost because of errors while accessing the TSOC - Fixed an issue where the controller firmware will crash and drives will go offline when a bad block entry is created during a check consistency operation. - Fixed an issue where drives marked as unconfigured bad (foreign) gets marked as unconfigured bad on reboot - Fixed problem where a drive member of a cache cade volume does not get marked as foreign when the drive is pulled with maintain PD history enabled. - Fixed an issue where during a reboot a former hotspare which was in a state of unconfigured good moves to the state hot spare automatically and copy back stops causing the rebuild to start again. - Fixed an issue where a controller fault occurs when a reboot happens while a physical device is in progress of a PD Erase.
Version 23.7.0-0029 - Suggested ------------------- Enhancements: - Added support for Cache Cade 2.1 - Added Support for PI Drives
Fixes
- Fixed an issue where the firmware reports device initialization completion status to be greater than 100% at startup. - Fix an issue where when a secure foreign drive was present, VD creation fails because firmware becomes unresponsive - Added a check for the presence of PD before writing the data arms of a protected LD during BGI. - Fixed Firmware asserts in CacheMemAllocForPrebootApps() when memory was allocated twice by BIOS. - Fixed an issue with USB Cacheoffload restore fails after multiple power cycles on ServeRAID M51xx controllers. - Fixed an issue where querying SMART / PFA Status returns ‘all zeros’ in Sense Data. - Fixed an issue where the import of a config from MR to iMR resulted in a firmware crash. - Fixed an issue where iMR firmware crashed while creating 8/16/32 KB stripe size Lds. - Fixed background initialization watermark conversion to PD LBA. - Fixed write protected R1E data arms during initialization. - Fixed an issue where MR firmware crashed while discarding pinned cache. - Fixed an issue where a dirty LD dependency information of SSD pd has stale entries. - Corrected an issue during system booting from pinned cache, firmware goes to loop message BootMsgDcmd - Fixed an issue where a BGI was aborted and restarted, elapsed time was not reset. - Fixed an issue where the start ref for a shared cache line was not an indicator of the offset into the stripe. - Fixed an issue where the firmware hangs while running CC on a rebuilt R1 VD with SBBM. - Fixed an issue where the firmware was wrongly adding puncture entries. - Fixed an issue where rebuild was ran twice on a target drive with 100% full SBBM table. - Fixed an issue where the firmware was generating powersave change event when DS3 was not enabled, due to this application are not parsing the event. - Fixed an issue where recon from R0 to R1 using 3 TB drive causes firmware to report excessive unexpected sense events. - Fixed an issue, in which the bbuMode would revert to the factory default value of 5, when automatic learn cycle was enabled. - Fixed an issue where cache offload firmware reports unnecessary High Temp Event due to incorrect temp value. - Fixed an issue in which a Patrol Read may not start under certain conditions. - Fixed an issue where the firmware hits montask after discarding the cache when a snapshot VD was involved. - Fixed an issue where the firmware hangs during pin cache destage as dirty lines in that map never become zero. - Fixed an issue where CC fails to correct media error at 2TB location on 2 3TB SATA drives that support WU. - Fixed an issue where a new XML file was added to the nvdata, the buffer to hold the uncompressed nvdata overflowed. - Fixed an issue where an imported drive becomes unconfigured good when secure VD erase was running. - Fixed an issue where CC stops progressing on a R6 VD with media errors. - Fixed an issue where 3TB Hitachi HDD failed in immunity test (Electrostatic Noise test). - Fixed an issue where controller features are lost if RAID Key was not detected - Fixed an issue where performance degraded in RAID 5 Sequential Writes due to command Out-of Ordering. - Fixed an issue where ‘Native configuration is no longer supported’ message in post. - Fixed an issue where (DDR3) Initialization fails with fault 0x91a1 - initial DFIRL selected too low. - Fixed an issue where subsequent drives are dropped when all drives in the stagger spin up drives fails on boot sequence.
Version 23.2.1-0043 - Suggested ------------------- Fixes: - Fixed an issue where "Potential non-optimal configuration due to drive PD commissioned as emergency spare" alarm would trigger erroneously. - Fixed an issue where Copyback does not progress upon inserting drives. - Fixed an issue When allowMixInLD is Disabled, and causes Copyback Fails after Rebuild to Emergency Hot Spare. - Fixed an issue where the Firmware faults while flashing. - Fixed the Querying SMART / PFA Status to Return All Zeros in Sense Data. - Fixed an issue where the Re-inserted Drives becomes Unconfigured_good causing auto rebuilds to fail to start.
Version 23.2.1-0021-01 ------------------- - Packaging fix only to resolve flash failure. Note: Firmware version has not changed.
Version 23.2.1-0021 ------------------- - Initial release ibm_fw_sraidmr_5016-23_33_0-0018_windows_32-64_chg
IBM ServeRAID BR10i SAS Controller BIOS and Firmware Update BIOS Version 6.30.02.00, Firmware Version 1.30.10.00 and BSD Version 3.16.00.06
Adapters Supported: IBM ServeRAID BR10i SAS Controller (44E8689)
NOTE TO SERVICE - Reference RETAIN #N/A
NOTE: This change history is common between several of the IBM and LSI Basic or Integrated RAID SAS controllers for non-BOFM enabled, uEFI systems. Not all levels were released for all controllers.
BSD Fixes - Removed the "SAS/SATA missing" warning message when SAS and SATA arrays are present on the same controller. Firmware Fixes - Addressed issue where 6Gb SATA drives will only negotiate at 1.5Gb/s instead of 3Gb/s. - Fixed issue where SAS/SATA mixing errors will occur when the controller is setup to allow mixing of devices. - Fixed issue with large topology of SATA drives where media errors on a single drive will cause one phy to hang after IOs to other drives start to timeout. - Fixed discovery Error 0x2 in maximum topology with SATA devices, - Addressed issue where Credit would be stuck at zero until controller resets resulting in a phy becoming hung and IO failing. Only occurs with very high IO.
Fixes: - Addressed issue with SATA devices where the drive could go missing for several minutes. - Fixed issue where incorrect release of scatter gather list could cause issues with pending IO to missing devices. - Addressed issue where IOs to a host with a bad drive could fail.
Fixes: - Fixed issue where Target mode responds with incorrect WWID after ports are swapped. - Fixed issue with Incorrect/Unexpected discovery errors on RAID storage enclosures. - Fixed issue where device added events are not sent to the host on RAID storage enclosures. - Fixed issue where it is possible for a Incorrect/Duplicate Device handle to get assigned to a target that is a SSP Initiator. - Fixed problem of the boot order selection not being saved
Fixes: - Changed BIOS text to state an IS Volume creation can be 1 to 10 drives. - Fixed issue with 2TB and above drives where SAS MPT BIOS CU reports wrong array size. - Addressed an issue that will maintain Target IDs for attached devices to an enclosure if the enclosure is removed for a short time.
Fixes: - Fixed an issue where, after running heavy I/O to NCQ enabled SATA drives, the controller may log false data underruns for read or write I/Os. The PHY on which the I/Os were reported as underrun may eventually lock up.
Fixes: - Fixed an issue where Solid State Drives (SSDs) were not seen after a link reset. - Fixed an issue where direct attached SATA drives were not reported missing after they were removed. This could result in degraded or failed volumes being reported as healthy. - Fixed an issue introduced by new functionality in package 2.50. The issue would cause a dual attached device to be hidden from both the direct connection and the expander connection. - Changed the behavior during drive quiescing/un-quiescing to prevent the drive metadata from being unnecessarily updated. - Fixed an issue where drives might go offline during a firmware update, due to I/O timeouts caused by the length of time needed to update the firmware.
Fixes: - Fixed an issue where, on certain drives, it was not possible to create a RAID 0. - Fixed an issue which could cause drive ID0 to go offline. - Fixed an issue with SSD hot spares being reported as Orphaned. - Fixed an issue where hot spares could not be created when the first physical disk of a roaming IME volume is missing. - Fixed a memory leak which could occur in verification of hot spare. - Fixed several issues involving creating a volume or hot spare immediately after deleting a volume or hot spare. - Fixed various issues with hot spare reporting. - Fixed an issue where, in a multi-path environment under heavy I/O, an open timeout can cause Linux file systems to become read-only. - Fixed an issue where drives may go offline during a firmware flash under Windows. - Fixed an issue that caused a 0x7600 fault while running heavy I/O to expander attached disks. - Fixed an issue where, when a driver at a certain volume ID is roamed, the volume ID would change on the next reboot. - Fixed an issue which caused a 0x266D fault on reinsertion of a hotspare. - Fixed an issue where a volume cannot be deleted due to foreign metadata from a new drive. - Fixed an issue where a 0x8055 fault could occur upon insertion of drives with deleted metadata. - Fixed a rare issue where drives could go missing under a heavy load. - Fixed an issue where a 0x800F fault may be seen at startup on large topologies. - Fixed an issue that could cause a 0x0B83 fault when a SATA drive failed to initialize. - Fixed an issue where the LED of a critical drive would revert to the pattern for an optimal drive before the drive was truly optimal again. - Fixed an issue where a resync would resume, rather than restart, when a primary drive was removed and re-inserted. - Fixed an issue that could result in 0x6001 faults while running I/O. - Removed some extraneous error messages, which were triggered by reboots or firmware flashes, from the firmware log. - Fixed an issue which cause a 0x266D fault during volume creation.
Functionality: - Enhanced support for SSDs (Solid State Drives). - Implemented support for single drive RAID 0. - Added a new volume status 'Sync Pending' for a volume that could be resynching, but is waiting for the first volume to complete resync. - Added ability to remove an orphaned hot spare when its associated, missing, volume is deleted. - Implemented some LED blink pattern changes to account for new hardware. - Added the ability to enable/disable data scrubbing on SSDs. - Enabled functionality to update drive firmware on disks in a degraded volume (the update must be done via the IBM Online SAS/SATA HDD Update Program, which must also contain a fix to enable this function).
Fixes: - Fixed an issue which could cause the operating system's file system to become read only in a multi-path environment. - For the 1064 option for System x3200 M2, x3250 M2, or x3350, fixed an issue where the amber LED would not light up on a defunct drive.
Fixes: - Fixed an issue where, with dual solid state disks (SSD) installed, hard drive 0 goes defunct or disappears or a RAID 1 mirror becomes degraded. - Fixed an issue which slightly degraded performance in a Large Drive Count (LDC) configuration. - Fixed an issue where SATA drives may fail when alternate paths are removed and reinserted in a multipath configuration. - Fixed a condition which caused a 0x1904/0x1903 fault when issuing a TARGET RESET to certain SATA drives. - Fixed an issue where a 0x0800 fault occurs when an inactive or non-optimal volume is deleted. - Changed a resource allocation so that topology and other discovery related events aren't affected when other resources are heavily stressed. - Fixed an issue where, if a volume is removed, then reinserted, into a SAS topology, the volume becomes inaccessible. - Fixed an issue where discovery appears to hang due to multiple Expander Removed events sent for a single expander. - Fixed an which causes an OS not to boot if one of the hard disks in the boot volume is removed. An error similar to "Adapter LSI RAID 0/1 SAS 4P (0) was 1: Disk (0) missing after reboot". - Fixed an issue where continuous 'device added' events would be sent during discovery when a controller is attached to a topology with more end devices than are supported. - Fixed an issue that could cause I/O timeouts or 0x0900/0x1600 faults with SATA drives under heavy I/O load during any memory deallocation. - Fixed an issue where multiple WRITE BUFFER commands may cause a 0x4202 fault. - Fixed an issue where a 0x1904/0x1903 fault may be seen when a duplicate I/O results in a double completion. - Prevented task management timeouts which occurred when the SATA engine was involved with multiple error handling. - Fixed an issue that could cause the Initiator Command queue to become corrupt, resulting in a 0x6001 fault. - Fixed an issue where some error information was lost during Record Not Found media errors. - Fixed an issue with the reporting/retrieval of some LDC statistics. - Fixed an issue which may cause firmware initialization failure when many (more than 50) SATA targets are attached. - Fixed an issue which, in rare cases, could cause a 0x266D fault. - Fixed an issue which could cause a 0x1904 fault when issuing task management requests during heavy IO. - Fixed an issue that caused a break of the MPI spec in a scenario where an end device fails SATA initialization or an expander is out of routing table entries. - Fixed an issue where a virtual PHY is counted multiple times, resulting in the same Bus/Target ID being assigned to two different devices. - Fixed a stack overflow issue which could result as a 0x0900 fault or a fault code 11h during system initialization. - Enabled modification of Write Cache settings for RAID 0 volumes. - Fixed an issue which caused an "Insufficient Resources" response for an MPT RAID Passthrough command. - Fixed an issue where SMP requests are sent through the SMP passthrough, a 0x4203 fault occurs. - Fixed an issue where drives with SMART errors are not detected as volume members. - Prevented a false "Device Not Responding" event during discovery under heavy I/O. - Fixed an issue where an Activity LED would erroneously blink when a raw hard drive was added to a previously occupied slot. - Fixed an issue which could result in media errors at 51% rebuild point when a hot spare is present. - Fixed I/O timeouts and/or invalid SAS Expander Page #0 content which could occur if a bad link caused rapid linkup/linkdown states on a drive. - Fixed an issue which could result in a 0xBADn fault (where n is the PHY number) after a HARD RESET primitive is received. - Corrected an issue where the swap out status of a drive is always set to 0, rather than to a meaningful value. - Fixed an issue where, if a card enters fail-safe mode due to unreadable or unreachable settings, a fault 0x0700 was seen and the card would never enter READY state. - Fixed an issue where a hotspare which was created through the BIOS would not be correctly reported until after a reboot. - Corrected an issue where media errors would cause unnecessary device resets. - Fixed an issue where, if a disk is hot swapped with an incompatible disk, the new disk would incorrectly be assigned the volume ID as its target ID. - Prevented multiple paths from being returned unless multipathing is specifically enabled in NVDATA. - Fixed an issue which results in a 0x6014 fault during discovery in complex topologies. - Corrected an issue where pulling a drive in a volume would caused a 0x801F fault. - Fixed an issue where a 0x6002 fault is encountered in LDC topologies. - Ensured the MPI_EVENT_IR2_RC_PD_REMOVED event is properly reported when a foreign disk is removed. - Fixed an issue which could result in a 0x0800 fault under heavy I/O. - Corrected an issue which results in 0x4E01 fault when processing multiple simultaneous NCQ errors. - Fixed an issue where, if four or more drives are configured as any mix of volumes or hot spares, when you delete the volume, the associated hot spare(s) are correctly deleted, but the physical drives don't reappear in BIOS until after a reboot. - Fixed an issue where, if the same LUN is issued two active resets, the second reset could be completed before the first reset. - Fixed an issue which causes SATA initialization failure if a WRITE command is processed concurrently with a RESET command. The volume would then change to a FAILED state. - Ensured that metadata size is automatically detected by the firmware. - Fixed an issue where the BIOS stops responding if a rebuilding hard drive is removed. - Fixed an issue where 0x7600 faults were encountered when running heavy I/O to cascaded x12 expanders. - Fixed an issue where, with a 1078 chip, a 0x266D fault may occur when hot spare is reinserted. - Corrected an issue where SAS or SATA drives may be reported missing after a target reset to an end device. - Fixed an issue where, if the drive at the volume ID slot is roamed, the volume ID might change on the next reboot.
Functionality: - Implemented various changes to the LED blink pattern for SGPIO. - New functionality to ensure that, if a dual-ported device is connected via both direct and expander attached connections, only the direct connection is hidden when the HideNonzeroAttachedPhyIdentifiers bit is set.
Note: - The multi-path read only fix that was added in version 2.45 is not present in 2.50. It is reintroduced in version 2.51.
Fixes: - Fixed an issue where there is a very low probability of experiencing data corruption while under very heavy I/O stress. - Reworked the firmware download function into an asynchronous operation to allow I/O to continue during the process. - Fixed an issue where a direct-attached SEP device will not be assigned an ID or handle which will prevent communication with the device. - Fixed an issue where a direct-attached SEP will be incorrectly assigned TargetID 0.
Fixes: - Fixed an issue where, in a setup with cascaded expanders, a timeout occurred during PortEnable after an adapter initialization. - Increased several preset maximum values to allow all devices to be seen in large topologies. - Fixed an issue where SATA initialization would hang in a multiple initiator environment. - Fixed an issue that could result in a system hang when an active-active MUX that did not support NCQ was detected in the topology. - Fixed several issues which would cause doorbell faults when using SATA drives. Faults include 0x6001, 0x0B85, or 0x6212. - Fixed an issue where "Persistent Table Full" messages were seen even with persistent mapping disabled. - Fixed a SATA initialization error which could occur when I/O was sent to the drive shortly after the DEVICE ADD event. - Fixed a discovery error that was seen when rebooting initiators under heavy I/O in a multi-initiator environment. - Fixed an issue that could cause a 0x7A02 doorbell fault in a 1078-based complex topology environment. - Fixed an issue which caused doorbell fault 0x4203 when an expander is disconnected during discovery. - Fixed a multipathing issue where devices were not seen after a secondary path was removed and readded quickly. - Fixed an issue where, under heavy I/O, the message indicating discovery completion could be lost. - Fixed multiple issues that were specific to multipathing. - Fixed issues where a controller would hang after firmware or BIOS flash. - Fixed an issue that could cause loginfo 0x31123000 during heavy I/O. - Fixed various issues that could cause doorbell faults 0x4104, 0x0B85, 0x266D, 0x2100, 0x4202, or 0x7711. - Fixed an issue where SATA initialization would fail if the drive did not support write caching. - Fixed an issue where, when logs were generated for a passive path, the enclosure handle and slot information for the active path were stored in the logs. - Fixed an issue where all disks become inaccessible if a SATA logical loop is introduced into a topology with SAS drives. - Fixed an issue which caused BIOS timeouts which resulted in the boot device not being found. - Fixed an issue where, during certain MPT BIOS activity, the system BIOS could not read the MPT BIOS, resulting in a "no bootable device" error. - Fixed an issue where, if translated SCSI commands where sent to a SATA drive the I/O would hang. - Fixed an issue where a hard reset sent to one initiator in a multi-initiator environment could cause a cascade of hard resets through the environment. - Fixed an issue where a corrupted sector in a primary volume was not being correctly restored with the correct data from the secondary volume. - Fixed an issue where, if the secondary drive is cold swapped during a volume resync, the resync is not resumed on system start. - Fixed an issue where the driver temperature info is not sent for SCT enabled drives. - Fixed an issue where the second path is not being hidden when a non-volume drive is inserted in a volume ID slot. - Fixed an issue where, during initialization, the SAS BIOS displays 'Adapter Malfunctioning!' Fault 13. - Prevented Device Missing Delay replies when DevMissingTimeout and IoDelayTimeout are disabled. - Fixed and issue where, when inserting a new drive into the topology while I/O is running, I/O to existing drives may experience a delay of ~600msec. - Fixed an issue where the execution of a command in CFGGEN following execution of a command without a ‘noreset’ switch causes controller to hang. - Fixed an issue where firmware update of an online SATA drive would fail. - Fixed several issues where, when detecting whether a device is an HDD or SDD, the device type was detected incorrectly. - Fixed an issue where physical disk firmware download commands were being rejected. - Fixed an IOC hang that could be caused by a SCSI INQUIRY command. - Fixed an issue where, in a multipath environment, a degraded RAID volume with a missing disk is rebooted, it may re-sync to a non-RAID disk. - Fixed a SATA specific issue where a doorbell fault 0x1903 or 0x1904 was seen when hot-plugging an active drive. - Fixed a large topology issue where I/O to the SAS drives times out after a bus reset. - Fixed an issue where, when the last device in a volume is missing, the volume may be calculated as the wrong media type. This will prevent hotplug and failover from working correctly. - Fixed an issue where the volume ID changes after removing the drive at a roamed volume ID. - Fixed an issue where, when a volume's disk is swapped and starts to resync, a controller reset (reboot) may result in either the volume losing a disk that was previously in the volume, and/or the wrong disk reported as the primary. - Fixed an issue where discovery would fail when a 1078 controller is connected to a JBOD with dual-I2C SEP functionality.
Functionality: - Initial release for: IBM BladeCenter LS22 and LS42 onboard LSI 1064e controller - Fixed the ability for the BIOS configuration utility to create hotspares with SSD (Solid State Drive) devices. - Enhanced SATA I/O performance for NCQ drives. - Allowed the host to set the name of a RAID volume. - Added ability to retrieve SATA drive temperature through "Information Exception". - For SGPIO, turned on the fault LED when an IR volume member is detected as missing. - Added ability to specify bus/target ID & slot mapping for direct-attached disks. - Expanded the ability for the backplane to define the sideband interface method (I2C/SGPIO). This was previously enabled for 1078, now it is enabled for 1064 and 1068 as well. - Several changes the blink LED patterns. ibm_fw_sraidbr_10i-2_75_windows_32-64_chg
IBM Online SAS/SATA Hard Disk Drive Update Program Version 1.14.03-2 Build ID: SAS11403-2
NOTE TO SERVICE - Reference RETAIN TIPS H211424 & H211667 ******************************************************************* IBM SAS Hard Disk Drive Update Program Version 1.14.03-2 Critical Release Reference RETAIN TIP H211424 & H211667
This package includes updates to drives with product ID strings of:
SAS 3.5"
Initial Code Releases - ST1000NM0023, ST2000NM0023, ST3000NM0023, ST4000NM0023 to BC5B - ST2000NM0043, ST4000NM0043 to EC59 - WD1001FYYG-23S, WD2001FYYG-23S, WD3001FYYG-23S, WD4001FYYG-23S to XA35
Other - ST1000NM0001, ST2000NM0001 to BC4A - support persistent reservation - HUS723020ALS64, HUS723030ALS64 to J3K8 - servo adjustments
SAS 2.5"
Initial Code Releases - ST300MM0006, ST600MM0006, ST900MM0006 to B56H - ST300MM0026, ST600MM0026, ST900MM0026 to B568 - TXA2D20200GA6I, TXA2D20400GA6I, TXA2D20800GA6I, TXA2D21600GA6I to GB76 - see Retain Tip H211424. - HUC101212CSS60 to J2M7 - HUC101212CSS61 to N2M7 - T1200MM0007 to B576 - T1200MM0017 to E574 - ST600MX0001 to BH13 - WD3002BKTG-23E, WD6002BKTG-23E, WD9002BKTG-23E to ZC31 - ST9500431SS to ED12 - ST9146703SS to E536 - ST973352SS to E625 - ST9300553SS to E636 - HUC109030CSS61E, HUC109060CSS61E, HUC109090CSS61E to N2EF - MK3001GRDB, MK6001GRDB, MK9001GRDB to SB35 - drive Que depth fix; see Retain Tip H211667. - HUC109030CSS60, HUC109060CSS60, HUC109090CSS60 to J2EF - HUC109030CSS61E, HUC109060CSS61E, HUC109090CSS61E to N2EF
Other - WD3001BKHG-23D, WD6001BKHG-23D, WD9001BKHG-23D to ZA32 - performance, non-critical fixes and robustness changes.
- ST9600204SS to B54A with maintainance fixes and performance improvements.
- MBD2147RC, MBD2300RC to SB1B - drive Que depth fix; - MBE2073RC, MBE2147RC to SC18 - drive Que depth fix; - MBF2300RC, MBF2600RC to SB2F - drive Que depth fix; - MK1401GRRB, MK3001GRRB to SC2E - drive Que depth fix; see Retain Tip H211667.
- ST9500620SS, ST91000620SS to BD2F - support persistent reservation and maintainance fixes.
SATA 3.5"
Initial Code Release - WD801ABYS-23C0A0, WD1601ABYS-23C0A0 to 06.06H05 - WD5003ABYX-23 to WC38 - added mfg. parameters. - WD2000FYYZ-23UL, WD3000FYYZ-23UL, WD4000FYYZ-23UL to WD36 - ST1000NM0033, ST2000NM0033, ST3000NM0033, ST4000NM0033 to BB58
Other
SATA 2.5"
Initial Code Release - SG9XCS2D50GEIBM to SE6H - WD3000BLHX-23V7BV to YA31 - SSDSC2BA200G3I, SSDSC2BA400G3I, SSDSC2BA800G3I to NA34 - SSDSC2BB120G4I, SSDSC2BB240G4I, SSDSC2BB400G4I, SSDSC2BB800G4I to NB34
Other - ST9250610NS, ST9500620NS, ST91000640NS to BE29 - maintainance updates. - MTFDDAK064MAR-1J1AA, MTFDDAK128MAR-1J1AA, MTFDDAK256MAR-1K1AA, MTFDDAK512MAR-1K1AA to MA57 - added mfg. parameters.
SATA 1.8"
Initial Code Release - SSDSC1NA200G3I, SSDSC1NA400G3I to NA34 - SSDSC1NB080G4I, SSDSC1NB240G4I, SSDSC1NB400G4I to NB34
Other - MTFDDAA064MAR-1J1AB, MTFDDAA128MAR-1J1AB, MTFDDAA256MAR-1K1AB, MTFDDAA512MAR-1K1AB to MA57 - added mfg. parameters.
=================================================================== Version 1.13.01 Build ID: SAS_113
NOTE TO SERVICE - Reference RETAIN H207993
******************************************* IBM SAS Hard Disk Drive Update Program Version 1.13.01 Critical Release Reference RETAIN H207993
This package includes new updates to drives with product ID strings of:
SAS 3.5"
- HUS723020ALS64 to J3K7 Additions to VPD information used by manufacturing and fixes for overall robustness.
- HUS723030ALS64 to J3K7 Initial Code Release
- ST31000424SS, ST32000444SS to BC2D - ST1000NM0001, ST2000NM0001 to BC49 Fixes for overall robustness.
- ST33000650SS to BC3E Initial Code Release
SAS 2.5"
- MK1401GRRB, MK3001GRRB to SC29 Fixes for overall robustness.
- MBF2300RC, MBF2600RC to SB2C Initial Code Release.
- ST9300605SS, ST9600205SS, ST9900805SS to B55D ST9146853SS, ST9300653SS to B63B ST9500620SS, ST91000640SS to BD2E ST9300505SS, ST9600105SS, ST9900705SS to E557 ST9146753SS to E636 Additions to VPD information used by manufacturing and fixes for overall robustness.
SATA 3.5"
- ST500NM0011, ST2000NM0011, ST1000NM0011 to BB4A ST3500514NS, ST31000524NS, ST32000644NS to BB2C Reliability improvements, Additions to VPD information used by manufacturing
- ST33000650NS to BB3A Initial Code Release
- WD5003ABYX-23 to WC36, WD1003FBYX-23Y7B0 to WB35, WD2003FYYS-23W0B0 to WA35 Reliability improvements, Additions to VPD information used by manufacturing
- HUA723020ALA640 to MK7OA910 Additions to VPD information used by manufacturing.
- HUA723030ALA640 to MKAOA910 Initial Code Release
- HUA722050CLA330, HUA722010CLA330 to A3PH Initial Code Release
SATA 2.5"
- TE22D10100GE8IBM to SR3B Initial Code Release
- MTFDDAK064MAR-1J1AA, MTFDDAK128MAR-1J1AA, MTFDDAK256MAR-1K1AA, MTFDDAK512MAR-1K1AA to MA55 Initial Code Release
- ST9250610NS, ST9500620NS, ST91000640NS to BE28 Fixes for overall robustness.
SATA 1.8"
- MTFDDAA064MAR-1J1AB, MTFDDAA128MAR-1J1AB, MTFDDAA256MAR-1K1AB, MTFDDAA512MAR-1K1AB to MA55 Initial Code Release
- TX21B10100GE8IBM, TX21B10200GE8IBM, TX21B10400GE8IBM to SP3A Initial Code Release
Version 1.12.01 Critical Release Reference RETAIN #H207740
This package includes new updates to drives with product ID strings of:
SAS 3.5"
- VPCA300900EST1, VPCA450900EST1, VPCA600900EST1 to A3C4, Corrects firmware bug that may cause data corruption. For further information, please refer to Retain Tip H207740.
- ST3300657SS, ST3450857SS, ST3600057SS to BA5A VPCA300900EST1, VPCA600900EST1 to A3C2 Additions to VPD information used by manufacturing
- ST3750630SS, ST31000640SS to BC1I ST31000424SS, ST32000444SS to BC2C Mode Page change to address performance issues under certain system configurations
- ST33000650SS to BC3D ST1000NM0001, ST2000NM0001 to BC48 Protection Information Fix - see Retain Tip H206140
- HUS723020ALS64, HUS723030ALS64 to J26C Initial Code Release
SAS 2.5"
- ST9300603SS, ST9146803SS to B53E ST9600204SS to B549 Additions to VPD information used by manufacturing
- ST9300605SS, ST9600205SS, ST9900805SS to B55C ST9146853SS, ST9300653SS to B63A ST9500620SS, ST91000640SS to BD2C ST9300505SS to E555 ST9146753SS to E635 Protection Information Fix - see Retain Tip H206140
- ST9600105SS, ST9900705SS to E555 Inital Code Release
- HUC106030CSS60, HUC106060CSS60 to D3A6 Performance improvements, critical fixes for Protection Information (PI) operation - see Retain Tip H206140
- MK1401GRRB, MK3001GRRB to SC27 Additions to VPD information used by manufacturing
- WD9001BKHG-23D, WD6001BKHG-23D, WD3001BKHG-23D to ZA31 Initial Code Release
SATA 3.5"
- WD2502ABYS-23B7A0 to 02.03B08 WD1602ABYS-23B7A0 to 02.03B07 Critical fix to address premature drive failures.
- ST3500514NS, ST31000524NS, ST32000644NS to BB2A ST33000650NS to BB38 ST1000NM0011, ST2000NM0011, ST500NM0011 to BB47 Fixes a potential, but rare data corruption issue which requires a background reallocation that exceeds the error recovery timer.
- HUA723020ALA640 to MK70A900 HUA723030ALA640 to MKA0A900 Initial Code Release
SATA 2.5"
- ST9160511NS, ST9500530NS to BE1A - ST9250610NS, ST9500620NS, ST91000640NS to BE25 Fixes a potential, but rare data corruption issue which requires a background reallocation that exceeds the error recovery timer.
SSD
- TX21B10200GE1IBM, TX21B10400GE1IBM, TX21B10100GE8IBM to PRO6SP36 TE22D10100GE8IBM to PRO6SR36 Initial Code Release
- MTFDDAK128MAR-1J1AA, MTFDDAK256MAR-1K1AA to MA52 Initial Code Release
- MTFDDAA512MAR-1K1AB, MTFDDAK064MAR-1J1AA, MTFDDAK512MAR-1K1AA, MTFDDAA064MAR-1K1AB, MTFDDAA128MAR-1K1AB, MTFDDAA256MAR-1K1AB to MA52 Fixes SMART attribute 190 (Current Temp) which caused warning messages with some versions of Linux
- STEC MACH8 IOPS to 2804 STEC M8PSB2 T4 to SM06 Additions to VPD information used by manufacturing Fixes potential drive failure if power loss occurs during firmware update.
- ST33000650SS to BC3A ST1000NM0001, ST2000NM0001 to BC44 Additions and corrections to VPD information used by manufacturing
SAS 2.5"
- ST9300605SS, ST9600205SS, ST9900805SS to B559 ST9146853SS, ST9300653SS to B637 ST9500620SS, ST91000640SS to BD29 ST9300505SS to E553 SST9146753SS to E633 HUC106030CSS60, HUC106060CSS60 to D390 Additions and corrections to VPD information used by manufacturing
- MK1401GRRB, MK3001GRRB to SC23 Fixes a pottential data corruption bug if there is an unexpected power loss.
SATA 3.5"
- ST3250310NS, ST3500320NS, ST3750330NS, ST31000340NS to BB15 ST3500514NS, ST31000524NS, ST32000644NS to BB29 ST33000650NS to BB36 ST1000NM0011, ST2000NM0011, ST500NM0011 to BB46
SATA SSD
- SG9XCS1B50GMIBM, SG9XCS1F200GEIBM to SA03SB6C SG9XCS2D200GEIBM to SA03SE6C Fix for potential hang during an unexpected power cycle
MTFDDAK128MAR-1JAAB, MTFDDAK256MAR-1JAAB to MA44 Initial Release
This package includes new updates to drives with product ID strings of:
SAS 3.5"
- VPCA300900EST1, VPCA600900EST1 to A3C0 Correction to VPD information used by manufacturing
- ST31000424SS, ST32000444SS to BC2B Fixes to improve robustness from certain read errors due to encroachment
- ST33000650SS to BC37 Fixes to improve overall robustness.
- ST1000NM0001, ST2000NM0001 to BC42 Inital Release
SAS 2.5" (SFF)
- ST9300605SS, ST9600205SS, ST9900805SS to B556 - ST9146853SS, ST9300653SS to B635 Fixes to improve overall robustness.
ST9300505SS to E552 ST9146753SS to E632 Initial Release
- ST9500620SS, ST91000640SS to BD26 Improve general robustness and added support for DPICZ
- HUC106030CSS60, HUC106060CSS60 to D340 Improve general robustness
- MBF2300RC, MBF2600RC to SB28 Improves performance in certain benchmarks
SATA 3.5"
- ST33000650NS to BB34 Fixes to improve overall robustness.
- ST1000NM0011, ST2000NM0011, ST500NM0011 to BB45 Initial Release
- ST3500514NS, ST31000524NS, ST32000644NS to BB29 Fixes for intermittent drive hangs
- ST3250310NS, ST3500320NS, ST3750330NS, ST31000340NS to BB15 Added enhancement for improved robustness
SATA 2.5"
- ST9250610NS, ST9500620NS, ST91000640NS to BE24 Initial Release
- ST9160511NS, ST9500530NS to BE19 Fixes for overall robustness.
SATA 2.5" SSD
- STEC MACH8 IOPS to 2765 STEC M8PSB2 T4 to SM05 Fixes potential drive lock up during cold or warm boots Fixes issues with RHEL 6.x installation
- SG9XCS2D200GEIBM to SA03SE6C Fixes default drive VPD information for manufacturing, the default LED behavior on certain systems and fixes issues with client install thru VMWare 5.x
SATA 1.8" SSD
- STEC M8PSB1 to 0409 STEC M8PSB1 T4 to SM16 Fixes potential drive lock up during cold or warm boots Fixes issues with RHEL 6.x installation
- SG9XCS1B50GMIBM to SA03SB6C SASG9XCS1F200GEIBM to SA03SB6C Fixes potential drive lock up during cold or warm boots and the default LED behavior on certain systems and fixes issues with client install thru VMWare 5.x
This package includes new updates to drives with product ID strings of:
SAS 3.5"
- ST31000424SS, ST32000444SS to BC28 Added enhancement for improved RV robustness
- MBE2073RC, MBE2147RC to SC17 - MBA3073RC, MBA3147RC, MBA3300RC to SA0A Added VPD changes for manufacturing
SAS 2.5" (SFF)
- ST9300603SS, ST9146803SS to B53C ST9600204SS to B548 SST973452SS, ST9146852SS to B62C CBRCA146C3ETS0, CBRCA300C3ETS0 to C610 Added fixes for overall drive robustness
- MBD2147RC, MBD2300RC to SB1A Added VPD changes for manufacturing Addresses issues seen with DSA HDD Diagnostic test.
- MBF2300RC, MBF2600RC to SB25 Addresses issues seen with DSA HDD Diagnostic test.
- ST9500620SS, ST91000640SS to BD22 HUC106030CSS60, HUC106060CSS60 to D2F8 Inital Release
SATA 3.5"
- WD2502ABYS-23B7A0 , WD1602ABYS-23B7A0 to 02.03B07 Addresses firmware issues that may cause a drive to be marked defunct prematurely under certain application workloads.
- ST3250310NS, ST3500320NS, ST3750330NS, ST31000340NS to BB14 ST3500514NS, ST31000524NS, ST32000644NS to BB28 Added enhancement for improved robustness
- WD5003ABYX-23 to WC31 Initial Release
SATA 2.5"
- WD3000BLFS-23YBU0 to 04.04V10 (Critical) Addresses firmware issues that may cause a drive to be marked defunct prematurely under certain application workloads.
- ST9250610NS, ST9500620NS, ST91000640NS to BE21 Initial Release
SATA 2.5" SSD
- STEC MAC8 IOPS to 2732 STEC M8PSB2 T4 to SM04 Addresses an issue installing RHEL 6.0 onto this drive.
SATA 1.8" SSD
- SG9XCS1B50GMIBM, SG9XCS1F200GEIBM to SA03SB63 Addresses rare issue where the drive may not being seen on power up.
- STEC M8PSB1 to 0408 STEC M8PSB1 T4 to SM15 Addresses an issue installing RHEL 6.0 onto this drive.
- ST373455SS, ST3146855SS, ST3300655SS to BA2D - ST373355SS, ST3146755SS, ST3300555SS to BA38 - ST3146356SS, ST3300656SS, ST3450856SS to BA4C - ST3300657SS, ST3450757SS, ST3600057SS to BA58 - ST3750630SS, ST31000640SS to BC1G - ST31000424SS, ST32000444SS to BC26 (All Above Critical) These codes addresses a rare potential for data corruption. For this issue to occur, the drive write cache must be enabled. For further information, please refer to retain tip H197382.
- MBA3073RC, MBA3147RC, MBA3300RC to SA08 This code corrects a firmware bug that may cause the drive to not come ready on a cold boot.
SAS 2.5" (SFF)
- ST973402SS, ST9146802SS to B52B - ST936751SS, ST973451SS to B617 - ST9146803SS, ST9300603SS toB53B - ST9600204SS to B546 - ST973452SS, ST9146852SS to B629 - ST9300503SS to E536 - ST9146752SS to E625 - ST9500430SS to BD14 (All Above Critical) These codes addresses a rare potential for data corruption. For this issue to occur, the drive write cache must be enabled. For further information, please refer to retain tip H197382.
SATA 3.5"
- ST3500514NS, ST31000524NS, ST32000644NS to BB26
- WD2003FYYS-23W0B0 to WA32 - WDC WD1003FBYX-23Y7B0 to WB31 Initial release
SATA 2.5" SSD
- STEC MACH8 IOPS to 2582 (Critical) Corrects firmware bug that may cause data corruption. For further information, please refer to retain tip H197650.
SATA 1.8" SSD
- STEC M8PSB1 to 0405 (Critical) Corrects firmware bug that may cause data corruption. For further information, please refer to retain tip H197650.
This package includes new updates to drives with product ID strings of:
SAS 3.5"
- VPCA300900EST1, VPCA450900EST, VPCA600900EST1 to A3B8 Initial Release
- VPBPA300C3EST1 to A529 Initial Release
- ST3300657SS, ST3450757SS, ST3600057SS to BA56 (Critical) Performance improvements under certain workloads. Corrects a firmware bug that may cause the drive to not come ready on a warm or cold reboot.
- ST31000424SS, ST32000444SS to BC21 Initial Release
SAS 2.5" (SFF)
- ST9300603SS, ST9146803SS to B53A (Critical) Performance improvements under certain workloads. Corrects a firmware bug that may cause the drive to not come ready on a warm or cold reboot.
- ST9600204SS to B544 (Critical) Corrects a firmware bug that may cause the drive to not come ready on a warm or cold reboot.
- ST973452SS, ST9146852SS to B626 Performance improvements under certain workloads.
- ST9500430SS to BD13 Performance improvements under certain workloads
- ST9300503SS to E534 and ST9146752SS to E623 Performance improvements under certain workloads.
- MBD2147RC, MBD2300RC to SB19 (Critical) MBE2073RC, MBE2147RC to SC16 (Critical) Corrects a firmware bug that erroneously reported medium errors which may cause the drive to report PFA alerts and in some cases be marked offline
SATA 3.5"
- WDC WD2502ABYS-23B7A0, WD2502ABYS-23B7A0, WD802ABYS-23B7A0, WD1602ABYS-23B7A0 to 02.03B05 (Critical) Corrects a firmware bug that may cause the drive to not come ready on a warm or cold reboot.
- ST3500514NS, ST31000524NS, ST32000544NS to BB26 (Critical) This code addresses a rare potential for data corruption. For this issue to occur, the drive write cache must be enabled. For further information, please refer to retain tip H197382.
- ST3250310NS, ST3500320NS, ST3750330NS, ST31000340NS to BB13 (Critical) This code addresses a rare potential for data corruption. For this issue to occur, the drive write cache must be enabled. For further information, please refer to retain tip H197382.
- HUA722020ALA330 to JKAOA3GA HUA722050CLA330 to JP2OA3GB HUA722010CLA330 to JP4OA3GB Initial Release
SATA 2.5"
- WD3000BLFS-23YBU0 to 04.04V09 (Critical) This code corrects an additional issue where the drive may be marked defunct.
- ST9160511NS, ST9500530NS to BE18 (Critical) This code addresses a rare potential for data corruption. For this issue to occur, the drive write cache must be enabled. For further information, please refer to retain tip H197382. Also improves performance under certain workloads.
SATA 2.5" SSD
- STEC MACH8 IOPS to 2366 (critical) Corrects firmware bug that may cause degraded performance and in some cases the drive may not come ready after a warm or old boot.
SATA 1.8" SSD
- STEC M8PSB1 to 0404 Turns the default for write cache off Initial Release
IBM SAS Hard Disk Drive Update Program Version 1.06 (Critical)
Added support for the following controllers:
- IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS controller v2 (49Y4731) - IBM ServeRAID M1015 SAS controller (46M0831) - IBM ServeRAID M5015 SAS controller (46M0829) - IBM ServeRAID M5014 SAS controller (46M0916)
This package includes new updates to drives with product ID strings of:
SAS 3.5"
- ST373455SS, ST3146855SS, ST3300655SS to BA2A ST373355SS, ST3146755SS, ST3300555SS to BA36 (Critical) These codes addresses a rare potential for data corruption. For this issue to occur, the drive write cache must be enabled. When a write is issued while the drive write cache is enabled and a read-verify is performed immediately afterwards, undetected data corruption can occur. For further information, please refer to retain tip H194632.
- ST3750630SS, ST31000640SS to BC1E ST3146356SS, ST3300656SS, ST3450856SS to BA4A This code address an issue where the drive may report an erroneous hardware error to the controller.
- MBA3073RC, MBA3147RC, MBA3300RC to SA07 This code improves sequential write performance under certain workloads when write cache is turned on.
- ST3300657SS, ST3450757SS, ST3600057SS to BA52 NOTE: This is the first code release to be included in the hard drive update package.
SAS 2.5" (SFF)
- ST973402SS, ST9146802SS to B52A ST936751SS, ST973451SS to B616 (Critical) These codes addresses a rare potential for data corruption. For this issue to occur, the drive write cache must be enabled. When a write is issued while the drive write cache is enabled and a read-verify is performed immediately afterwards, undetected data corruption can occur. For further information, please refer to retain tip H194632.
- MBB2073RC, MBB2147RC to SB07 MBD2147RC, MBD2300RC to SB17 MBE2073RC, MBE2147RC to SC14 CBRCA146C3ETS0, CBRCA300C3ETS0 to C370 This code improves sequential write performance under certain workloads when write cache is turned on.
- ST9500430SS to BD11 This is the first code release to be included in the hard drive update package.
SATA 3.5"
- WD2003FYYS-23T8B0 to 01.00D04 This is the first code release to be included in the hard drive update package.
SATA 2.5"
- WD3000BLFS-23YBU0 to 04.04V08 (Critical) This code corrects an issue where the drive may generate a false PFA alert. It also corrects an issue where the drive may be marked defunct
- ST9160511NS, ST9500530NS to BE16 This is the first code releases to be included in the hard drive update package.
=============================================================== IBM SAS Hard Disk Drive Update Program Version 1.05
SAS 2.5" (SFF)
ST9xxxx51SS to B616 ST9xxxx02SS to B52A - This code improves the robustness of write cache operations.
ST9xxxx52SS to B624 ST9xxxx03SS to B536 - This code improves the robustness of write cache operations and sequential write performance when write cache is enabled
MBD2xxxRC to SB14 - Initial release
SAS 3.5"
ST3xxxxx6SS to BA49 ST3750630SS to BC1D - This code improves the robustness of write cache operations.
SATA 3.5"
WDC WD2502ABYSxxxxx tp 02.03B04 - Fixes incorrect VPD data
SATA 2.5"
WD3000xxxxx to 04.04V05 - Adjusted PHY setting for better signal quality margin.
SATA 2.5" SSD
STEC MACH8 IOPS to 2269 GBRL0xxxxx to 4.17 GBRLBxxxxx to 4.26 - The new firmware will correct a rare data error condition in the drives where invalid data may be passed to the system without any error condition flagged.
Due to the severity of this potential issue, IBM strongly recommends applying this firmware as soon as possible.
For further information, please refer to retain tip H195663. =================================================================
IBM SAS Hard Disk Drive Update Program Version 1.04
SAS 2.5" (SFF)
CBRBAxxxxxx to C49B - Modified VPD for JSxx Blades
MBBxxxxxx to SB05 - Fixed a performance issue when synchronizing or rebuilding an array when used in a LSI 1064 based SAS controller
MBC2073RC to SC04 - Fixed a performance issue when synchronizing or rebuilding an array when used in a LSI 1064 based SAS controller
SAS 3.5"
MBAxxxxxx to SA06 - Fixed a performance issue when synchronizing or rebuilding an array when used in a LSI 1064 based SAS controller
ST3xxxxx6SS to BA48 - This code addresses a rare potential for data corruption. For this issue to occur, the drive write cache must be enabled. When a write is issued while the drive write cache is enabled and a read-verify is performed immediately afterwards, undetected data corruption can occur. For further information, please refer to retain tip H194632
ST3750630SS to BC1A - This code addresses a rare potential for data corruption. For this issue to occur, the drive write cache must be enabled. When a write is issued while the drive write cache is enabled and a read-verify is performed immediately afterwards, undetected data corruption can occur. For further information, please refer to retain tip H194632
- Fixes a hang condition during failover operation on a Bladecenter-S chassis with an RSSM controller.
BBAxxxxxx to BH0K - Fixes an issue where a drive may prematurely report a PFA trip
GNAxxxxxx to BH0J - Fixes an issue where a drive may prematurely report a PFA trip
SATA 3.5"
ST31000340NS, ST370330NS, ST3250310NS, ST3500320NS to BB12 - This code addresses a rare potential for data corruption. For this issue to occur, the drive write cache must be enabled. When a write is issued while the drive write cache is enabled and a read-verify is performed immediately afterwards, undetected data corruption can occur. For further information, please refer to retain tip H194632
- This code addresses a rare potential for data loss. After a power cycle, the drive will no longer be available and becomes unresponsive. Data will become inaccessible due to the drive not responding. For further information, please refer to retain tip H194623.
WDC WD2502ABYSxxxxx tp 02.03B04 - Fixes incorrect VPD data
SATA 2.5"
WD3000xxxxx to 04.04V04 - Fixes a Critical issue - IBM recommends a backup of the data on the drive before attempting to update the firmware. This is a fix for an issue where data required for spinup of the drive may be overwritten rendering the drive inoperable on a subsequent warm or cold system reboot.
- Fixes a issue with an internal timer that may cause drive to go offline when used in a non-raid environment.
IBM SAS Hard Disk Drive Update Program Version 1.03
Added support for the following controllers:
IBM ServeRAID MR10il SAS Controller IBM ServeRAID MR10is SAS Controller IBM ServeRAID BR10i SAS Controller IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS/SATA Controller IBM SAS/SATA RAID Kit IBM SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter IBM SAS Connectivity Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter
New updates to drives with product ID strings of:
SAS 2.5" (SFF)
ST9146802SS, ST973402SS to B529 - Added support for JS2x Blades in a Bladecenter-S chassis - Picked up the latest network roll of firmware fixes to address some unexpected system hangs,
ST936751SS, ST973451SS to B615 - Added support for JS2x Blades in a Bladecenter-S chassis - Picked up the latest network roll of firmware fixes to address some unexpected system hangs,
CBRBAxxxxxx to C495 - Initial release
MBBxxxxxx to SB04 - Initial release
MBC2073RC to SC03 - Initial release
SAS 3.5"
VPBAxxxxxx to A496 - Added support for JS2x Blades in a Bladecenter-S chassis
ST3146855SS, ST3300655SS, ST373455SS to BA29 - Added support for JS2x Blades in a Bladecenter-S chassis - Picked up the latest network roll of firmware fixes to address some unexpected system hangs,
ST3450856SS to BA47 - IBM was notified by our vendor that there is a defect in a level of firmware used in the IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD (PN 41Y8454) in option 42D0519, which under certain conditions may lead to data being written or read back incorrectly on the drive. IBM has worked closely with the vendor to identify the problem and developed a firmware fix to resolve the problem. Customers should upgrade to firmware level BA47
MBAxxxxxx to SA05 - Initial release
ST3750630SS to BC17 - Initial release
SATA 3.5"
ST3250620NS, ST3500630NS, ST3750640NS to 3.AEV
ST3250621NS, ST3500631NS, ST3750641NS to 4AEV
ST31000340NS, ST3750330NS, ST3250310NS, ST3500320NS to BB10 - Initial release
HUA721050KLA330, HUA721075KLA330, HUA721010KLA330, to AB4A - Initial Release
SATA 2.5" SSD
GBRL001xxx, GBRL0031xxx to 4.14 - corrects intermittent hangs during operations =============================================================
IBM SAS Hard Disk Drive Update Program Version 1.02
Support of ServeRaid 8s Raid controller Support of ServeRaid 10i Raid controller Support of ServeRaid 10k Raid controller Support of ServeRaid 10m Raid controller Support of LSI 1078 SAS controller Support of SATA drives attached to SAS controllers
Support and updates to drives with product ID strings of:
VPAxxxxxx to A650 Change to improve performance in sequential write workloads Improvements to internal drive logging and media checking. Critical Fix: This code addresses a rare potential for data loss This code update should be applied to prevent the event from occurring.
ST340XXXAS and ST380XXXAS to 3.48 Fix to address Read Log Command abort error.
ST340XXXAS, ST380XXXAS and ST3160XXXAS to 3.05 Fix to address intermittent hard drive no-shows after system comes out of hibernation.
ST3500641NS to 3.AES Changes to the refresh rate of the DRAM used on the drive.
ST3500640NS to 3.AEJ Initial release.
HDTXX... & HDSXX... codes go to Masked ROM version. HDS725050KLA360 to AQ1A to also Fix an issue that occurs while running in NCQ mode with write cache disabled.
ST3xxxx4SS to BA26 Improves intialization times with some ServeRaid controllers Performance improvements under some sequential workloads.
ST3xxxx5SS to BA35 Improves intialization times with some ServeRaid controllers
ST9xxx51SS to B612 Intial release of firmware
ST9xxxx2SS to B526 Improves intialization times with some ServeRaid controllers
MAUxxxx and MAXxxxx Added support for new SAS features required by new SAS controllers.
IBM SAS Hard Disk Drive Update Program Version 1.01 Please refer to RETAIN tip H186019.
Support of ServeRaid 8e Raid controller Support of ServeRaid 8k Raid controller Support of ServeRaid 8l Raid controller Support of on-board LSI 1064 controller IBM MegaRaid 8480 Raid Controller
Firmware updates to drives with Product ID strings:
GNAxxxx and BBAxxxx to BH0G Picks up the latest network roll of firmware fixes to improve performance under some sequential workloads and improvements to signal quality parameters.
ST9xxxx to B51D amd ST3xxxx to BA18 Picks the latest network roll of firmware fixes to address unexpected system hangs and some performance improvements.
MAVxxxx to S116 and MAYxxxx to T107 Picks up the latest network roll of firmware fixes and to improve signal quality parameters.
MAXxxxx to T904 Initial release ============================================================
IBM SAS Hard Disk Drive Update Program Version 1.00 Initial Release
Support of Adaptec 48xxx based controllers Support of ServeRaid 8i Raid controller Support and updates to drives with product ID strings of: ST936701SS ST973401SS ST336754SS ST373454SS GNAxxxxx BBAXXXXX
ibm_fw_hdd_sas-1_14_03-2_windows_32-64_chg
IBM and LSI Basic or Integrated RAID SAS Controller Driver for Windows
NOTE TO SERVICE - Reference RETAIN #N/A
Version 1.31.02.00 - Suggested Enhancement: - Added registry entry of "Enable520B=1:" to enable this special 520-byte sector proprietary CRC handling Integrated Windows Driver Configuration Utility (WDCFG) into driver. - Added support for Server 2008 R2 operating systems.
Version 1.30.04.00 - Suggested - Fixed isse where the system can bluescreen if connected to a target that supports Broadcast Async Event notification, and a task management reset is issued to the target.
Version 1.30.02.00 - Critical - Updated to MPI headers 1.05.19. - Fixed an issue which caused a blue screen when a drive was pulled. - Corrected some inconsistent and incorrect information in the INF file. - Fixed a timestamping issue which caused drivers to become uninstallable on Windows 2008. - Fixed an issue that cause invalid Event Log entries. - Added the ability to log internal device reset completion events. - Fixed an issue that caused a bluescreen if an adapter was unexpectedly removed. - Fixed an issue where aborted I/O was being reported as complete, rather than being retried. This could result in incorrect data. - Added several new enclosures to LSINODRV.INF to suppress 'driver needed' messages when these enclosures are present.
Version 1.27.03.00 - Suggested - Updated to MPI headers 1.05.18. - Added several new SES PnP IDs to the inf file. - Lowered the minimum accepted value for MaximumTargetQueueDepth from 8 to 1. - Fixed an issue where the driver could take up to 20 minutes to boot in some configurations. - Fixed an issue which caused Event 11 with data 0xAD010036 at offset 0x10 to appear in the Windows Event Log. - Fixed an issue with outstanding I/Os after issuing a Bus Reset while running Windows PE. - Fixed some bit conflicts caused by new functionality in MPI 1.7.
Version 1.26.05.00 - Suggested - Added support for Windows Server 2008. - Added support for detecting dual port SAS drives and SATA or SATA drives that are behind a port selector. - Fixed issue where the system may hang when updating the firmware on the IR chip. - Fixed an issue where the system may hang during a DMA (Direct Memory Access) transfer when there is more than 36 GB of memory in the system. - Fixed an issue where, after updating the firmware on an enclosure, the driver was no longer found by Device Manager. - Fixed an issue were a Diag Reset could fail if another PCIe device was sharing interrupts with the controller.
Version 1.25.10.08 - Suggested - Fixed an issue where a yellow bang warning was erroneously seen in device manager. - Fixed an issue where an inactive volume was reported as 'OK'. It is now reported as 'Offline'.
Version 1.25.10.07 - Critical - Added support for Microsoft Vista. - Added support for multiple hot spare drives. - Added timing fix for issue which caused sasflash to fail during BIOS or firmware flash. - Modified hot spare test method to allow a missing hot spare drive to be displayed in GetRaidConfig even after a reboot of the system. - Fixed issue where, in a system with over 4GB of memory, it is possible in rare cases for the driver to cause memory corruption.
Version 1.21.28.00 - Suggested - Fixed hot spare index in GetRaidConfig (was not initialized to 0 in the correct location). - Fixed reporting of volume capacity in GetRaidConfig for volumes > 2TB. - Fixed GetLocation IOCTL when a RAID volume physical disk was missing (was returning FAILED status on IOCTL).
Version 1.21.26.00 - Suggested - Modify check for PortSCSIID > SYM_MAX_TARGETS. Log error only for parallel SCSI. For FC or SAS, if check fails set initiator ID to 255. (caused Event 11 with AD010019) This only occurs with IT F/W that supports > 126 targets. - Fixed GetRaidConfig and GetLocation IOCTLs to check for proper hot spare compatibility. - Fixed GetLocation IOCTL to return location info for non-IR SATA disks.
Version 1.21.15.50 - Initial release ibm_dd_mptsas_1_31_02_00_windows_32-64_chg
uEFI Flash Update Version 1.20 (BuildID D6E162A) Change History
Version 1.20 - BuildID: D6E162A - Suggested (Be aware to check the change history for any critical updates) ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: Enhancements: Limitations: Dependencies:
Version 1.19 - BuildID: D6E161A - Suggested (Be aware to check the change history for any critical updates) ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - Fix string typo at POST. Enhancements: Limitations: Dependencies:
Version 1.18 - BuildID: D6E160A - Critical ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - Incorporated Microcode Update (MCU) M03106A5_00000019 (Nehalem) and M03206C2_0000001A (Westmere) to address Intel Erratum BD132 and AAK167 for System Resets with 32-bit (PAE Enabled) Guest OS and VT FlexPriority enabled. For more information, refer to IBM RETAIN Tip H21370. - Incorporated Microcode Update (MCU) M03206C2_0000001A (Westmere)to address Intel Erratum BD131 Intel Xeon X5675, X5687, X5690 6-core Westmere-EP Processors. For more information, refer to IBM RETAIN Tip H21371. Enhancements: Limitations: Dependencies: Version 1.17 - BuildID: D6E159A - Suggested (Be aware to check the change history for any critical updates) ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - Updated README for new year 2013 - Fixed CPU C-state Limit ACPI C2_C3 test fail
Enhancements: - Added confirmation message for Reset System option - Intel Memory Reference Code Release 2.50 - Improved handling of memory in high stress application/usage Limitations: Dependencies:
Version 1.16 - BuildID: D6E158A - Suggested (Be aware to check the change history for any critical updates) ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - Added Broadcom quad port ethernet (IBM PN is 49Y7948. ,FRU is 49Y7949.) detection to inform iMM increasing fan speed. - Change the 64 bit I/O resource to disable. Enhancements:
Limitations: Dependencies:
Version 1.15 - BuildID: D6E157A - Critical ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - Fix the SMBIOS shows wrong information in type 41 - Fix the error on VMware Direct PASS function w/ VT-d enable
Enhancements: - Intel Memory Reference Code Release 2.40 - Add power table for X5690 Processor. - Add VLAN ID support - Add Limit boot attempt support
Limitations: Dependencies:
Version 1.14 - BuildID: D6E156B - Suggested (Be aware to check the change history for any critical updates) ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - Fixed iSCSI attempt could not be saved in Setup Menu. - Fixed Solaris 10 8/11(update 10)installed failed.
Enhancements: - Update iMM flash utility version to v1.12.12 - Upgraded SMBIOS type 9 and type 41 to version 2.6 - Added SMBIOS type 11 structure to support slot group/bus/device/function information. - Intel Microcode Update SRV_P_108
Limitations: Dependencies:
Version 1.13 - BuildID: D6E154B - Suggested (Be aware to check the change history for any critical updates) ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - Workaround for Intel PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter to fix at x4 Lane Speed - Fixed Corrupted iSCSI Attempt List issue - Fixed iSCSI boot issue - Address a potential issue relates to direct device assignment in Intel Virtual Technology application
Enhancements: - F1 Network page update: categrized consistent MAC notation - Intel Westmere B_1 Microcode Update SRV_P_100 - Intel Memory Reference Code Release 2.30 - Added CRTM Information at Setup Menu
Version 1.12 - BuildID: D6E153A - Critical ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - Fix no LEDs or Logs from CPU Type Mismatch.
Enhancements: - Support IPv6. - Enable power management tab for on board NIC under Windows 2003. - Add POST Attempts Limit in Setup Menu
Version 1.11 - BuildID: D6E150D - Suggested (Be aware to check the change history for any critical updates) ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - Fixed system stop booting when bluefield card installed in slot 5. - Fixed SMBIOS Type 11 UDI strings disappeared. - Disable propagation of Intel VT-d faults as fatal errors to avoid guest VM to cause the entire system to crash. - Fixed memory multi-bit error event can't be deasserted after re-enable - Fixed IMM Network Settings have not been saved if reset IMM immediately - Fixed iMM backup flashing behavior is misleading - Fixed hang when updating FLASH from version 1.02, 1.03, or 1.04 directly to version 1.10 Enhancements: - Implement Intel Specification update: increase peak-to-peak transmit voltage swing
Version 1.10 - BuildID: D6E150A - Suggested (Be aware to check the change history for any critical updates) ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - Update VPD extraction from IMM to strip trailing blanks from buildid Enhancements: - Update Intel 56xx Processor Microcode to version 0x00000013 - Add Out-of-band PXE Configuration - Renaming of output files to add version information. - Re-enable disabled DIMM while AC Power Cycle. - Reverse F1 Setup Event Log number order and change the number format.
Version 1.09 - BuildID: D6E149C - Critical ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - Enhance performance for Intel NIC card. - Add 16th DIMM info in DMI table - To correct an Intel(R) Xeon(R) 5600 series processor's internal circuit marginality issue, that could cause false memory errors when the C6-state is enabled
Enhancements: - Update Intel Westmere Memory Reference Code to V2.21 - Update Intel Westmere QPI Reference Code to V1.85 - Add IMM IP6 enablement code to Setup
Version 1.08 - BuildID: D6E148B - Critical ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - Fix system can not use PXE BOOT in EFI mode - Fixed issue where UEFI SYSTEMS WITH HBAs AND > 2 TB LUN MAY HAVE DATA ERRORS. Please refer to RETAIN tip number: H16222 or MIGR-5084554 for additional details - Fix the iMM HostName can not be changed under uEFI setup menu. - Fix Memory DIMM configuration Error message. - Fix the information of DIMM 16 and 7 are incorrect in DMI Table - Fix the value of Thermal Mode can not be changed - Fix ASU default miss Sparing mode - Fix ASUTool will make system crash
- Fixed unable to enable boot ROM with uxdiag tool - Fixed PCI devices show as on-board - Change the QPI tap value for QPI performance issue - Fix Unsupported config on 16G DIMMs, system could not indicate config error. - Fix OS lag with 12 16GB DIMMs in RH5,Sles10. - Fix 16GB Quad rank DIMM can not be displayed correct information in uefi setting. - Remove "High Power Processor Check Required" event when 130W processor is installed.
Enhancements: - Enable spread spectrum function for Mirage Emulex 10G fiber adapter. - Add power table for 16GB DIMMs.
Limitations: Dependencies:
Version 1.07 - BuildID: D6E145F - Critical ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - Update Intel 56xx Processor Microcode to version 0x0000000C - Fixed issue where the system can hang following a UEFI flash, due to a numeric configuration setting getting corrupted when the new UEFI image no longer supports the value.
Enhancements: - Allow disabling of Intel 56xx Processor Data Reuse Optimization feature to improve performance for Enterprise workloads (settable by Advanced Setup Utility (ASU) only)
Limitations: Dependencies:
Version 1.06 - BuildID: D6E145C - Suggested (Be aware to check the change history for any critical updates) ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - General # Early video shuts down during POST # SAS topology was ignored when it was available # VPD string content was not consistent across boot system firmware releases # Processor Turbo mode was not being enabled properly leaving it disabled - RAS # Incorrect DIMM is called out for double bit error in mirrored mode # Improve reporting of memory related CATERRs # Correct a potential memory error problem caused by demand scrubbing collisions # Incorrect message for SEL almost full event - Network # Hang during legacy PXE boot when MAC address is disabled in PXE configuration # PXE VLAN settings do not persist across boot cycles # PXE Boot error when PXE server is not the same server as the TFTP server # iSCSI boot errors when initiator/target names are longer than 72 characters - FLASH Update Package # UEFI FLASH update fails intermittently before transferring image to IMM
Enhancements: - Intel Xeon processor 5600 series support - Updrade TianoCore EDK support to version 1.05.05 - Update Intel Framework Code to Release 8.6.4.1.W1.0 - Update Intel QPI/Memory Reference Code to release P2.50 - Update Intel Memory Reference Code to V2.11 - Upgrade Broadcom NIC driver support to version T.5.0A.3.1 - Setup # Allow L1 power state to be disabled to improve system performance # Allow 2DPC support to be enabled from ASU # Improve several setup options displaying behavior # Add Quiet Boot selection
Limitations: Dependencies:
Version 1.05 - BuildID: D6E131C - Suggested (Be aware to check the change history for any critical updates) ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - Abnormal behavior after applying early power-on support
Enhancements: - Allow 2DPC support to be enabled from ASU
Limitations: Dependencies:
Version 1.04 - BuildID: D6E131B - Critical ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - POST: # Hang during early POST (PEI) initialization # Hang during POST when power cycling systems - SMBIOS: # Invalid change in SMBIOS structure data occurs over AC power cycles # Incorrect status displayed in current usage of system slots information - RAS: # No usable memory causes system to reset and execute POST repeatedly # Incorrect slot number for SAS/SATA RAID riser-card - Setup: # Initial display of 'Adapters and UEFI Drivers' did not auto refresh # Execute Disable Bit setup menu setting had no effect # Administrative password dialog accepts 5 letter passwords # iSCSI CHAP password lenghts of 12 caused problems in the Setup browser # Incorrect Processor options display when setting power performance modes # Change Boot Order does not operate correctly # Power restore policy is not reset to default setting properly # C-states are exposed to OS when package limit is less than C-state # When enabling DIMMs, there is no prompt to save settings before exiting # Inproper message display when saving change for iMM subnet mask # System Event Log (SEL): + Unable to display a full SEL + Invalid event descriptions in SEL + Empty Extended Service Data records when injecting multi-bit memory errors into OS + SEL event log display shows incomplete BMC sensor events + Empty Event Data when front panel Video/USB cable loosened # Miscellaneous typographic errors and incorrect/misleading prompts/help text - Advanced Setup Utility (ASU): # Display of Devices and Option ROMs contained many unused entries # Advanced Setup Utility (ASU) is unable to update iSCSI.MacAddress parameter # ASU shows unsuppoted values of PackageCState - USB: # May not be able to boot a fixed disk in a USB enclosure # Miscellaneous problems when booting from legacy USB devices - pDSA: # Unable to boot when a Sandisk USB key is installed # Memory test only reports the first 256 correctable errors - Miscellaneous: # Reverse PCI slot number for riser-cards # On-board video fails during some legacy mode operations under UEFI # System had no video when booting with multiple add-in video adapters # Microsoft WLK Test Kit 1: WHEA Test failed # ACPI: + Processor C-State information was not visible # Network + When booting with iSCSI interface, system would not login to SAN unit + A PXE function could respone with a failure when there was no problem
Enhancements: - Update Intel UEFI/PIA Reference Code to version 8.6.4.P1 Thurley 1.0 - Enable early power-on support for IMM (requires future IMM update) - Improve early (PEI) video support for console messages - Improve DIMM SMBUS recovery mechanism to prevent possible bus hangs and loss of access to DIMM(s) during memory initialization. - Update SMBIOS Type 11 strings with addition descriptive text - Update memory PFA conform with internal standards - Setup: # Allow user to: + Enable/Disable legacy USB 2.0 + Enable/Disable ACPI C2 (CPU C3) state + Select PCIe Gen1/Gen2 configuration per slot (add-in options only) # Add support for controlling UEFI PCI Option ROM execution # Improve 'look and feel' - Support: # Two DIMMs/channel @ 1333 MHz (qualified DIMMs only)
Limitations: Dependencies:
Version 1.03 - BuildID: D6E128A - Suggested (Be aware to check the change history for any critical updates) ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - Boot Selection/Manager: # System hangs upon entering 'Start Options' # Boot list disappeared after deleting a WOL boot item - Power Management: # An error in power throttling tables that prevented operation at 100% power - RAS: # CRTM error messages had no useful description text # No indication of booting with a non-production signed CRTM build # Multiple error events were logged for single-bit error injected into the OS # System reported a 'Failed to boot 3 times' error when a power loss occurred after a Wake-On-Lan (WOL) boot request # System was forced to go into setup after a 'Failed to boot 3 times' error instead of booting with default values. # When an ABR condition occurred, the backup image failed to display the 'F3' option to switch back to the primary image. # System Event Log (SEL): + System hung when attempting to view SEL - Setup: # PCIeGenSelection setup menu setting had no effect # HyperThreading Enable setup menu setting had no effect # Processor C3/C6 power mode settings were coupled together incorrectly # UEFI network boot dialog did not work properly # Miscellaneous typographic errors and incorrect/misleading prompts/help text - Advanced Setup Utility (ASU): # iSCSI parameter updates from ASU failed when an IP address setting specified an invalid value. - Miscellaneous: # ACPI: + IBFT table contained erroneous information + P-States Table (PCD_) reported incorrect/invalid information to the OS # USB: + Legacy USB SMI handler caused system to hang during POST + Legacy booting of USB storage device based on Setup settings did not work + System failed to recognize and/or boot from some USB storage devices + Legacy USB devices were not always stable
Enhancements: - Setup: # Allow user to: + Select number of active cores in a CPU package (1/2/4) + Enable/disable onboard CDROM/DVD device + Enable/disable CPU prefetch setting # Improve 'look and feel' - Support: # Real Time OS (RTOS) in System Maintenance Manager (SMM) # Keyboard/mouse devices on legacy USB 2.0 controller
Limitations: Dependencies:
Version 1.02 - BuildID: D6E126A - Suggested (Be aware to check the change history for any critical updates) ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - Correct abnormalities in SOL display when running pre-boot Diagnostics - Correct errors in the display of SEL error entries # Incorrect descriptions for IPMI error entries # Display of SEL full message when SEL is not full - Errors when PXE booting with a SAS adapter card installed in the system - Missing help text for Setup IMM configuration - Correct video display problem when installing SLES 11 - Correct a problem setting Setup PackageCState option via ASU - Force reservation of SATA/IDE interrupt even if no hard drive is installed - Add RTOS table to CSM EBDA to support RTOS - Correct improper handling of an interrupt shared with an IDE device interrupt - Correct inability to set 'Physical Presence' for TPM updates
- Update the PXE TFTP_GET_FILE_SIZE API interface to return a proper size value instead of a 'load error' response - Correct a problem in which WOL boot options could not be configured - Correct inconsistent text displayed for some SEL messages - Fix an error reporting problem in which PCIe errors in some slots were not being reported. - Correct text errors in security information panel displays - Correct simultaneous display of BDS hot keys and password dialog - Correct a problem where boot order information from ASU was not being accepted - Correct a program exception which occurred during boot option configuration - Correct a CSM problem in which the network option ROM is being called with an invalid parameter
- Correct a PCI device problem where an unused base address register on a device could cause the resource allocation algorithms to fail resulting in a system hang.
- Add a setup option to allow disabling of processor execution.
Enhancements: - Update Intel CPU microcode to release 0011 - Update Intel QPI/Memory Reference Code to release 1.05 - Add setup options to support selection of system power profiles - Add setup option to allow disablement of USB 2.0 support - Add basic video support during PEI boot phase - Update memory error handling support for Pre-boot Diagnostics - Add WHEA error log support
- Improve reliability of memory configuration updates
Limitations: Dependencies:
Version 1.01 - BuildID: D6E124A - Suggested (Be aware to check the change history for any critical updates) ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - FLASH utility (iflash, lflash, wflash) problems which caused: # an error 15 when updating host system firmware to a previous level of the firmware. # the MEM and CNFG error lights to be turned on after an update - The default setup value for an iSCSI option was invalid - An SMBIOS table problem which caused the Windows HCT to fail - Interrupt routing was not valid for VMWARE 4.0 - Erroneous disablement of some DIMM's during POST. - Sub-optimal setting for chipset control parameters - USB errors when installing Windows 2003 - Errors when using SOL to view the IMM System Event Log - Legacy (CSM) iSCSI does not support all defined boot attempts - Failure to report ACPI/WHEA messages after fatal PCI errors - Errors when reading DVD media for some drive/media combinations - Long delay at splash screen during POST when iSCSI DHCP enabled - missing ACPI IBFT table entry when booting a legacy OS
Enhancements: - Enable user control of USB-EHCI enabling via ASU - Improve system security: # Lock SMRAM for updates after POST # Update settings for chipset SMRAM control registers - Improve RAS support: # Improve DIMM error handling # Automated disabled DIMM recovery # Add error messages for PCI option ROM errors # Improve IMM SEL display presentation # Enable error reporting for chipset thermal alerts - Increase available high Post Memory Manager (PMM) space - Update onboard Broadcom 5709 UEFI driver to level 4.6.35
Firmware version: 4.6.281.26 (supported on IBM System x, BladeCenter and Flex)
Problems Fixed: - CN4054 VPD is not valid during/after IMM flash - Links go down after 497 to 498 days in VMWare - Send 'link down' to switch if UE occurs on ASIC
Incremental Interoperability: - Emulex Dual Port 10GbE SFP+ VFA IIIr for IBM System x - Emulex Dual Port 10GbE SFP+ Embedded VFA IIIr for IBM System x
Known Issues: - After making changes to any options in the sub-menus under 'controller configuration' in the Emulex UEFI NIC configuration utility and escaping to the prior menu, there is no prompt to save the changes. Be sure to select 'Save' before exiting the configuration menu. Applies to some legacy rack and blade servers.
- Intermittently, when changing the multichannel mode, the system will not auto-reboot after exiting F1 UEFI setup and will continue through POST. Manually reboot the server to ensure all changes are applied. Applies to some legacy rack and blade servers.
- When using a Cisco Nexus 4001i Switch Module, intermittently the 10Gb link may come up as 1Gb link speed. An internal switch port bounce will typically establish a 10Gb link. Setting the switch port speed to fixed 10000 will also allow a guaranteed 10Gb connection. More info available in the Cisco Nexus 4001i Switch Module firmware release notes.
Firmware version: 4.6.281.21 (supported on IBM System x, BladeCenter and Flex)
Problems Fixed: - OCe10 VFA CNAs stuck in "Switch Independent Mode" - Port Identification fails on Port 1 under uEFI menu for PCIe rack VFA
Incremental Interoperability: - IBM Flex System CN4054R 10Gb Virtual Fabric Adapter - IBM Ivy Bridge CPU Based Servers
Known Issues: - After making changes to any options in the sub-menus under 'controller configuration' in the Emulex UEFI NIC configuration utility and escaping to the prior menu, there is no prompt to save the changes. Be sure to select 'Save' before exiting the configuration menu. Applies to some legacy rack and blade servers.
- Intermittently, when changing the multichannel mode, the system will not auto-reboot after exiting F1 UEFI setup and will continue through POST. Manually reboot the server to ensure all changes are applied. Applies to some legacy rack and blade servers.
- When using a Cisco Nexus 4001i Switch Module, intermittently the 10Gb link may come up as 1Gb link speed. An internal switch port bounce will typically establish a 10Gb link. Setting the switch port speed to fixed 10000 will also allow a guaranteed 10Gb connection. More info available in the Cisco Nexus 4001i Switch Module firmware release notes.
Firmware version: 4.6.281.8 (supported on IBM System x, BladeCenter and Flex)
Problems Fixed: - HW iSCSI offload is now supported in UFP Mode (UFP limited to IBM Flex) - Server may hang during boot with multichannel disabled with switch default settings. The IBM 10Gb Virtual Fabric Switch has trunking enabled and the Brocade Converged 10Gbe Switch Module has ports in "Access" mode. If the Brocade Converged 10Gbe Switch Module ports are switched to trunking mode, the hang no longer occurs. - When using Config Patterns with virtual MACs the bandwidth settings are are intermittently reset after some number of server reboots.
Incremental Interoperability: - IBM Flex System Fabric SI4093 System Interconnect Module - IBM Flex System EN6131 40Gb Ethernet Switch - IBM Flex System x222 10Gb Virtual Fabric LOM - SLES 11.3 on IBM System x and BladeCenter - Complete NIC/iSCSI/FCoE support for ASU/Config Patterns for Flex and ASU for IBM System x & BladeCenter
Known Issues: - After making changes to any options in the sub-menus under 'controller configuration' in the Emulex UEFI NIC configuration utility and escaping to the prior menu, there is no prompt to save the changes. Be sure to select 'Save' before exiting the configuration menu. Applies to some legacy rack and blade servers.
- Intermittently, when changing the multichannel mode, the system will not auto-reboot after exiting F1 UEFI setup and will continue through POST. Manually reboot the server to ensure all changes are applied. Applies to some legacy rack and blade servers.
- When using a Cisco Nexus 4001i Switch Module, intermittently the 10Gb link may come up as 1Gb link speed. An internal switch port bounce will typically establish a 10Gb link. Setting the switch port speed to fixed 10000 will also allow a guaranteed 10Gb connection. More info available in the Cisco Nexus 4001i Switch Module firmware release notes.
Firmware version: 4.6.166.9 (supported on IBM System x & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed: - When connected to Cisco Nexus 4k and 5k switches, the virtual link may not recover on a switch port bounce (shut/no shut) in an ESXi environment. A switch port re-bounce will recover the link.
- When connected to Cisco Nexus 4k and 5k switches, OneCommand Manager reports CRC's and there is poor network performance in an ESXi environment
- In some cases of heavy traffic or broadcast storm, users can experience a loss of ethernet connectivity or PSOD (ESXi)
Incremental Interoperability: - ASU/Config Pattern configuration for iSCSI and FCoE (BE3) - UFP for iSCSI (BE3) - Support for using 10Gb ports with legacy 1Gb switches installed in a BladeCenter-S chassis or MSIM/MSIM-T expansion units in a BladeCenter-H or -HT chassis - Update Express System Packs now support Linux errata kernels - ESXi 5.1
Known Issues: - After making changes to any options in the sub-menus under 'controller configuration' in the Emulex UEFI NIC configuration utility and escaping to the prior menu, there is no prompt to save the changes. Be sure to select 'Save' before exiting the configuration menu. Applies to some legacy rack and blade servers.
- Intermittently, when changing the multichannel mode, the system will not auto-reboot after exiting F1 UEFI setup and will continue through POST. Manually reboot the server to ensure all changes are applied. Applies to some legacy rack and blade servers.
- Server may hang during boot with multichannel disabled with switch default settings. The IBM 10Gb Virtual Fabric Switch has trunking enabled and the Brocade Converged 10Gbe Switch Module has ports in "Access" mode. If the Brocade Converged 10Gbe Switch Module ports are switched to trunking mode, the hang no longer occurs.
- When using a Cisco Nexus 4001i Switch Module, intermittently the 10Gb link may come up as 1Gb link speed. An internal switch port bounce will typically establish a 10Gb link. Setting the switch port speed to fixed 10000 will also allow a guaranteed 10Gb connection. More info available in the Cisco Nexus 4001i Switch Module firmware release notes.
Firmware Version: 4.4.180.3 (Previously supported on IBM Flex)
Problems Fixed:
- 10Gb ports intermittenly linking at 1Gb speed with the IBM Flex System Fabric EN4093/EN4093R 10Gb Scalable Switch. - Switch Configuration after an erase configuration is not reflected after reboot - 'Logical Admin Link' not enabled after applying BOFM in Switch Agnostic mode - IBM pre-boot Diagnostics NIC physical loopback test fails in Command and GUI mode - Multiple cosmetic issues with iSCSI UEFI BIOS - 10Gb ports do not detect 'Link Down' with some switches - When adding an iSCSI hardware target in UEFI through discovery login, the boot target setting is ignored.
Interoperability since previous release:
- UEFI 2.3.1 Compliance - Increased VF count in SR-IOV (was 16 VFs per port, is now 32 VFs per port) - Support for next generation 10GbaseT PHY - Expose IBM Feature On Demand licensing information in UEFI configuration utility - IBM Universal Configuration Manager for Ethernet - IBM Unified Fabric Protocol - Ability to assign Switch Agnostic VLAN IDs without intermediate reboot - Changes to Personality or Multichannel in PXESelect allows further changes to be made w/o reboot - Support for IBM Flex System Fabric CN4093 10Gb Converged Scalable Switch
Known Issues:
- HW iSCSI offload is not currently supported in UFP mode
Firmware Version: 4.1.422.8 (Previously supported on IBM Flex)
Problems Fixed:
- PHY Loopback fails on 10G ports - RH 6.2 and W2k8 servers crashed after shut/no shut the switch port with FCoE connection and 50 vlans configured - DSA: NIC physical loopback test fails in Command and GUI mode - Firmware update fails to update all VPD Code Level fields - DCBX does not converge with FW 4.1.422 on Cicso 5k.
Interoperability Since Previous Release:
- Support for IBM Flex System x440 10Gb Virtual Fabric LOM
Firmware Version: 4.1.422.0 (Previously supported on IBM Flex)
Problems Fixed:
- SR IOV: Unable to ping IPV6 from DUT VF to Peer VF - Reading VPD from BE3 timesout making SR IOV fail in newer kernels - 1Gb devices are being suppressed by kernel during the PCI probe in SLES11 SP2 - MAC Loopback fails when Mgmt Adapter Creation fails - Failure of MAC loopback test after firmware update and warm reboot - Suppress efat dump mailbox commands in the efat dump log - Running ethtool with BE3 takes longer than expected after cable pull - Out of Order CQEs - TRACE_LOG function not printing the messages for some of the VF's - esx4/5 issue. svc target cannot be configured properly - RSCN is not generated by switch when a driver restarts - Port Link stays up even after switch removed
Interoperability Since Previous Release:
- Support for IBM Flex System EN4054 4-port 10Gb Ethernet Adapter - Support for IBM Flex System CN4054 10Gb Virtual Fabric Adapter - Support for IBM Flex System x240 10Gb Virtual Fabric LOM - Support for IBM Flex System Manager 10Gb Virtual Fabric LOM
Firmware Version: 4.2.433.3 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed:
- Intermittent link status with IBM Virtual Fabric Switch when set to IBM Virtual Fabric Mode - The option to enable/disable SRIOV on HS23 LOM Port 0 is missing from OneCommand Manager. This selection is available in UEFI F1 setup. - Under high network stress, NMI errors can be seen with x3690 X5 and x3850 X5 - 10GbE ports running at 1GbE speed 10% below wirespeed at certain block sizes. - Unable to perform PXE boot with LPVID assigned to vNIC interface - 1Gb ports of HS23 do not handle tagging properly if multichannel mode enabled (pnic ok). Note: ESX driver patch also required. - Port flapping link after FW upgrade and "reboot" when connected to 10Gb PTM module (DAC)
Interoperability Since Previous Release:
- Support for Emulex Virtual Fabric Adapter Advanced (BE2) for IBM BladeCenter - Support for Emulex Virtual Fabric Adapter (BE2) for IBM BladeCenter - Support for Emulex Virtual Fabric Adapter (BE2) for IBM System X
Known Issues:
- All 10Gb KX4 ports must be used with 10Gb switches. They will not link at 1Gb. This applies to HS23 LOM and IBM BladeCenter VFA adapters only. - IPv6 IP address not visible via IMM GUI for IBM Option 90Y6456
Firmware Version: 4.2.412.0 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed:
- All VFS on Port 1 on optional Card unreachable from outside the host (x3750 M4) - 'Logical Admin Link' not enabled after applying BOFM in Switch Agnostic mode - IBM pre-boot Diagnostics NIC physical loopback test fails in Command and GUI mode - Multiple cosmetic issues with iSCSI UEFI BIOS - 10Gb ports do not detect 'Link Down' with some switches - 1Gb ports on HS23 LOM not able link up with IBM ICPM (FRU part 44W4486) in BCS chassis - Performance issues with specific DAC cables and SND top of rack switch
Interoperability Since Previous Release:
- UEFI 2.3.1 Compliance - Increased VF count in SR-IOV (was 16 VFs per port, is now 32 VFs per port) - Support for next generation 10GbaseT PHY - Expose IBM Feature On Demand licensing information in UEFI configuration utility
Known Issues:
- All 10Gb ports must be used with 10Gb switches. They will not link at 1Gb. - IPv6 IP address not visible via IMM GUI for IBM Option 90Y6456 - Intermittent link status with IBM Virtual Fabric Switch when set to IBM Virtual Fabric Mode - The option to enable/disable SRIOV on HS23 LOM Port 0 is missing from OneCommand Manager. This selection is available in UEFI F1 setup.
Firmware Version: 4.1.455.6 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed:
- Fixed an issue where ASIC randomly hangs losing network connectivity when certain commands are sent from the host. Resulting behavior varies between OS's (Yellow bangs in Windows, PSOD in VMWare) - PHY Loopback fails on 10G ports - UE and hang on LOM or Robalo when powering off Janice in UEFI or PXESelect - Loopback on HS23 now functional in DSAp - DCBX does not converge with firmware on a FCoE fabric - Control C Broken on BE2 - 7 second delay in GET_CARD_ATTRIBUTES command - Emulex VF adapter FCoE link lost on VMware 5.0 - flow control set for 10G Base T phys for autonegotiation - Dynamic link update is not working with NIC UEFI driver - Remove unused definitions in UEFI NIC - Emulex driver expects that the Login Options field be zero - "map r" displays a iSCSI BLK device when no LUNs presented - "X/x Exit without save" does not work as expected - Display proper description as part of EFI Driver Model Related Information - Intermittent "Configuration changed. reset to apply it now?" - Garbled output being displayed at the LUN configuration section. - All Emulex Configuration settings get lost after a reset - Perform additional checks when no Luns are mapped to the target - CHAP name only accepts 6 to 10 characters - Hii ???iSCSI Initiator Configuration??? showing old version screen - iSCSI name is case sensitive - iSCSI HII allows user to select first 8 LUNs as bootable. - iSCSI Boot Enable/Disable option should be port specific - LUN Configuration shows LUN 0, even if no LUNs presented to initiator.
Interoperability Since Previous Release:
- Support for Emulex Virtual Fabric Adapter Advanced (CFFh, 2+2) for IBM BladeCenter
Firmware Version: 4.1.334.47 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed:
- NCSI transmit workaround for IBM - Issues with data reporting when BOFM enabled - Improved network performance throughput - Issues with IBM Management network performance - Logical link status for IBM mezz card shown as 'N/A' - Serial Over LAN fails when more than one blade installed with a single switch - Removed UEFI menu items for unsupported functions on a port - Issues with diagnositics in virtual NIC/UMC mode - Issues with MAC and PHY loopback on OneConnect devices - Several issues with FCoE on some OEM fabric switches
Interoperability Since Previous Release:
- Support for HS23 Virtual Fabric LAN on Motherboard - Support for VFA III (95Y3762, 95Y3768), 90Y6456 - Support for IBM's Features on Demand (FOD) - Formal support for SR-IOV
Firmware Version: 4.0.1062.0 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed:
- iLab Tucson - lpfc Device Resets and path failures continue after error inject. - Writes do not complete when running LIP test on BE3 port 2 - IPV6 implementations no longer experience an unrecognized routing type error. - VLAN tagging is now disabled on the OneConnect UCNA when multichannel is disabled. - UEFI/BIOS-assigned LPVIDs now function properly on the OneConnect 10102-based UCNA. - OneConnect UCNAs no longer send and receive only double-tagged packets and discard all other packets. - PHY, MAC, and External loopback tests no longer fail on all platforms. - Firmware now returns the proper OneConnect UCNA model number. - IPV6 implementations no longer experience an unrecognized routing type error. - Installing Windows 2008 or Windows 2008 R2 on remote iSCSI disks no longer causes the system to hang. - Issues no longer occur when resetting a server configured for multipathing on VMware ESX systems. - VLAN tagging is now disabled on the OneConnect UCNA when multichannel is disabled. - UEFI/BIOS-assigned LPVIDs now function properly on the OneConnect 10102-based UCNA. - OneConnect UCNAs no longer send and receive only double-tagged packets and discard all other packets. - An adapter hardware error no longer occurs when running I/O with LUNs on x86 platforms. - Changing from Convergence Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) to Chassis Internal Network (CIN) and then rebooting no longer fails to link-flap (CIN Fabric Login (FLOGI) now occurs). - PHY, MAC, and External loopback tests no longer fail on all platforms. - Firmware now returns the proper OneConnect UCNA model number. - DCB settings can now be configured. - (iSCSISelect) When enabling DHCP for an iSCSI initiator, the Emulex iSCSI Network Configuration utility now waits approximately 20 seconds to make a DHCP connection before returning control. - (FCoE BootBIOS) FCF CEE parameters for Boot from SAN configuration are now saved properly.
Interoperability Since Previous Release:
- Added support for switch-independent multichannel mode. - Added support for IBM Virtual Fabric 10Gb RackSwitch firmware 6.8.1.0. - Added support for IBM Virtual Fabric 10G Switch Module firmware 6.8.1.0. - Added support for Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) on rack systems. - Added support for iSCSI hardware offload on rack systems. - Added support for Cisco Nexus 5000-series switches.
IBM 3Gb SAS HBA v2 BIOS and Firmware Update BIOS Version 6.30.02.00, Firmware Version 1.30.10.00 and BSD Version 3.16.00.06
Adapters Supported: IBM 3Gb SAS HBA v2 (44E8700)
NOTE TO SERVICE - Reference RETAIN #N/A
NOTE: This change history is common between several of the IBM and LSI Basic or Integrated RAID SAS controllers for non-BOFM enabled, uEFI systems. Not all levels were released for all controllers.
BIOS Fixes: - Fixed an issue where the controller was hanging during initialization when an adapter was hung in reset with insufficient information to reset itself. - Fixed an issue where the SAS MPT BIOS CU reports wrong array size.
BIOS Fixes - Removed the "SAS/SATA missing" warning message when SAS and SATA arrays are present on the same controller.
Firmware Fix - Addressed issue where 6Gb SATA drives will only negotiate at 1.5Gb/s instead of 3Gb/s. - Fixed issue where SAS/SATA mixing errors will occur when the controller is setup to allow mixing of devices. - Fixed issue with large topology of SATA drives where media errors on a single drive will cause one phy to hang after IOs to other drives start to timeout. - Fixed discovery Error 0x2 in maximum topology with SATA devices, - Addressed issue where Credit would be stuck at zero until controller resets resulting in a phy becoming hung and IO failing. Only occurs with very high IO.
Fixes: - Addressed issue with SATA devices where the drive could go missing for several minutes. - Fixed issue where incorrect release of scatter gather list could cause issues with pending IO to missing devices. - Addressed issue where IOs to a host with a bad drive could fail.
Fixes: - Fixed issue where Target mode responds with incorrect WWID after ports are swapped. - Fixed issue with Incorrect/Unexpected discovery errors on RAID storage enclosures. - Fixed issue where device added events are not sent to the host on RAID storage enclosures. - Fixed issue where it is possible for a Incorrect/Duplicate Device handle to get assigned to a target that is a SSP Initiator. - Fixed problem of the boot order selection not being saved
Fixes: - Changed BIOS text to state an IS Volume creation can be 1 to 10 drives. - Fixed issue with 2TB and above drives where SAS MPT BIOS CU reports wrong array size. - Addressed an issue that will maintain Target IDs for attached devices to an enclosure if the enclosure is removed for a short time.
Fixes: - Fixed an issue where Solid State Drives (SSDs) were not seen after a link reset. - Fixed an issue where direct attached SATA drives were not reported missing after they were removed. This could result in degraded or failed volumes being reported as healthy.
Fixes: - Fixed an issue introduced by new functionality in package 2.50. The issue would cause a dual attached device to be hidden from both the direct connection and the expander connection. - Changed the behavior during drive quiescing/un-quiescing to prevent the drive metadata from being unnecessarily updated. - Fixed an issue where drives might go offline during a firmware update, due to I/O timeouts caused by the length of time needed to update the firmware. - Fixed an issue where volumes can become inactive due to the metadata on the drives getting out of synch with NVSRAM.
Fixes: - Fixed an issue where, on certain drives, it was not possible to create a RAID 0. - Fixed an issue which could cause drive ID0 to go offline. - Fixed an issue with SSD hot spares being reported as Orphaned. - Fixed an issue where hot spares could not be created when the first physical disk of a roaming IME volume is missing. - Fixed a memory leak which could occur in verification of hot spare. - Fixed several issues involving creating a volume or hot spare immediately after deleting a volume or hot spare. - Fixed various issues with hot spare reporting. - Fixed an issue where, in a multi-path environment under heavy I/O, an open timeout can cause Linux file systems to become read-only. - Fixed an issue where drives may go offline during a firmware flash under Windows. - Fixed an issue that caused a 0x7600 fault while running heavy I/O to expander attached disks. - Fixed an issue where, when a driver at a certain volume ID is roamed, the volume ID would change on the next reboot. - Fixed an issue which caused a 0x266D fault on reinsertion of a hotspare. - Fixed an issue where a volume cannot be deleted due to foreign metadata from a new drive. - Fixed an issue where a 0x8055 fault could occur upon insertion of drives with deleted metadata. - Fixed a rare issue where drives could go missing under a heavy load. - Fixed an issue where a 0x800F fault may be seen at startup on large topologies. - Fixed an issue that could cause a 0x0B83 fault when a SATA drive failed to initialize. - Fixed an issue where the LED of a critical drive would revert to the pattern for an optimal drive before the drive was truly optimal again. - Fixed an issue where a resync would resume, rather than restart, when a primary drive was removed and re-inserted. - Fixed an issue that could result in 0x6001 faults while running I/O. - Removed some extraneous error messages, which were triggered by reboots or firmware flashes, from the firmware log. - Fixed an issue which cause a 0x266D fault during volume creation. - Fixed an issue which could cause the operating system's file system to become read only in a multi-path environment.
Functionality: - Initial release for: IBM 3Gb SAS HBA v2 - Added support for EFI (Extensible Firmware Interface) based systems. - Enhanced support for SSDs (Solid State Drives). - Implemented support for single drive RAID 0. - Added a new volume status 'Sync Pending' for a volume that could be resynching, but is waiting for the first volume to complete resync. - Added ability to remove an orphaned hot spare when its associated, missing, volume is deleted. - Implemented some LED blink pattern changes to account for new hardware. - Added the ability to enable/disable data scrubbing on SSDs. - Enabled functionality to update drive firmware on disks in a degraded volume (the update must be done via the IBM Online SAS/SATA HDD Update Program, which must also contain a fix to enable this function).
Fixes: - Fixed an issue where, with dual solid state disks (SSD) installed, hard drive 0 goes defunct or disappears or a RAID 1 mirror becomes degraded. - Fixed an issue which slightly degraded performance in a Large Drive Count (LDC) configuration. - Fixed an issue where SATA drives may fail when alternate paths are removed and reinserted in a multipath configuration. - Fixed a condition which caused a 0x1904/0x1903 fault when issuing a TARGET RESET to certain SATA drives. - Fixed an issue where a 0x0800 fault occurs when an inactive or non-optimal volume is deleted. - Changed a resource allocation so that topology and other discovery related events aren't affected when other resources are heavily stressed. - Fixed an issue where, if a volume is removed, then reinserted, into a SAS topology, the volume becomes inaccessible. - Fixed an issue where discovery appears to hang due to multiple Expander Removed events sent for a single expander. - Fixed an which causes an OS not to boot if one of the hard disks in the boot volume is removed. An error similar to "Adapter LSI RAID 0/1 SAS 4P (0) was 1: Disk (0) missing after reboot". - Fixed an issue where continuous 'device added' events would be sent during discovery when a controller is attached to a topology with more end devices than are supported. - Fixed an issue that could cause I/O timeouts or 0x0900/0x1600 faults with SATA drives under heavy I/O load during any memory deallocation. - Fixed an issue where multiple WRITE BUFFER commands may cause a 0x4202 fault. - Fixed an issue where a 0x1904/0x1903 fault may be seen when a duplicate I/O results in a double completion. - Prevented task management timeouts which occurred when the SATA engine was involved with multiple error handling. - Fixed an issue that could cause the Initiator Command queue to become corrupt, resulting in a 0x6001 fault. - Fixed an issue where some error information was lost during Record Not Found media errors. - Fixed an issue with the reporting/retrieval of some LDC statistics. - Fixed an issue which may cause firmware initialization failure when many (more than 50) SATA targets are attached. - Fixed an issue which, in rare cases, could cause a 0x266D fault. - Fixed an issue which could cause a 0x1904 fault when issuing task management requests during heavy IO. - Fixed an issue that caused a break of the MPI spec in a scenario where an end device fails SATA initialization or an expander is out of routing table entries. - Fixed an issue where a virtual PHY is counted multiple times, resulting in the same Bus/Target ID being assigned to two different devices. - Fixed a stack overflow issue which could result as a 0x0900 fault or a fault code 11h during system initialization. - Enabled modification of Write Cache settings for RAID 0 volumes. - Fixed an issue which caused an "Insufficient Resources" response for an MPT RAID Passthrough command. - Fixed an issue where SMP requests are sent through the SMP passthrough, a 0x4203 fault occurs. - Fixed an issue where drives with SMART errors are not detected as volume members. - Prevented a false "Device Not Responding" event during discovery under heavy I/O. - Fixed an issue where an Activity LED would erroneously blink when a raw hard drive was added to a previously occupied slot. - Fixed an issue which could result in media errors at 51% rebuild point when a hot spare is present. - Fixed I/O timeouts and/or invalid SAS Expander Page #0 content which could occur if a bad link caused rapid linkup/linkdown states on a drive. - Fixed an issue which could result in a 0xBADn fault (where n is the PHY number) after a HARD RESET primitive is received. - Corrected an issue where the swap out status of a drive is always set to 0, rather than to a meaningful value. - Fixed an issue where, if a card enters fail-safe mode due to unreadable or unreachable settings, a fault 0x0700 was seen and the card would never enter READY state. - Fixed an issue where a hotspare which was created through the BIOS would not be correctly reported until after a reboot. - Corrected an issue where media errors would cause unnecessary device resets. - Fixed an issue where, if a disk is hot swapped with an incompatible disk, the new disk would incorrectly be assigned the volume ID as its target ID. - Prevented multiple paths from being returned unless multipathing is specifically enabled in NVDATA. - Fixed an issue which results in a 0x6014 fault during discovery in complex topologies. - Corrected an issue where pulling a drive in a volume would caused a 0x801F fault. - Fixed an issue where a 0x6002 fault is encountered in LDC topologies. - Ensured the MPI_EVENT_IR2_RC_PD_REMOVED event is properly reported when a foreign disk is removed. - Fixed an issue which could result in a 0x0800 fault under heavy I/O. - Corrected an issue which results in 0x4E01 fault when processing multiple simultaneous NCQ errors. - Fixed an issue where, if four or more drives are configured as any mix of volumes or hot spares, when you delete the volume, the associated hot spare(s) are correctly deleted, but the physical drives don't reappear in BIOS until after a reboot. - Fixed an issue where, if the same LUN is issued two active resets, the second reset could be completed before the first reset. - Fixed an issue which causes SATA initialization failure if a WRITE command is processed concurrently with a RESET command. The volume would then change to a FAILED state. - Ensured that metadata size is automatically detected by the firmware. - Fixed an issue where the BIOS stops responding if a rebuilding hard drive is removed. - Fixed an issue where 0x7600 faults were encountered when running heavy I/O to cascaded x12 expanders. - Fixed an issue where, with a 1078 chip, a 0x266D fault may occur when hot spare is reinserted. - Corrected an issue where SAS or SATA drives may be reported missing after a target reset to an end device. - Fixed an issue where, if the drive at the volume ID slot is roamed, the volume ID might change on the next reboot. - Fixed an issue where there is a very low probability of experiencing data corruption while under very heavy I/O stress. - Reworked the firmware download function into an asynchronous operation to allow I/O to continue during the process. - Fixed an issue where a direct-attached SEP device will not be assigned an ID or handle which will prevent communication with the device. - Fixed an issue where a direct-attached SEP will be incorrectly assigned TargetID 0.
Functionality: - Implemented various changes to the LED blink pattern for SGPIO. - New functionality to ensure that, if a dual-ported device is connected via both direct and expander attached connections, only the direct connection is hidden when the HideNonzeroAttachedPhyIdentifiers bit is set.
Functionality: - Initial release for: IBM ServeRAID BR10i SAS controller ibm_fw_mptsas_3g-sashba-2_75_windows_32-64_chg
Converged Network Adapter STOR Miniport Driver for Windows Release Notes October 09, 2013
QLogic Corporation All rights reserved
Table of Contents
1. Version 2. Changes 3. Bug Fixes 4. Known Issues 5. History 6. Additional Information 7. Firmware Details 8. Trademarks 9. Notices 10. Contacting Support
1. Version
These release notes describe the changes, fixes, known issues, and release details that apply to the QLogic Converged Network Adapter miniport driver, version 9.1.11.12.
The Converged Network Adapter is supported with the following Microsoft Windows platforms:
* Windows Server 2008 * Windows Server 2008 Core * Windows Server 2008 SP2 * Windows Server 2008 SP2 Core * Windows Server 2008 R2 * Windows Server 2008 R2 Core * Windows Server 2012 * Windows Server 2012 R2
2. Changes
The following changes have been made to the Converged Network Adapter STOR miniport driver.
* Let NIC driver perform reset if NIC driver is present
3. Bug Fixes
The following fixes have been made to the Converged Network Adapter STOR miniport driver.
* ER89373 - FCoE driver stuck in DPC for too long causing assertion during peghalt testing * ER86864 - Updating Qlogic Firmware gives Read only Filesystem Error
4. Known Issues
None.
5. History
5.1 Version 9.1.9.38 - 01/04/12 ------------------
* Addressed issue related to peg halt tests.
5.2 Version 9.1.9.37 - 10/16/11 ------------------
* ER85860 - System unresponsive after FW hang * API version 1.28.0.90 (QLSDM)
5.3 Version 9.1.9.36 - 09/28/11 ------------------
* Log halt events and event 800267xy for ipe * Default to disable minidump * Improved sem5 polling for reset * ER83352 - QCC CLI hung after making personality change on QLE8242 * Cleaned up accumulated io completion properly when link down occurs * ER82074 - CNA 81xx can not load the driver after hot plug in OEM system * ER84718 - Assertion failures and system hang when peg halt is done in loop with NIC and FCoE driver running. * API version 1.28.0.90 (QLSDM)
5.4 Version 9.1.9.19 - 05/11/11 ------------------
* Added support and retry logic code to track down io failure during link down.
5.5 Version 9.1.9.18 - 03/01/11 ------------------
* Made compatible with OEM DSM that handles only path failure by deferring io error when link/port down timeout exceeds.
5.6 Version 9.1.9.17 - 02/14/11 ------------------
* Added new cold reset when loaded before nic driver during IBFT. * Synchronized vp's rscn handling with vp 0.
5.7 Version 9.1.9.16 - 02/01/11 ------------------
* ER78315 - Target discovery not completed within port down timeout would cause driver to logout the first discovered target. * ER78316 - Target discovery was initiated prior to firmware ready. * ER78827 - The firmware version in QCC is not updated correctly after flashing using NIC interface. * API version 1.28.0.83 (QLSDM) * Firmware v5.04.04
5.8 Version 9.1.9.15 - 10/01/10 ------------------
* Added support for the 82xx family of Converged Network Adapters * API version 1.28.0.80 (QLSDM) * Firmware v5.04.01
5.9 Version 9.1.8.27 - 05/18/10 ------------------
* ER71241 - Degraded write performance with large file and Windows Server 2008 R2 file system * API version 1.28.0.73 (QLSDM) * Firmware v5.03.02
5.10 Version 9.1.8.26 - 03/18/10 ------------------
* Added LR Converged Network Adapter Adapter support (QLE81xx) * Updated embedded firmware to v5.3.2 (QLE8042) * Addressed virtual link down issue reported by HDS (ER68836) * API version 1.28.0.73 (QLSDM) * Firmware v5.03.02
5.11 Version 9.1.8.19 - 12/11/09 ------------------
* System freezes after active BNT CEE switch is rebooted * Adapter management utility fails to delete Virtual ports * API version 1.28.0.73 (QLSDM) * Firmware v5.02.01
5.12 Version 9.1.8.17 - 05/21/09 ------------------
* API version 1.28.0.73 (QLSDM) * Firmware v5.01.03
6. Additional Information
None.
7. Firmware Information
Firmware is resident on the adapter, for Converged Network Adapters.
8. Trademarks
Accelera, Accelerating Cluster Performance, FastFabric, InfiniCon Systems, InfiniNIC, InfiniPath, InfiniView, Intelligent NIC, Networking University, NetXen, QLogic, the QLogic logo, ReadyPath, SANdoctor, SANsurfer, and SilverStorm are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. To the extent a name or logo does not appear on this list does not constitute a waiver of any and all intellectual property rights that QLogic Corporation or its subsidiaries has established in any of its product, feature, or service names or logos. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
9. Notices
Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
10. Contacting Support
Please feel free to contact your QLogic approved reseller or QLogic Technical Support at any phase of integration for assistance. QLogic Technical Support can be reached by the following methods:
(c) Copyright 2012. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic, the QLogic logo, and the Powered by QLogic logo are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. qlgc_dd_fc_cna-9_1_11_12_windows_32-64_chg
=============================================================================== Emulex 16GB FC Firmware Package ===============================================================================
Firmware Version: 1.1.43.3 (Release for IBM System x)
Incremental Interoperability: - VPD-W for Lancer
Problems Fixed: - Emulex FC Adapter does not auto-enable SAN boot mode when boot target configuration is made via IFM
Firmware Version: 1.1.21.9 (Previous release for IBM Rack)
Incremental Interoperability: - IBM Server machine types. Refer to IBM ServerProven for specifics
Problems Fixed: - Fixed FCP_CONF handling bug - No SRR sent after drop write data frame, I/O fails - Adapter does not invoke recovery after dropped read data frame - I/O throughput performance improvements - Link failover when connected to FC Tape - Cosmetic: Cleaned up miscellaneous error handling messages in debug log files - If a new device comes online and attempts to acquire an AL_PA after the link has already come up, the FC link appears to hang until the cable is pulled - Cleaned up link negotiation at 4GB/8GB/16GB speeds with specific switches
=============================================================================== Emulex FC Device Driver for Windows ===============================================================================
Driver version: 2.74.016.001 (supported on IBM System x, BladeCenter and Flex)
Problems Fixed: - Cleaned up a variety of corner case issues to avoid BSODs - Fixed IOCTL encounter bug-chk on BE3 during NPIV tests - Fixed reporting incorrect error code when creating vport on a switch without NPIV supported - Updated the default model name for 16G HBAs
Driver version: 2.74.009.001 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX, BladeCenter & Flex)
Problems Fixed: - Clean up non-critical legacy FC and uCNA incompatibilities - LUN masking doesn't persist after reboot - Emulex GUI crashes when closing a running Upgrade utility and re-open it in 802.3 configuration with IP or MAC - Several bugs related to creation or deletion of vports
Incremental Interoperability: - Windows 2012 - Improved debug capabilities - Tighter integration with MS Windows Design Kit
Driver version 2.70.018 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX, BladeCenter & Flex)
Problems Fixed:
- Fixed sending ABTS continuously to Flogi issue - Fixed reset and link bounce issues for SLI4 FC public loop - Added support for ABTS timeout handling for both SLI3 and SLI4 - Fixed loopback test incorrectly dropping the loopback frame in SLI4 - Fixed exchange management issue in SLI4 CT receive path causing array overflow - Fixed firmware version update issue following download in link up state - Fixed problem in init_vfi completion handler that stalled fabric login on BE FCoE FW - Fixed problem that caused OCM ELS Echo Test to fail - Fixed the loopback test issue in recovering from error condition - Add persistent link down support for SLI4 FC - Fix DFC_IssueDumpMBox to manage request type 3 which includes link select option - Modified reinitialization sequence following reset to fix discovery failure post type 1 or type 3 reset - Fixed new firmware dump issue
Summary ======= - Gold Release Update for the Broadcom 16.4 project.
Caveats ======= - tg3 final pass testing is not complete yet. Estimated completion is March 10, 2014. - The AIM was not tested in EFI due to no available tool. 70995 - Agentless Upgrade for Mustang and Kestrel LOM support is included in this release but that functionality is untested by PQA. For Mustang adapter this new UEFI requires IMFW 1.08 release to be present to operate correctly
Highlights ========== 71959 - Agentless Phase 1 support for Mustang mezz and Kestrel LOM. 54220 - 5719 Silent Data Corruption Errata for 5719 addressed completely for VMware. 72462 - Potential Windows bugcheck due to BASP spinlock deadlock. 71966 – IBM customer PMR 87165,070,724 - NIC link down on AngelShark with W2K8R2. 68994 - Remote KVM lost connection while running the power cycle stress tested on IBM JinHu system 70795 - XB191768 - IMM VLAN function can work on early post time and OS.
Operating System coverage: ========================== Windows 2008 R2 Windows 2012 Windows 2012 R2 RHEL 5.10 RHEL 5.9 RHEL 6.4 SUSE 10.4 SUSE 11.2 SUSE 11.3 Solaris 10 (U11) Solaris 11 (U1) VMware ESX 5.0/5.1 (IOVP submitted) VMware ESX 5.5 Citrix XenServer 6.1.0 Citrix XenServer 6.2.0
Contents of the CD ================== **** Release Version Information Table ****
Product Version Previous Release
Win Srv 2008/12 x64 16.4.0.2a* << 16.4.0.1a* Win Srv 2008/12 x86 16.4.0.2a* << 16.4.0.1a* BASP Windows 2008/12 ia32 1.6.14* 1.6.14* BASP Windows 2008/12 x64 1.6.14* 1.6.14* Dos Ndis2 NX1 16.2.0 16.2.0 EFI Undi 16.4.10* << 16.4.7 iSCSI Boot 7.10.3 << 7.8.75 Linux Tg3 3.136e << 3.134f PXE NX1 16.4.3 << 16.4.1 Solaris NX1 (bge) 16.2.2 16.2.2 ASF 2.0 Firmware 8.17 8.17 Bootcode for 5714 3.30 3.30 Bootcode for 5714s 3.30 3.30 Bootcode for 5715 3.30 3.30 Bootcode for 5715s 3.30 3.30 Bootcode for 5717 1.59 1.59 Bootcode for 5717C0 2.04 2.04 Bootcode for 5718 1.59 1.59 Bootcode for 5719 1.37 1.37 Bootcode for 5720 1.33 1.33 NCSI Firmware NX1 1.2.42 1.2.42 IPMI Firmware for 5704c 2.50 2.50 IPMI Firmware for 5714,5715,5780 6.24 6.24 IPMI Firmware for 5721 6.25 6.25 IPMI Firmware for 5722 6.03 6.03 UMP Firmware 5714,5715,5780 1.2.2 1.2.2 APE Firmware (imfw) 1.07 1.07 ASF IPMon Linux 7.1.4 7.1.4 BACS 16.4.3 << 16.3.6 BACS Command Line Interface 16.4.3 << 16.3.6 BACS for Linux 16.4.3 << 16.3.6 BMAPI 7.30.20 << 7.30.18 CABW32 6.2.1 6.2.1 Check Firmware 1.29 1.29 CIM for Windows 16.0.16 << 16.0.12 CCM 7.10.5 << 7.8.21 CMPI provider for Windows 2.4.4 2.4.4 CMPI provider for Linux 2.5.11 << 2.5.3 CMPI provider for Linux (ppc) 2.4.3 2.4.3 CMPI provider for VMWare 2.5.11 << 2.5.2 Dos Diagnostic NX1 16.4.12 << 16.4.03 EFI Diagnostic 16.4.12 << 16.4.03 Firmware Upgrade Linux NX1 2.6.5 << 2.6.4 Firmware Upgrade Linux NX1 (ppc) 2.5.1 2.5.1 Firmware Upgrade Windows NX1 7.6.7 << 7.6.4 Linux Bmapi 6.23.6 << 6.23.5 Linux Diagnostic NX1 16.4.04 << 16.4.02 PC Doctor 15.33f 15.33f SNMP-Basp 7.1.7 7.1.7 SNMP-Extensible-Agent 7.1.7 7.1.7 Windows Unattended Install 1.09 1.09 570x Driver Installer 16.4.4.1 << 16.4.3.1 BACS Installer 32/64 bit 16.4.9.2 << 16.4.9.1 HTML User Guide INGSRV164-CDUM101-R INGSRV164-CDUM101-R
Note: An asterisk (*) following a version number represents a certified driver. Arrows (<<) between versions indicate the component has been updated from the previous released software kit.
Third-party trademarks and copyrights are the property of their respective owners.
Broadcom, Broadcom Advanced Server Program, Broadcom Advanced Server Control Suite, and Smart Load Balance are registered trademarks of Broadcom Corporation.
Summary ======= - Gold Release for the Broadcom T7.10 project.
Highlights ========== - CQ72462 - Potential Windows bugcheck due to BASP spinlock deadlock. - CQ72483 - System hangs or continually reboots with SoleRunner using T7.8 UEFI firmware. - CQ68020 - Add support for FCoE boot over UEFI. - CQ71757 - Only mark in the consumed table entries for those items that are enabled - CQ71758 - Put WWN pushed by IFM to the actual VF where FCoE is enabled. - CQ71189 - Add new command to ediag to support external I2C NVRAM
New UEFI SAN boot Known Limitations =================================== UEFI SAN boot is only supported on the root ports of the device. In pNIC mode this is not a problem but in vNIC2 mode that means the FCoE offload function under the OS HAS to be enabled on the PF0 or 1 vNIC port otherwise the hand off to the kernel will not happen correctly. UEFI FCoE BFS is in test for full support with the following operating systems: Windows 2008 R2 (SP1) x64 Windows 2012 x64 Windows 2012 R2 x64 SLES 11 SP2 SLES 11 SP3 UEFI FCoE BFS is in test for support with major caveats on the following operating systems: RHEL6.4 (boot time failover will not work) RHEL6.5 (boot time failover will not work) In MPIO configurations, RHEL6.[345] systems cannot tolerate failed paths during system boot. One specific interface must be online for boot to proceed (namely the last one specified for FCoE on the kernel command line). For example, the kernel command line dictates FCoE on eth1,eth2,eth3,eth4. If eth4 is down, the system will fail to boot. This issue is being addressed for future RHEL releases. Once the system is fully booted, any single path can go down, and multipathed will sustain failover. The following operating systems do not presently support UEFI FCoE BFS, efforts are underway to introduce this support in future versions of ESX. ESXi 5.0 (all updates) ESXi 5.1 U2 and below ESXi 5.5 GA UEFI FCoE BFS is not supported with any 32 bit OS
Caveats ======= - The following enhancement requests are not supported in this SW kit: -> CQ68018: Default to VLAN 1002 if VLAN discovery fails - FoD : FoD ready, but no FoD functions are supported at this time - Tundra : Limited to 2x10G mode operation. No 4x10G, nor 2x20G operation - VMware SRIOV support is limited to ESX 5.5 and above, and not supported on ESX 5.1 or prior. - HyperV : No Windows2012-inbox driver support in VM/Guest-OS - Storage support in T7.10 limited to 'Tundra'. - CQ70995 - Agentless Phase 1 Support "(Tundra only)" Included here on the T7.10 Gold Kit, but now shown by IBM testing to be non-functional. Will be addressed in T7.10A
Legacy ====== - E1 (57710/57711) devices are no longer supported by the 7.4 or later PXE. PXE updates on E1 devices must use 7.2.x based PXE or earlier (provided with this kit). - Windows 2003 support was discontinued as of the T7.0 program. - preventing driver install in W2K3 environment - preventing enumeration of iSCSI HBA in W2K3 environment - F6 kit is removed (no iSCSI boot over L4 path into W2K3)
Prerequisite ============ - FCoE is only supported using MFW - FCoE and iSCSI are only available in the presence of valid licenses in NVRAM - DCB/DCBX is required for FCoE. Please set NVRAM flag option #105 via Hii menu - There is no FCoE support for 10GbaseT designs
Known problems: =============== - CQ71356: Intermittent PCI-e link (GEN3) lock failure on repeated reboots - CQ71060: BACS unable to change resource reservations on NPar functions.
3rd party issues ================ - While performing shut/no shut on the switch port, it was observed that all initiators and targets were logged out from the FCoE database of FCF enabled VLAN by CN4093 switch. - After switch reboot, sometimes initiator and targets are logged out from the FCoE database of FCF enabled VLAN by CN4093 switch. Switch reboot is required to recover from this state. - In some cases, the “Application Protocol State Machine Status” for CN4093 switch port shows “Enable Operational” and “Enable Peer” status as “Disabled” for priority 3 resulting in inability to run the traffic with priority tag of “3”. This seems to be a switch issue which needs further investigation. - The “Default Port VLAN ID” of the CN4093 switch port connecting to the Broadcom FCoE initiator must be configured as “1” for switch to respond to VLAN Request. When the PVID of the switch port is configured as any value other than 1 then switch does not respond to the VLAN Request and initiator will not be able to login to the fabric.
Testing Information =================== - VMWare CMPI is NOT being tested by Broadcom PQA. - HW: -> External PHY Firmware versions for 10G Devices - 8727 : v4.06 - 8073 : v2.09 - Solarflare: v2.00 - 84833B1 : v1.52 (0x0134) - This package is provided with Storage at the committed Beta-1 level with very minimal Broadcom testing at this time - Tested with V7000 Flex storage node, DS3524, IBM XIV, DS8870 storage system and TS3310 Tape Library. Basic operation and light error injection only. - Topologies tested: IBM CN4093 in NPIV and IBM CN4093 Full Fabric mode were tested. Basic operation and light error injection only - Operating Systems tested: Windows 2012, ESX 5.1 and 5.5, RHEL6.4 and SLES11 SP3. No other operating systems tested at this time. - Compute Nodes tested: x240, x220, x440. Light testing only. - No FCoE boot support provided in this release - IBM blade BIOS/MP needs to updated to a minimum version B2BE122D/1AOO40E before installing Tundra adapter to prevent system from becoming unresponsive during boot.
Notables ======== - 10G MBA driver release no longer supports RPL protocol. All files with xMMBA.NIC and xMMBA.LOM are removed - iSCSI Initiator: [1] when using T6.x driver, there is *only* iSCSI Initiator support for the following Linux OS's: - RH6.0 and RH5.5 - SLES11-U1 [2] for any OS prior to RH5.4, or SLES11.0 the T5.2 driver set will need to be used. [3] Linux iSCSI VLAN tag dependent on L2 VLAN tag, must also be on same subnet [4] Linux iSCSI Path MTU not yet implemented [5] No routing support for SLES 11.3 ISCSI.
- The T6.2 based Solaris driver will support both 57711 and 57712. - The T6.2 based Solaris driver will not support Solaris10 U8, however it will support Solaris10 U9. - BASP w/ RSS enable can support a maximum of up to 4 processors - Broadcom does not recommend nor support enabling (manually) TCP Chimney Offload in Guest Operating Systems (GOS) running in Hyper-V on Windows Server 2008 R2 - The default Flow Control setting in the Linux driver for 5771x 10g Fiber devices is now set to disabled.
Disclaimer ========== - FCoE: Broadcom only officially supports the FCoE and DCB feature set on adapters that are licensed for FCoE, and for which EMC e-Labs certification is already complete or in progress. Broadcom will *not* provide field support for unqualified platforms. Please refer to the EMC e-Labs certification matrix for existing support matrix postings, or contact your Broadcom liaison to inquire about configurations currently in the qualification queue for eventual support. Exercising either FCoE or DCB on an unsupported platform may lead to unpredictable results.
Operating System coverage: ========================== Windows: - Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (SP2 and R2 w/ SP1) - Server 2008 Standard Edition (SP2 and R2 w/ SP1) - Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (SP2 and R2 w/ SP1) - Server 2008 for Embedded Systems (Base and R2 w/ SP1) - Server 2008 Web Server (SP2 and R2 w/ SP1) - Small Business Server 2011 (SBS V7) – Base - Small Business Server 2011 Essentials (Aurora) x64 - Server 2012 Enterprise Edition x64 (and R2) - Server 2012 Standard Edition x64 (and R2) - Server 2012 Datacenter Edition x64 (and R2)
Software Compatibility ====================== This release of software supports: - BCM5706 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM5706S NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM5708 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM5708S NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM5709 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM5709S NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM57710 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM57711 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM57712 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM57800 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM57810 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM57811 Netxtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM57840 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter
Contents of the CD ================== **** Release Version Information Table ****
Product Version Previous Release
Windows 2008/2012 Driver NX2 7.10.6.0* 7.10.6.0* BASP Windows 2008/2012/Vista ia32 1.6.14* 1.6.14* BASP Windows 2008/2012/Vista x64 1.6.14* 1.6.14* bxDiag 7.8.51.0a* 7.8.51.0a* Dos Ndis2 NX2 5.0.0 5.0.0 Dos Ndis2 NX2_Ev 7.8.0 7.8.0 iSCSI Boot 7.10.4 7.10.4 iSCSI Crash Dump Driver 7.10.1 7.10.1 FCoE Crash Dump Driver 7.10.2 7.10.2 Linux NetXtreme2 package 7.10.12 << 7.10.11 Linux Driver NX2 2.2.5f 2.2.5f Linux Driver NX2_Ev 1.710.10 << 1.710.09 Linux iSCSI Driver NX2 2.7.10.1b 2.7.10.1b Linux Driver CNIC 2.5.18d 2.5.18d Linux FCoE Driver NX2 2.4.2e 2.4.2e Linux uIP Driver 0.7.10.1d 0.7.10.1d PXE NX2 7.8.75 7.8.75 PXE NX2_Ev 7.10.5 7.10.5 PXE NX2_Ev (57710/57711) 7.2.29 7.2.29 Solaris NX2 7.10.1 7.10.1 Solaris NX2_Ev 7.10.3 7.10.3 UEFI Driver NX2 7.8.77 7.6.77 UEFI Driver NX2_Ev 7.10.13* 7.10.13* VBD Driver 7.8.50.0t* 7.8.50.0t* VBD Driver NX2_Ev 7.10.8* 7.10.8* Windows iSCSI Driver NX2 7.10.0.0* 7.10.0.0* FCoE Offload Driver 7.10.3.0* << 7.10.3.0 Bootcode for 5706 4.6.1 4.6.1 Bootcode for 5706s 4.6.1 4.6.1 Bootcode for 5708 7.4.0 7.4.0 Bootcode for 5708s 7.4.0 7.4.0 Bootcode for 5709 7.4.0 7.4.0 Bootcode for 5709s 7.4.0 7.4.0 Bootcode for 5716s 7.4.0 7.4.0 Bootcode for 57710 5.2.71 5.2.71 Bootcode for 57711 6.2.25 6.2.25 Bootcode for 57712 6.2.25 6.2.25 Bootcode for 57712 (MFW) 7.6.55 7.6.55 Bootcode for 578xx (MFW) 7.10.10 7.10.10 IPMI Firmware for 5708 1.06 1.06 IPMI Firmware for 5709 1.0.1 1.0.1 Ump Firmware for 5709 1.0.6 1.0.6 NCSI Firmware NX2 2.0.13 2.0.13 NCSI Firmware NX2_Ev (57710) 2.0.7 2.0.7 NCSI Firmware NX2_Ev (57711) 6.2.7 6.2.7 NCSI Firmware NX2_Ev (57712) 6.2.7 6.2.7 BACS for Windows 16.4.3 16.4.3 BACS for Linux 16.4.3 16.4.3 BACS Command Line Interface 16.4.3 16.4.3 Windows BMAPI 7.30.20 7.30.20 CABW32 6.2.1 6.2.1 CIM for Windows 16.0.16 16.0.16 CMPI provider for Windows 2.4.4 2.4.4 CMPI provider for Linux 2.5.11 2.5.11 CMPI provider for Linux (ppc) 2.4.4 2.4.4 CMPI provider for VMWare 2.5.11 2.5.11 CCM 7.10.6 7.10.6 DOS EDiag 7.10.9 7.10.9 DOS UEDiag 7.10.9 7.10.9 DOS uxDiag 7.10.2 7.10.2 Dos xdiag NX2 7.10.2 7.10.2 EFI xdiag64 7.10.2 7.10.2 UEFI EDiag 7.10.9 7.10.9 Firmware Upgrade Linux NX2 2.6.10 2.6.10 Firmware Upgrade Linux NX2 (ppc) 2.6.2 2.6.2 Firmware Upgrade Windows NX2 2.6.11 2.6.11 Linux Bmapi 6.23.6 6.23.6 Linux Bmapi (ppc) 6.22.3 6.22.3 Linux xDiag NX2 7.10.2 7.10.2 Linux eDiag NX2_Ev 7.10.9 7.10.9 PC Doctor NX2 3.7.1 3.7.1 SNMP-Basp 7.1.7 7.1.7 SNMP-Extensible-Agent 7.1.7 7.1.7 Driver Installer 32/64 Bit 16.6.1.3 << 16.6.1.2 BACS Installer 32/64 bit 16.6.2.2 16.6.2.2 UserGuide 14CSINGSRVT710-CDUM100-R 14CSINGSRVT78-CDUM100-R 84833B1 PHY fw 0x0134 0x0134
Note: An asterisk (*) following a version number represents a certified driver. Arrows (<<) between versions indicate the component has been updated from the previous released software kit.
* Third-party trademarks and copyrights are the property of their respective owners.
Broadcom, Broadcom Advanced Server Program, Broadcom Advanced Server Control Suite, and Smart Load Balance are registered trademarks of Broadcom Corporation.
********* Currently known issues and limitations with Broadcom NetXtreme drivers and devices. **********
1. BASP (the Broadcom Advanced Server Program) will appear to be bound to all adapters in the system once loaded. This binding is normal and is used only to determine compatibility with BASP. The binding is not active, as indicated by the gray background of the selection box. This pre-binding will not interfere with bindings to other software protocols.
2. The NetXtreme II drivers have two parts, the VBD driver and the NDIS Client driver. This combination of drivers can be used for WinPE installations as long as the WinPE image is built with the /PnP option. WinPE images that are booted with the -miniNT option will only load the NDIS driver so NetXtreme II network devices will not be functional in this environment. Use the -winpe option instead of the -minint option to boot WinPE when using NetXtreme II devices or use the special RIS driver contained in the distribution package in the NX2_RIS_Driver directory of the unpacked files.
3. Specifying network settings for NetXtreme II devices using the Microsoft unattended answer file does not work using the PCI Bus/Device/Function designation to specify adapters. This is due to the NDIS personality of the NetXtreme II device being a virtual device which means it does not have a physical Bus/Device/Function address. MAC address designation does work and may be used in conjunction with Bus/Device/Function for a complete solution. A program called netset.exe from Microsoft, available in the Windows 2000 Server Resource Kit, can also be used to apply network settings after the unattended install. Netset.exe uses the answer file to apply the network settings specified to the adapters in the system. See Microsoft Knowledge Base article 268781 for more information on netset.exe.
4. The first time diagnostics are run in a Windows environment on NetXtreme II devices, the diagnostic driver must be installed. Windows will either automatically install the driver, in which case, no action is required by the user, or Windows will ask to be directed to the INF file for the diagnostic driver. If you are prompted to install the driver, please direct the Windows dialog to search for the driver in the directory where the Broadcom driver package was unzipped. You may also search your hard drive for the file “bxdiag.inf.”
5. When loading drivers through the PNP (Plug and Play) method, users can occasionally end up loading the RIS drivers accidentally. Generally this occurs when a user is asked to point to the proper driver for the device, and the user selects the folder containing the RIS drivers as the driver for the device. This can result in network connections that fail to communicate across the network, as the NDIS driver will fail to bind to the devices. The most obvious way to identify the problem scenario is to open BACS and look at the network adapters displayed. Adapters that have the RIS drivers installed will be grayed out. Observing the driver loaded for the System Device portion of the Broadcom NetXtreme II devices will show that the RIS driver is loaded. Additionally, attempts to load the drivers using the installer will result in NDIS drivers displaying a yellow bang, as they’re not able to bind to the VBD driver. The easiest way to correct the problem is to run add/remove programs on all installed Broadcom devices, and then re-run the installer.
6. Windows Pre-installation Environment (WinPE for short) does not contain native support for 5708, 5709, 5716, 57710 and 57711 devices on operating systems prior to Windows Server 2008 R2. In order to “inject” driver support into Windows PE, refer to the steps provided by Microsoft at: http://support.microsoft.com/kb/923834/en-us. Broadcom 5708 Network Controller support is available as a native driver package in the Windows Server 2008 OS.
7. Network Teaming limitation with iSCSI offload: When iSCSI offload is enabled on Broadcom NetXtreme II NIC's or LOM's, only SLB teaming mode is supported. In order to create other teaming modes like 802.3ad and FEC/GEC, you will need to disable iSCSI offload. You can disable the iSCSI offload by a. launching the Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 (BACS 3). b. select the adapter you want to add to the team c. click the configurations tab, extend resource reservations. d. Uncheck iSCSI resource.
8. When iSCSI devices are installed on Windows Server 2003 or Server 2008, they will have the same friendly name. View devices "by connections" in bacs4 on for managing iSCSI devices.
9. Restoring the team configuration with static IPv6 addresses may fail. Use either DHCP addresses for team configuration, or restore the team and re-apply the IP address manually if this issue is encountered.
10. When working in BACS while being logged into W2K3 x86 with a non-administrator account, the same icon that is used for a non-teamed adapter is being displayed for a teamed adapter. This is due to the fact the non-admin account cannot query the driver due to insufficient privileges.
11. Windows Server 2008 R2 is expected to support the ability to utilize the TCP Offload Engine (TOE) on child partitions for supported Guest operating systems. However, the stack supporting this feature was not fully matured upon the completion of this Windows drivers release. As a result, we do not recommend enabling this capability with these drivers until an update to resolve these issues are released. This is now understood to be a third-party issue.
12. After upgrading to this version of the software in W2K8 we have noticed that during a team restore in bacs4 that not all of the IPv4 addresses for VLANS are restored properly. This may require that the team be recreated and saved.
13. Remote install of Windows Server 2008 R2 over non-offload path (MSFT stack) with new Broadcom adapters, e.g. 57711, which are not supported by the inbox driver will fail. The problem is due to a conflict between the inbox (boot.wim) driver not able to support the new adapters. Although the installer provides a newer driver externally during the installation, the OS reverts back to the inbox. Please refer to the workaround provided through the following link: http://attachments.wetpaintserv.us/JA9hJcVpHrEi11mJ19vYVg%3D%3D23856.
Alternatively, Microsoft’s proposed solution is to build a custom install DVD by extracting the boot.wim and overwrite the .INF and .SYS files with Broadcom’s newer driver set. Please read Microsoft’s WAIK documentation for instruction process.
Note: Remote install of Windows Server 2008 R2 over Broadcom iSCSI Offload path does not have an issue.
14. Flow control statistics (MAC Sent X-ON, MAC Sent X-OFF and MAC Rx w/ no Pause Command) are reported incorrectly within BACS for 57710 based adapters. There is no functional impact and device is working as expected.
15. Receive Side Scaling (RSS) on TCP offloaded connections require a minimum of 8 gigabytes of RAM and only works for the 64-bit version of Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2. This feature is not supported in Windows Server 2003 due to a limitation in this operating system. RSS on non-offloaded connections, however, is supported for Windows 2003 SP2 and later.
16. WoL with NPar: When using Wake on LAN (WoL) with NIC Partitioning, all of the devices that comprise a port must be shut down to cause the WoL configuration to be written to the controller during operating system shutdown. If only a single function is shut down, the WoL configuration might not be written to the controller, and the controller might not wake.
17. Editing BASP teams: There is a known problem where editing a BASP team in BACS can sometimes cause a failover to occur on another team. This is currently believed to be a Microsoft issue, and Broadcom is pursuing a fix or workaround.
18. NC-SI with IOMMU: There is a known problem using NC-SI with IOMMU enabled, that can cause link down/up under stress conditions. If this occurs, disabled IOMMU in the BIOS.
19. Legacy iSCSI boot: IBM does not support legacy iSCSI boot for Windows 2012 and beyond. This is due to Windows limiting support to UEFI boot only. Support for legacy iSCSI boot remains in the Broadcom controllers, to allow support of operating systems where this is allowed.
20. Legacy FCoE boot: IBM does not support legacy FCoE boot to any operating system. As of T7.8, this applies only to the Tundra controller in a Flex chassis, but this limitation of support will be carried forward. The only FCoE boot configuration that is allowed and supported is UEFI FCoE boot.
brcm_fw_nic_2_4_1c_windows_32-64_chg
Broadcom (R) NetXtreme II (TM) Ethernet Software CD for IBM eServer BladeCenter and System x NetXtreme II Gigabit and 10 Gigabit Ethernet products
RELEASE 7.10.6.0
(03/21/2014)
Support Overview ================
This is the drivers software release for all IBM eServer BladeCenter and System x Broadcom-based NetXtreme II Ethernet products, including both on-board Ethernet and adapter options.
The supported Broadcom (R) NetXtreme II (TM) chipsets include BCM5706, BCM5708, BCM5709, BCM57710, BCM57711, BCM57712, BCM57800 and BCM57810.
The supported adapter options include:
39Y6066 - NetXtreme II 1000 Express Ethernet Adapter
42C1780 - NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter
42C1790 - NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Adapter
44W4479 - 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card CFFh for IBM BladeCenter
44W4465 - 2/4 Port 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card CFFh for IBM BladeCenter
All Microsoft Windows device drivers are digitally signed.
WARNING:
Any x3850M2/x3950M2 server is required to be updated to at least Version 1.05 (Build A3E145A) system BIOS, or later, prior to any device driver software update.
Caveats ======= - The following enhancement requests are not supported in this SW kit: -> CQ68018: Default to VLAN 1002 if VLAN discovery fails - FoD : FoD ready, but no FoD functions are supported at this time - Tundra : Limited to 2x10G mode operation. No 4x10G, nor 2x20G operation - VMware SRIOV support is limited to ESX 5.5 and above, and not supported on ESX 5.1 or prior. - HyperV : No Windows2012-inbox driver support in VM/Guest-OS - Storage support in T7.10 limited to 'Tundra'. - CQ70995 - Agentless Phase 1 Support "(Tundra only)" Included here on the T7.10 Gold Kit, but now shown by IBM testing to be non-functional. Will be addressed in T7.10A
Legacy ====== - E1 (57710/57711) devices are no longer supported by the 7.4 or later PXE. PXE updates on E1 devices must use 7.2.x based PXE or earlier (provided with this kit). - Windows 2003 support was discontinued as of the T7.0 program. - preventing driver install in W2K3 environment - preventing enumeration of iSCSI HBA in W2K3 environment - F6 kit is removed (no iSCSI boot over L4 path into W2K3)
Prerequisite ============ - FCoE is only supported using MFW - FCoE and iSCSI are only available in the presence of valid licenses in NVRAM - DCB/DCBX is required for FCoE. Please set NVRAM flag option #105 via Hii menu - There is no FCoE support for 10GbaseT designs
Known problems: =============== - CQ71356: Intermittent PCI-e link (GEN3) lock failure on repeated reboots - CQ71060: BACS unable to change resource reservations on NPar functions.
3rd party issues ================ - While performing shut/no shut on the switch port, it was observed that all initiators and targets were logged out from the FCoE database of FCF enabled VLAN by CN4093 switch. - After switch reboot, sometimes initiator and targets are logged out from the FCoE database of FCF enabled VLAN by CN4093 switch. Switch reboot is required to recover from this state. - In some cases, the “Application Protocol State Machine Status” for CN4093 switch port shows “Enable Operational” and “Enable Peer” status as “Disabled” for priority 3 resulting in inability to run the traffic with priority tag of “3”. This seems to be a switch issue which needs further investigation. - The “Default Port VLAN ID” of the CN4093 switch port connecting to the Broadcom FCoE initiator must be configured as “1” for switch to respond to VLAN Request. When the PVID of the switch port is configured as any value other than 1 then switch does not respond to the VLAN Request and initiator will not be able to login to the fabric.
Testing Information =================== - VMWare CMPI is NOT being tested by Broadcom PQA. - HW: -> External PHY Firmware versions for 10G Devices - 8727 : v4.06 - 8073 : v2.09 - Solarflare: v2.00 - 84833B1 : v1.52 (0x0134) - This package is provided with Storage at the committed Beta-1 level with very minimal Broadcom testing at this time - Tested with V7000 Flex storage node, DS3524, IBM XIV, DS8870 storage system and TS3310 Tape Library. Basic operation and light error injection only. - Topologies tested: IBM CN4093 in NPIV and IBM CN4093 Full Fabric mode were tested. Basic operation and light error injection only - Operating Systems tested: Windows 2012, ESX 5.1 and 5.5, RHEL6.4 and SLES11 SP3. No other operating systems tested at this time. - Compute Nodes tested: x240, x220, x440. Light testing only. - No FCoE boot support provided in this release - IBM blade BIOS/MP needs to updated to a minimum version B2BE122D/1AOO40E before installing Tundra adapter to prevent system from becoming unresponsive during boot.
Notables ======== - 10G MBA driver release no longer supports RPL protocol. All files with xMMBA.NIC and xMMBA.LOM are removed - iSCSI Initiator: [1] when using T6.x driver, there is *only* iSCSI Initiator support for the following Linux OS's: - RH6.0 and RH5.5 - SLES11-U1 [2] for any OS prior to RH5.4, or SLES11.0 the T5.2 driver set will need to be used. [3] Linux iSCSI VLAN tag dependent on L2 VLAN tag, must also be on same subnet [4] Linux iSCSI Path MTU not yet implemented [5] No routing support for SLES 11.3 ISCSI.
- The T6.2 based Solaris driver will support both 57711 and 57712. - The T6.2 based Solaris driver will not support Solaris10 U8, however it will support Solaris10 U9. - BASP w/ RSS enable can support a maximum of up to 4 processors - Broadcom does not recommend nor support enabling (manually) TCP Chimney Offload in Guest Operating Systems (GOS) running in Hyper-V on Windows Server 2008 R2 - The default Flow Control setting in the Linux driver for 5771x 10g Fiber devices is now set to disabled.
Disclaimer ========== - FCoE: Broadcom only officially supports the FCoE and DCB feature set on adapters that are licensed for FCoE, and for which EMC e-Labs certification is already complete or in progress. Broadcom will *not* provide field support for unqualified platforms. Please refer to the EMC e-Labs certification matrix for existing support matrix postings, or contact your Broadcom liaison to inquire about configurations currently in the qualification queue for eventual support. Exercising either FCoE or DCB on an unsupported platform may lead to unpredictable results.
Operating System coverage: ========================== Windows: - Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (SP2 and R2 w/ SP1) - Server 2008 Standard Edition (SP2 and R2 w/ SP1) - Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (SP2 and R2 w/ SP1) - Server 2008 for Embedded Systems (Base and R2 w/ SP1) - Server 2008 Web Server (SP2 and R2 w/ SP1) - Small Business Server 2011 (SBS V7) – Base - Small Business Server 2011 Essentials (Aurora) x64 - Server 2012 Enterprise Edition x64 (and R2) - Server 2012 Standard Edition x64 (and R2) - Server 2012 Datacenter Edition x64 (and R2)
Software Compatibility ====================== This release of software supports: - BCM5706 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM5706S NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM5708 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM5708S NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM5709 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM5709S NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM57710 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM57711 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM57712 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM57800 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM57810 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM57811 Netxtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM57840 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter
Package NOTES:
(1) When updating drivers via UXSPi, the utility will prompt version number(s) of drivers loaded on system that are pertinent to the Operating System being updated. After the utility completes and drivers are updated, there may be some driver version(s) where the New Version does not match the Installed Version. This may be because the adapter corresponding to the driver is not installed. Adapters must be installed to gain proper version numbers from the utility. Please disregard version numbers that do not pertain to the adapter(s) you have installed.
(2) When extracting files from this package, Windows 2008 R2 extract to floppy may not work. This is due to change in Windows security settings, and may become a limitation.
Version history between CD T7.10.4.1 Gold release and previous CD T7.8.4.3 RC release: ================================================================================
Software CD T7.10.4.1 Previous CD T7.8.4.3 Version Version
Key Fixes & Enhancements with this T7.10.4.1 sw CD release include: =================================================================== Highlights ========== - CQ72462 - Potential Windows bugcheck due to BASP spinlock deadlock. - CQ72483 - System hangs or continually reboots with SoleRunner using T7.8 UEFI firmware. - CQ68020 - Add support for FCoE boot over UEFI. - CQ71757 - Only mark in the consumed table entries for those items that are enabled - CQ71758 - Put WWN pushed by IFM to the actual VF where FCoE is enabled. - CQ71189 - Add new command to ediag to support external I2C NVRAM
NOTES:
(1) When updating drivers via UXSPi, the utility will prompt version number(s) of drivers loaded on system that are pertinent to the Operating System being updated. After the utility completes and drivers are updated, there may be some driver version(s) where the New Version does not match the Installed Version. This may be because the adapter corresponding to the driver is not installed. Adapters must be installed to gain proper version numbers from the utility. Please disregard version numbers that do not pertain to the adapter(s) you have installed.
(2) When extracting files from this package, Windows 2008 R2 extract to floppy may not work. This is due to change in Windows security settings, and may become a limitation.
*******Currently known issues and limitations with Broadcom NetXtreme drivers and devices. ********
1. BASP (the Broadcom Advanced Server Program) will appear to be bound to all adapters in the system once loaded. This binding is normal and is used only to determine compatibility with BASP. The binding is not active, as indicated by the gray background of the selection box. This pre-binding will not interfere with bindings to other software protocols.
2. The NetXtreme II drivers have two parts, the VBD driver and the NDIS Client driver. This combination of drivers can be used for WinPE installations as long as the WinPE image is built with the /PnP option. WinPE images that are booted with the -miniNT option will only load the NDIS driver so NetXtreme II network devices will not be functional in this environment. Use the -winpe option instead of the -minint option to boot WinPE when using NetXtreme II devices or use the special RIS driver contained in the distribution package in the NX2_RIS_Driver directory of the unpacked files.
3. Specifying network settings for NetXtreme II devices using the Microsoft unattended answer file does not work using the PCI Bus/Device/Function designation to specify adapters. This is due to the NDIS personality of the NetXtreme II device being a virtual device which means it does not have a physical Bus/Device/Function address. MAC address designation does work and may be used in conjunction with Bus/Device/Function for a complete solution. A program called netset.exe from Microsoft, available in the Windows 2000 Server Resource Kit, can also be used to apply network settings after the unattended install. Netset.exe uses the answer file to apply the network settings specified to the adapters in the system. See Microsoft Knowledge Base article 268781 for more information on netset.exe.
4. The first time diagnostics are run in a Windows environment on NetXtreme II devices, the diagnostic driver must be installed. Windows will either automatically install the driver, in which case, no action is required by the user, or Windows will ask to be directed to the INF file for the diagnostic driver. If you are prompted to install the driver, please direct the Windows dialog to search for the driver in the directory where the Broadcom driver package was unzipped. You may also search your hard drive for the file “bxdiag.inf.”
5. When loading drivers through the PNP (Plug and Play) method, users can occasionally end up loading the RIS drivers accidentally. Generally this occurs when a user is asked to point to the proper driver for the device, and the user selects the folder containing the RIS drivers as the driver for the device. This can result in network connections that fail to communicate across the network, as the NDIS driver will fail to bind to the devices. The most obvious way to identify the problem scenario is to open BACS and look at the network adapters displayed. Adapters that have the RIS drivers installed will be grayed out. Observing the driver loaded for the System Device portion of the Broadcom NetXtreme II devices will show that the RIS driver is loaded. Additionally, attempts to load the drivers using the installer will result in NDIS drivers displaying a yellow bang, as they’re not able to bind to the VBD driver. The easiest way to correct the problem is to run add/remove programs on all installed Broadcom devices, and then re-run the installer.
6. Windows Pre-installation Environment (WinPE for short) does not contain native support for 5708, 5709, 5716, 57710 and 57711 devices on operating systems prior to Windows Server 2008 R2. In order to “inject” driver support into Windows PE, refer to the steps provided by Microsoft at: http://support.microsoft.com/kb/923834/en-us. Broadcom 5708 Network Controller support is available as a native driver package in the Windows Server 2008 OS.
7. Network Teaming limitation with iSCSI offload: When iSCSI offload is enabled on Broadcom NetXtreme II NIC's or LOM's, only SLB teaming mode is supported. In order to create other teaming modes like 802.3ad and FEC/GEC, you will need to disable iSCSI offload. You can disable the iSCSI offload by a. launching the Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 (BACS 3). b. select the adapter you want to add to the team c. click the configurations tab, extend resource reservations. d. Uncheck iSCSI resource.
8. When iSCSI devices are installed on Windows Server 2003 or Server 2008, they will have the same friendlyname. View devices "by connections" in BACS3 on for managing iSCSI devices.
9. Restoring the team configuration with static IPv6 addresses may fail. Use either DHCP addresses for team configuration, or restore the team and re-apply the IP address manually if this issue is encountered.
10. When working in BACS while being logged into W2K3 x86 with a non-administrator account, the same icon that is used for a non-teamed adapter is being displayed for a teamed adapter. This is due to the fact the non-admin account cannot query the driver due to insufficient privileges.
11. Windows Server 2008 R2 is expected to support the ability to utilize the TCP Offload Engine (TOE) on child partitions for supported Guest operating systems. However, the stack supporting this feature was not fully matured upon the completion of this Windows drivers release. As a result, we do not recommend enabling this capability with these drivers until an update to resolve these issues are released. This is now understood to be a third-party issue.
12. After upgrading to this version of the software in W2K8 we have noticed that during a team restore in BACS3 that not all of the IPv4 addresses for VLANS are restored properly. This may require that the team be recreated and saved.
13. Remote install of Windows Server 2008 R2 over non-offload path (MSFT stack) with new Broadcom adapters, e.g. 57711, which are not supported by the inbox driver will fail. The problem is due to a conflict between the inbox (boot.wim) driver not able to support the new adapters. Although the installer provides a newer driver externally during the installation, the OS reverts back to the inbox. Please refer to the workaround provided through the following link:http://attachments.wetpaintserv.us/JA9hJcVpHrEi11mJ19vYVg%3D%3D23856.
Alternatively, Microsoft’s proposed solution is to build a custom install DVD by extracting the boot.wim and overwrite the .INF and .SYS files with Broadcom’s newer driver set. Please read Microsoft’s WAIK documentation for instruction process.
Note: Remote install of Windows Server 2008 R2 over Broadcom iSCSI Offload path does not have an issue.
14. Flow control statistics (MAC Sent X-ON, MAC Sent X-OFF and MAC Rx w/ no Pause Command) are reported incorrectly within BACS for 57710 based adapters. There is no functional impact and device is working as expected.
15. Receive Side Scaling (RSS) on TCP offloaded connections require a minimum of 8 gigabytes of RAM and only works for the 64-bit version of Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2. This feature is not supported in Windows Server 2003 due to a limitation in this operating system. RSS on non-offloaded connections, however, is supported for Windows 2003 SP2 and later.
16. WoL with NPar: When using Wake on LAN (WoL) with NIC Partitioning, all of the devices that comprise a port must be shut down to cause the WoL configuration to be written to the controller during operating system shutdown. If only a single function is shut down, the WoL configuration might not be written to the controller, and the controller might not wake.
17. Editing BASP teams: There is a known problem where editing a BASP team in BACS can sometimes cause a failover to occur on another team. This is currently believed to be a Microsoft issue, and Broadcom is pursuing a fix or workaround.
18. NC-SI with IOMMU: There is a known problem using NC-SI with IOMMU enabled, that can cause link down/up under stress conditions. If this occurs, disabled IOMMU in the BIOS.
brcm_dd_nic_7_10_6_0_windows_32-64_chg
=============================================================================== Emulex NIC Device Driver for Windows ===============================================================================
Driver version: 4.6.203.1 (supported on IBM System x, BladeCenter and Flex)
Problems Fixed: - HyperV VM's tagged VLAN's did not get an IP Address - NIC Function Properties > Status for PCI Express Link Speed says Invalid Link Speed detected. - iSCSI ports of CNA card in ESXi 4.1u3 OCM GUI (vCenter plug in) is not getting displayed
Driver Vers: 4.4.176.2 (Previously supported on IBM Flex) Driver Vers: 4.2.390.6 (Previous Release for IBM Rack & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed: - Cleaned up inf file - TOE Offload Fails when the same neighbor is added more than once
Incremental Interoperability: - Windows 2012
Known Issues: - Switch Independent Mode not supported in a HyperV environment - Default values vary between inbox and out of box drivers. For example: Configuration section - Wake On LAN - Inbox default is ‘Disabled’ – out-of-box default is ‘Enabled’ Performance section - Maximum Number of RSS Queues - Inbox default is ‘4’ - out-of-box default is ‘8’ - Virtual Machine Queues - Inbox default is ‘Disabled’ – out-of-box default is ‘Enabled’ You may select the button to reset all driver settings to defaults after any installation.
Driver Vers: 4.1.370.0 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX, BladeCenter & Flex)
Incremental Interoperability: - Initial release for IBM Flex
Problems Fixed:
- HS23 - Sleep Stress test failed with bugcheck C4 during driver verify - TOE with RSC enabled causes Network to go down - Augmented WOL Capabilities - Driver parameter query failures - BSOD 9F during shutdown if device stops responding - RSS queues may change port during MPRestart and MPPause
Driver Vers: 4.1.334.25 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed:
- Emulex: Large Receive Offload support needed in Windows NIC driver - Win WoL: Need to report WoL based on ARM reported capabilities - update the driver strings for existing cards - RSS code may access PerMessage beyond end of array - 16 queue RSS for BE3 on Windows 2008 R2 - fix unverified mode of occfg to allow customer workarounds - 16 queue RSS lockup if SRIOV enabled in registry - Standard Property Page for 1 port Windows Azure card - Timeout RQ flush to avoid bugcheck during shutdown - Change receive buffer alignment to use Windows 2008 R2 TCPIP fast path - Emulex: BSOD - Replacing BE3 card with a BE2 card after installation of new kit driver and firmware on Win 2k3 SP2 R2x64 (vNIC enabled IBM machine) - be2nd62.inf failed ChkInf - VMQ registry keys displayed in Windows 2008 - be_function_prepare_nonembedded_ioctl overwrites version field - autoi reboot fails on Win2K8 x64 when verifier enabled - PCI ID: Updates for Endeavor 2 for IBM- PCI IDs Rev 1.22 - Emulex NIC driver causes BSoD during shutdown whenever disable firewall or join domain network - Sleep Stress test failed with bugcheck C4 during driver verify - Disable TOE by default for IBM - BSOD 9F during shutdown if device stops responding
Driver Vers: 4.0.317.0 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX & BladeCenter) elx_dd_nic_ibm1212-4_6_203_1-6_windows_32-64_chg
=============================================================================== Emulex iSCSI Device Driver for Windows ===============================================================================
Driver version: 4.6.130.0 (supported on IBM System x, BladeCenter and Flex)
Problems Fixed: - Cleaned up PCI ids in the inf file
Driver Vers: 4.1.334.0 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX, BladeCenter & Flex)
Incremental Interoperability: - Initial release for IBM Flex
Problems Fixed:
- Logout handling on boot session when multiple sessions exists to the same boot target - Add PCI ID as per Rev 1.18 for Windows iSCSI Driver - Multipath IO fails producing a BSOD - Persistent login to Max targets + 1 from WMI causes a hang - Update Nomad Device Name as per 1.19 for Windows iSCSI drivers - PCI ID: Updates for Endeavor 2 - PCI IDs Rev 1.22
- Fixed issue where the operating system's filesystem goes read only or adapter becomes non-responsive to management tools due to a resource leak in device flush path
- Addressed issue where a device timeouts may occur due to NCQ error handling did not confirm a request had completed successfully (including residual count) after a drive is removed and before using buffer contents. These contents include the failing tag, error status, and, in the case of an ECC error, a failing LBA.
- Fixed issue where the the controller may hangs due to a drive timeout during a hot drive pull.
- Fixed issue where a user may continuously pull, reinsert the drive and initiate rebuilds numerous times resulting in a read command to fail that should of completed.
ServeRAID M1000 Series SAS/SATA Controller Firmware Update
Adapters Supported: ServeRAID M1115 SAS/SATA Controller for IBM System X (81Y4448) ServeRAID M1015 SAS/SATA Controller (46M0831)
Version 20.11.1-0184 - Suggested ------------------- Fixes: - Updated SBR to avoid an errata that could cause correctable CPU errors on some systems. - Fixed an issue where NULL events may show in event log, preventing capture of controller event logs.
Version 20.11.1-0137 - Suggested ------------------- Enhancement(s): - Update recovery mode page (WriteRetryCount and recoveryTimeLimit) during discovery of a drive and during spinup recovery when sense 6/29 is received.
Fixes: - Fixed an issue where certain drives were reporting a temperature of 65 degrees Celsius. - Fixed an issue where systems with SSD HDD will pop up an error message after creating a virtual drive via HII on M1115. - Fixed an issue where the drive state is not modified when a recon virtual drive is created from the reboot path.
Version 20.10.1-0107 - Suggested ------------------- Fixes: - Fixed grammatical errors in WebBIOS. - Fixed an issue in WebBIOS Drive Group Definition screen where enclosures should not be selectable in the Drives column. - Fixed an issue in uEFI-WebBIOS where the white bars do not match up under VD properties page. - Fixed an HII browser issue where a drive performing a copyback displayed the state as "Replacing" but other utilities showed the state as copyback. - Fixed an HII browser display issue where SATA drives showed "0" for the value of RPM under drive properties. - Fixed a display issue where the HDD port number showed incorrectly in an HII browser. - Fixed an HII browser issues where creating a global hotspare gave the user an error message. - Fixed an HII browser issue when security is changed with local key management the changing security report current mode is disabled as external keu management. - Fixed an HII browser issue where the user got the following error message, "The request command has invalid arguments," when changing the security key report. - Fixed an HII browser issue where the user was unable to save the configuration after adding an extra span during array creation. - Fixed an HII browser issue where the return value was not correct when the browser called extract config with a result of null.
Version 20.10.1-0101 - Suggested ------------------- Fixes: - Fixed an issue where a system uefi error will occur when the bootTargetId is set to 0. - Fixed a problem where the firmware will allocate the sata bbl entry for the drive when moved from unsupported to supported. - Fixed a firmware issue where the TargetId for the recon LD should be set to its original LD. - Fixed a HII error message "Question Value mismatch with Option value!" after selecting factory defaults in HII. - Fixed an issue where the firmware fails to create the configuration and utilities fail to report the VD size after the reconstruction.
Version 20.10.1-0091-01 - Non-Critical ------------------- Fix - Fixed issue where update may fail to find all supported controllers.
Version 20.10.1-0091- Suggested ------------------- Enhancement: - Add support for ServeRAID M1115
Fixes: - Fixed issue where after starting a reconstruction on a RAID 0 the progress %, does not increase. - Fixed an issue where a new drive, inserted after a drive failure, goes to JBOD and not auto rebuild. - Fixed physical drive count issue that stated more than (16) devices already exists
Version 20.10.1-0069- Suggested ------------------- Enhancement: - ServeRAID M1015 Dimmer Switches are disabled by default.
Fixes: - Fixed issue where enabling security causes the configuration to be missing, and a configured FDE array to be seen as foreign on reboot. - Fixed issue where WebBIOS gives garbled message when enabing FDE on an existing Disk Group - Fixed issue where the logical Unit ID (VPD page 0x83) changed after foreign import. - Fixed issue where the LDBBM entries are incorrect after foreign import. - Fixed a problem where firmware was taking to long to complete the PCI config read. Causing the system to generate an NMI. - Fixed issue where the controller does not work with pci set to nomsi in kdump kernel. - Fixed issue where the LED behavior is incorrect, wrong drive will blink activity. - Fixed issue where the configuration becomes foreign after the firmware fails multiple attempts to access raid key during boot. - Fixed firmware issue where a replacement drive is not seen if the replacement is added during power cycle. - Fixed an intermittent RAID key failure during power-on.
Version 20.10.1-0052- Critical ------------------- Enhancement: - Add support to pass SMART errors for JBOD drives to MSM
Fixes: - Added check to return SCSI sense Check condition if PMI is set and LBA is non zero for SCSI Read Cap 16. - Fixed issue where a bluescreen occurs handling RAID 1 with HSP and medium errors. The bluescreen occurs becausethe driver timesout while fw is retrying sense 0x02. Firmware causes Fatal Error when HSP drive responded with Sense 0x02 for Write/Verify or TUR - Fixed hang condition or condition where the uEFI driver does not load due to the uEFI Driver issuing a command in poll mode to firmware to early
Version 20.10.1-0045 - Critical ------------------- Fix: - Fixed issue where firmware has incomplete writes during power fail and recovery
Version 20.10.1-0036 - Critical ------------------- Fixes: - Fixed issue where uEFI WebBIOS version may not display the product name of the second controller - Fixed issue to prevent users to downlevel firmware to older versions - Fixed an issue where firmware reports "Unexpected sense, Invalid field in CDB" for LOG SENSE command sent to Seagate drives - Fixed issue where SMART failures can take longer then 5 minutes to report or in some cases fail to report - Fixed issue where it appears to the user the harddrive cache policy is changed when requested but the change did not occur
Version 20.10.1-0022 - Critical ------------------- - Fixed issue where Windows 2008 R2 WS08 cannot be installed properly on ServeRAID M1015 SATA JBOD with a uEFI boot. - Added warning message when user tried to change more then 16 drives to JBOD. - Addressed a problem where direct attached drives are given incorrect slot numbers - Added fixes from LSI channel products. - Fixed issue where a single JBOD drive will not boot after a Windows 2008 R2 installation.
Version 20.5.1-0014 - Critical ------------------- - Addressed data issue with database applications that use overlapping read write operating. - Addressed data issue which may occur during a reconstruction on some RAID levels that have an associated CacheCade virtual drive enabled. - Fixed problem where the controller may halt if a drive has medium errors that are being used in a check consistency, patrol read, or have delayed writes.
Version 20.1.1-0059 - Critical ------------------- Fixes: - Fixed an issue where a physical drive that is changed to JBOD from powersave will become unconfigured good again - Addresses an issue where data becomes inaccessible when a drive is secured after data has been written
Version 20.1.1-0049 - Suggested ------------------- Enhancement - Support M1000 key for RAID 5 and SED support
Fixes: - Fixed an issue in M3950M3 where webbios would hang - Fixed an issue where the controller properties in WebBIOS such as Rebuild, CC and BGI are not changing when we use up and down arrow keys. - Fixed an issue where Enclosure ID's are not being shown in MSM
Version 20.1.1-0046 - Suggested ------------------- - Enabled support for the ServeRAID M1000 Series Advanced Feature Key.
Note: All Logical Drives must previously have the encryption enabled before data is written on to the SED drives. Please read Retain TIP H123152 for more details.
Version 20.1.1-0042 ------------------- - Initial release ibm_fw_sraidmr_1000-20_11_1-0184_windows_32-64_chg
IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS/SATA Controller v2 BIOS and Firmware Update BIOS Version 6.30.02.00, Firmware Version 1.30.10.00 and BSD Version 3.16.00.06
Adapters Supported: IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS/SATA Controller v2 (49Y4731)
NOTE TO SERVICE - Reference RETAIN #N/A
NOTE: This change history is common between several of the IBM and LSI Basic or Integrated RAID SAS controllers for non-BOFM enabled, uEFI systems. Not all levels were released for all controllers.
BIOS Fixes:: - Fixed an issue where the controller was hanging during initialization when an adapter was hung in reset with insufficient information to reset itself. - Fixed an issue where the SAS MPT BIOS CU reports wrong array size.
BDD Fixes - Removed the "SAS/SATA missing" warning message when SAS and SATA arrays are present on the same controller. Firmware Fix - Addressed issue where 6Gb SATA drives will only negotiate at 1.5Gb/s instead of 3Gb/s. - Fixed issue where SAS/SATA mixing errors will occur when the controller is setup to allow mixing of devices. - Fixed issue with large topology of SATA drives where media errors on a single drive will cause one phy to hang after IOs to other drives start to timeout. - Fixed discovery Error 0x2 in maximum topology with SATA devices, - Addressed issue where Credit would be stuck at zero until controller resets resulting in a phy becoming hung and IO failing. Only occurs with very high IO.
Fixes: - Addressed issue with SATA devices where the drive could go missing for several minutes. - Fixed issue where incorrect release of scatter gather list could cause issues with pending IO to missing devices. - Addressed issue where IOs to a host with a bad drive could fail.
Fixes: - Fixed issue where Target mode responds with incorrect WWID after ports are swapped. - Fixed issue with Incorrect/Unexpected discovery errors on RAID storage enclosures. - Fixed issue where device added events are not sent to the host on RAID storage enclosures. - Fixed issue where it is possible for a Incorrect/Duplicate Device handle to get assigned to a target that is a SSP Initiator. - Fixed problem of the boot order selection not being saved
Fixes: - Changed BIOS text to state an IS Volume creation can be 1 to 10 drives. - Fixed issue with 2TB and above drives where SAS MPT BIOS CU reports wrong array size. - Addressed an issue that will maintain Target IDs for attached devices to an enclosure if the enclosure is removed for a short time.
Fixes: - Fixed an issue where, after running heavy I/O to NCQ enabled SATA drives, the controller may log false data underruns for read or write I/Os. The PHY on which the I/Os were reported as underrun may eventually lock up.
Fixes: - Fixed an issue where Solid State Drives (SSDs) were not seen after a link reset. - Fixed an issue where direct attached SATA drives were not reported missing after they were removed. This could result in degraded or failed volumes being reported as healthy.
Fixes: - Fixed an issue introduced by new functionality in package 2.50. The issue would cause a dual attached device to be hidden from both the direct connection and the expander connection. - Changed the behavior during drive quiescing/un-quiescing to prevent the drive metadata from being unnecessarily updated. - Fixed an issue where drives might go offline during a firmware update, due to I/O timeouts caused by the length of time needed to update the firmware. - Fixed an issue where volumes can become inactive due to the metadata on the drives getting out of synch with NVSRAM.
Fixes: - Fixed an issue where, on certain drives, it was not possible to create a RAID 0. - Fixed an issue which could cause drive ID0 to go offline. - Fixed an issue with SSD hot spares being reported as Orphaned. - Fixed an issue where hot spares could not be created when the first physical disk of a roaming IME volume is missing. - Fixed a memory leak which could occur in verification of hot spare. - Fixed several issues involving creating a volume or hot spare immediately after deleting a volume or hot spare. - Fixed various issues with hot spare reporting. - Fixed an issue where, in a multi-path environment under heavy I/O, an open timeout can cause Linux file systems to become read-only. - Fixed an issue where drives may go offline during a firmware flash under Windows. - Fixed an issue that caused a 0x7600 fault while running heavy I/O to expander attached disks. - Fixed an issue where, when a driver at a certain volume ID is roamed, the volume ID would change on the next reboot. - Fixed an issue which caused a 0x266D fault on reinsertion of a hotspare. - Fixed an issue where a volume cannot be deleted due to foreign metadata from a new drive. - Fixed an issue where a 0x8055 fault could occur upon insertion of drives with deleted metadata. - Fixed a rare issue where drives could go missing under a heavy load. - Fixed an issue where a 0x800F fault may be seen at startup on large topologies. - Fixed an issue that could cause a 0x0B83 fault when a SATA drive failed to initialize. - Fixed an issue where the LED of a critical drive would revert to the pattern for an optimal drive before the drive was truly optimal again. - Fixed an issue where a resync would resume, rather than restart, when a primary drive was removed and re-inserted. - Fixed an issue that could result in 0x6001 faults while running I/O. - Removed some extraneous error messages, which were triggered by reboots or firmware flashes, from the firmware log. - Fixed an issue which cause a 0x266D fault during volume creation. - Fixed an issue which could cause the operating system's file system to become read only in a multi-path environment.
Functionality: - Initial release for: IBM 3Gb SAS HBA v2 - Added support for EFI (Extensible Firmware Interface) based systems. - Enhanced support for SSDs (Solid State Drives). - Implemented support for single drive RAID 0. - Added a new volume status 'Sync Pending' for a volume that could be resynching, but is waiting for the first volume to complete resync. - Added ability to remove an orphaned hot spare when its associated, missing, volume is deleted. - Implemented some LED blink pattern changes to account for new hardware. - Added the ability to enable/disable data scrubbing on SSDs. - Enabled functionality to update drive firmware on disks in a degraded volume (the update must be done via the IBM Online SAS/SATA HDD Update Program, which must also contain a fix to enable this function).
Fixes: - Fixed an issue where, with dual solid state disks (SSD) installed, hard drive 0 goes defunct or disappears or a RAID 1 mirror becomes degraded. - Fixed an issue which slightly degraded performance in a Large Drive Count (LDC) configuration. - Fixed an issue where SATA drives may fail when alternate paths are removed and reinserted in a multipath configuration. - Fixed a condition which caused a 0x1904/0x1903 fault when issuing a TARGET RESET to certain SATA drives. - Fixed an issue where a 0x0800 fault occurs when an inactive or non-optimal volume is deleted. - Changed a resource allocation so that topology and other discovery related events aren't affected when other resources are heavily stressed. - Fixed an issue where, if a volume is removed, then reinserted, into a SAS topology, the volume becomes inaccessible. - Fixed an issue where discovery appears to hang due to multiple Expander Removed events sent for a single expander. - Fixed an which causes an OS not to boot if one of the hard disks in the boot volume is removed. An error similar to "Adapter LSI RAID 0/1 SAS 4P (0) was 1: Disk (0) missing after reboot". - Fixed an issue where continuous 'device added' events would be sent during discovery when a controller is attached to a topology with more end devices than are supported. - Fixed an issue that could cause I/O timeouts or 0x0900/0x1600 faults with SATA drives under heavy I/O load during any memory deallocation. - Fixed an issue where multiple WRITE BUFFER commands may cause a 0x4202 fault. - Fixed an issue where a 0x1904/0x1903 fault may be seen when a duplicate I/O results in a double completion. - Prevented task management timeouts which occurred when the SATA engine was involved with multiple error handling. - Fixed an issue that could cause the Initiator Command queue to become corrupt, resulting in a 0x6001 fault. - Fixed an issue where some error information was lost during Record Not Found media errors. - Fixed an issue with the reporting/retrieval of some LDC statistics. - Fixed an issue which may cause firmware initialization failure when many (more than 50) SATA targets are attached. - Fixed an issue which, in rare cases, could cause a 0x266D fault. - Fixed an issue which could cause a 0x1904 fault when issuing task management requests during heavy IO. - Fixed an issue that caused a break of the MPI spec in a scenario where an end device fails SATA initialization or an expander is out of routing table entries. - Fixed an issue where a virtual PHY is counted multiple times, resulting in the same Bus/Target ID being assigned to two different devices. - Fixed a stack overflow issue which could result as a 0x0900 fault or a fault code 11h during system initialization. - Enabled modification of Write Cache settings for RAID 0 volumes. - Fixed an issue which caused an "Insufficient Resources" response for an MPT RAID Passthrough command. - Fixed an issue where SMP requests are sent through the SMP passthrough, a 0x4203 fault occurs. - Fixed an issue where drives with SMART errors are not detected as volume members. - Prevented a false "Device Not Responding" event during discovery under heavy I/O. - Fixed an issue where an Activity LED would erroneously blink when a raw hard drive was added to a previously occupied slot. - Fixed an issue which could result in media errors at 51% rebuild point when a hot spare is present. - Fixed I/O timeouts and/or invalid SAS Expander Page #0 content which could occur if a bad link caused rapid linkup/linkdown states on a drive. - Fixed an issue which could result in a 0xBADn fault (where n is the PHY number) after a HARD RESET primitive is received. - Corrected an issue where the swap out status of a drive is always set to 0, rather than to a meaningful value. - Fixed an issue where, if a card enters fail-safe mode due to unreadable or unreachable settings, a fault 0x0700 was seen and the card would never enter READY state. - Fixed an issue where a hotspare which was created through the BIOS would not be correctly reported until after a reboot. - Corrected an issue where media errors would cause unnecessary device resets. - Fixed an issue where, if a disk is hot swapped with an incompatible disk, the new disk would incorrectly be assigned the volume ID as its target ID. - Prevented multiple paths from being returned unless multipathing is specifically enabled in NVDATA. - Fixed an issue which results in a 0x6014 fault during discovery in complex topologies. - Corrected an issue where pulling a drive in a volume would caused a 0x801F fault. - Fixed an issue where a 0x6002 fault is encountered in LDC topologies. - Ensured the MPI_EVENT_IR2_RC_PD_REMOVED event is properly reported when a foreign disk is removed. - Fixed an issue which could result in a 0x0800 fault under heavy I/O. - Corrected an issue which results in 0x4E01 fault when processing multiple simultaneous NCQ errors. - Fixed an issue where, if four or more drives are configured as any mix of volumes or hot spares, when you delete the volume, the associated hot spare(s) are correctly deleted, but the physical drives don't reappear in BIOS until after a reboot. - Fixed an issue where, if the same LUN is issued two active resets, the second reset could be completed before the first reset. - Fixed an issue which causes SATA initialization failure if a WRITE command is processed concurrently with a RESET command. The volume would then change to a FAILED state. - Ensured that metadata size is automatically detected by the firmware. - Fixed an issue where the BIOS stops responding if a rebuilding hard drive is removed. - Fixed an issue where 0x7600 faults were encountered when running heavy I/O to cascaded x12 expanders. - Fixed an issue where, with a 1078 chip, a 0x266D fault may occur when hot spare is reinserted. - Corrected an issue where SAS or SATA drives may be reported missing after a target reset to an end device. - Fixed an issue where, if the drive at the volume ID slot is roamed, the volume ID might change on the next reboot. - Fixed an issue where there is a very low probability of experiencing data corruption while under very heavy I/O stress. - Reworked the firmware download function into an asynchronous operation to allow I/O to continue during the process. - Fixed an issue where a direct-attached SEP device will not be assigned an ID or handle which will prevent communication with the device. - Fixed an issue where a direct-attached SEP will be incorrectly assigned TargetID 0.
Functionality: - Implemented various changes to the LED blink pattern for SGPIO. - New functionality to ensure that, if a dual-ported device is connected via both direct and expander attached connections, only the direct connection is hidden when the HideNonzeroAttachedPhyIdentifiers bit is set.
Firmware Version: 1.1.21.9 (Previous release for IBM Rack)
Incremental Interoperability: - IBM Server machine types. Refer to IBM ServerProven for specifics
Problems Fixed: - Fixed FCP_CONF handling bug - No SRR sent after drop write data frame, I/O fails - Adapter does not invoke recovery after dropped read data frame - I/O throughput performance improvements - Link failover when connected to FC Tape - Cosmetic: Cleaned up miscellaneous error handling messages in debug log files - If a new device comes online and attempts to acquire an AL_PA after the link has already come up, the FC link appears to hang until the cable is pulled - Cleaned up link negotiation at 4GB/8GB/16GB speeds with specific switches
Firmware Version: 2.01a11 (w/ 5.12a13 Universal Boot Code) (Supported for IBM System x & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed: - Emulex FC Adapter does not auto-enable SAN boot mode when boot target configuration is made via IFM (BOFM) - Emulex FC configuration utility is in the wrong F1 setup screen - IBM CIOv adapter connected to Brocade 8 Gig FC BladeCenter switch intermittently Links up at less than 8 Gig
Firmware Version 2.01a3 (w/ 5.12a5 Universal Boot Code)
New Features
- Enhanced timeout notifications for processing abort failures.
Problems Fixed:
- All multi-abort I/Os are returned on the same ring from which the ABORT_MXRI command was received. - Changed the TRCV response in the abort state to CMD RJT to enable the TRSP to be processed. - Corrected an issue with blocked TSEND operations. - Corrected a buffer leak issue with RRQ exchanges. - Corrected an issue where the TRCV IOCB was de-queued improperly causing a XFR_RDY flood. - Corrected an issue where the OXID field was not loaded in the XRI_ABORTED IOCB. - Corrected an issue in recognizing whether an EEPROM is present.
Dependencies:
- The corresponding FC Storport device driver and OneCommand Manager Core-kit (management) will need to be installed for this package to function properly.
1. Fixed an issues booting when more than 8 ports are present in the system and fixed an adapter display issue when more than 8 ports are present in the systems 2. Fixed issues installing and booting O/Ss on ports greater than 8. 3. Fixed some boot time screen display issues.
(2) OpenBoot version 3.10a3
This version of OpenBoot supports FC-AL, Private loop, Public loop, and Fabric Point to Point. Also, it supports multi-initiators and multi-LUNs (0 through 4055)
Problems fixed, features added or other updates:
1. Unrelated to IBM
(3) EFIBoot version 4.12a12
The current EFI (Extensible Firmware Interface) Boot provides 64-bit System boot capability through the use of the EFI Shell. This EFIBoot supports EFI Specification 1.10 and EFI Source Code version 1.10.14.61.
Problems fixed, features added or other updates:
1. Only certain OEM HBAs will locate PlatformToDriverConfiguration- ProtocolGuid. Others just skip and continue processing 2. UEFI2.3 Hii Configuration Utility changes 3. HII Browser Save option does not work
1. On a port connected to a 3PAR "MBOD" cage, the test runs IO to the disk drives and issues a "controlport offline" command to offline the port while IO is running.
2. While doing target side cable pull testing with Block Guard (T10) Enabled we observed that adapter is not sending RSCN to AIX.
Dependencies: - The corresponding FC Storport device driver and OneCommand Manager Core-kit (management) will need to be installed for this package to function properly. elx_fw_fc_ibm1212-2_01a11-13_windows_32-64_chg
Multi-boot Image for 8Gb FC HBAs Release Notes version MB_3.10.8
This software license applies only to QLogic customers. QLogic Corporation. All rights reserved.
Table of Contents
1. Version 2. 8Gb BIOS 3. 8Gb EFI 4. 8Gb FCode 5. Trademarks 6. Notices 7. Contacting Support
1. Version
These release notes describe the changes, fixes, known issues, and release details that apply to the multi-boot package for 8Gb HBAs. This package is a compressed file that contains:
Kit Version 3.10.08
Q25A8310.BIN contains: ---------------- * BIOS version 3.24 * UEFI version 6.08 * Firmware version 7.02.00 FlasUtil version 1.89 VPD version 10.01a Efiutil version 3.17
1. Change History 2. Known Issues 3. Notices 4. Contacting Support
1. Change History
These release notes describe the changes, fixes, known issues, and release details that apply to the FC-FCoE BIOS version 3.24.
This section contains:
* 1.1 Version * 1.2 Changes * 1.3 Bug Fixes
1.1
Version 3.24 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.24 Beta 1 Changed Banner to display 'FCoE' for Schultz (ER110784). Added additional time to login target when called after EFI driver unloads. (ER110755,ER110855)
Version 3.23 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.23 Beta 2 Added code to handle boot LUN Greater Than 255 (ER109195).
Version 3.23 Beta 1 * Added support for Helga.
Version 3.22 * Added code to display message when 64 bit address is detected.
Version 3.21 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.21 Beta 1 * Added support for Execution Throttle for P3P (ER106372) * Added code to not display connection options for Hilda Trinity adapter. * Checked for invalid LUN in CTRL-Q scan devices.
Version 3.20 * Fixed bug in CTRL_Q utility that could cause some cosmetic display issues. * Added Hilda CLP _hss support. * Configured ISP24xx if on slot 0. * Added "QLogic" to PnP productid (ER104424) * Checked for 4G flag in NVRAM for Hilda FC.(ER104714)
Version 3.19 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.19 Beta 1 * Fixed bug with CTRL-Q Loopback Utility (ER100729).
Version 3.18 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.18 * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. * Fixed bug that could cause buffer overrun in CTRL-Q with Report Lun command (ER100294). * Added check for PCI address change when updating option card data structure.
Version 3.18 Beta 1 * Changed code to use 32 bit pointer to allocate/deallocate EBDA memory. * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum.
Version 3.17 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.17 Beta 1 * Fixed cosmetic issue in displaying data rate in CTRL-Q
Version 3.16 * Changed text for 8300 series adapter External loopback (ER98690). * Fixed display issue with CTRL-Q Diskutility(ER98727) * Fixed Lun select issue with CTRL-Q (ER98675).
Version 3.15 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.14 Beta 3 * Fixed bug in displaying selectable boot lun (ER98226) * Removed 4G data rate option for OEM adapter (ER98228) * Limited leading '0's in CTRL-Q menu (ER98389). * Set 'Aggressive Cooling' flag for OCSD. * Enabled Personality Change option.
Version 3.14 Beta 2 * Fixed issue with not restoring defaults on port 1 (ER 97619) * Fixed issue with serdes data saved incorrectly. (ER 97654) * Added code to limit Report Lun List size to 256 luns Version 3.14 Beta 1 * Added check for 0 lun count when selecting device (ER 97385) Version 3.14 * Removed 'Beta' from banner Version 3.13 Beta 17 * Disabled Personality Change option in CTRL-Q. * Fixed bug with WWNN handling for MCTP.(ER 96920) Version 3.13 Beta 16 * Added check for Set MD2 set to 0 (restore defaults) (ER96912) * Added code to reset Port Config after Internal loopback test for 8300 series adapter(FCoE). Version 3.13 Beta 15 * Added support for 16 bit lun (ER96090). Version 3.13 Beta 14 * Added support for Set MD2 CLP string. Version 3.13 Beta 13 * Added code to issue Load Flash FW (3) MB command for 8300 series adapter as part ISP start sequence. (ER 94035). Version 3.13 Beta 12 * Fixed code to prevent async event from causing BIOS to hang when scanning for devices (ER94371). * Added check for Internal Loopback mode when connected to F-Port (ER71773). * Added check for 8300 series adapter FW Auto Load when re-initing ISP. * Version 3.13 Beta 11 * Fixed code to disable ALT+1 Hotkey (ER92844) . * Fixed CTRL-Q code mailbox timeout (ER92957). Version 3.12 Beta 10 * Added warning message in Personality change screen Version 3.12 Beta 9 * Updated BIOS to version 3.12 of non-8300 series adapter BIOS Version 3.12 Beta 8 * Updated 8300 series adapter BIOS code with version 3.11 fixes
Version 3.11 * Removed check for Virtual Address flag on Cold Boot.
Version 3.10 * Changed code to check for signature aaaaaaaah before* updating virtual mac address.
Version 3.09 * Changed code to ignore soft boot signature aaaaaaaah*
Version 3.08 * Added code to save device number in OCSD.
Version 3.07 * Added code to read cold boot register signature to determine when BIOS should update/restore virtual Mac address.
Version 3.06 * Fixed bug where retry count was not always being updated.
Version 3.05 * Added code to support ECHO loopback command.
Version 3.04 * Removed Beta from banner.
Version 3.04 Beta 4 * Fixed bug in clp_hss processing. * Updated some ETOC header data fields.
Version 3.04 Beta 3: * Changed code passing Sensor Data pointer
Version 3.04 Beta 2 * Added support for passing ETOC pointer. * Added support for posting port status for EFI use.
Version 3.04 Beta 1 * Added support for sensor data reporting.
Version 3.03 * Added support NCSI Flex Address.
Version 3.02 * Fixed bug in setting mailbox timeout for TUR.
Version 3.01 * Removed CTRL-Q Loopback test for P3P.
Version 3.00 * Removed Beta banner
Version Beta 14 * Added code to get serial number from VPD data for ISP2532. * Fixed bug in display loopback error status.
Version Beta 13 * Fixed bug in verifying FW for non-P3P HBA's. * Removed QLogic vendor id from BIOS banner. * Added retry for LLIOCB when status subcode is 4.
Version Beta 12 * Fixed bug in not setting up retry count for P3P.
Version Beta 11 * Added support for -LR option * Changed error message when no ISP Functions found.
Version Beta 10 * Added code to check for Wocket card.
Version Beta 9 * Fixed bug with not clearing P3 Async Event.
Version Beta 8 * Added additional check for P3 INIT Complete.
Version Beta 7 * Increased p3_busy_wait delay
1.2 Changes
The following changes have been made to the BIOS for FC-FCoE Adapters between versions 3.02 and 3.24.
* Changed Banner to display 'FCoE' for Schultz (ER110790). * Added additional time to login target when called * after EFI driver unloads. (ER110755.ER110855) * Added support for Helga. * Added code to display message when 64 bit address is detected. * Added support for Execution Throttle for P3P (ER106372) * Added code to not display connection options for Hilda Trinity adapter. * Checked for invalid LUN in CTRL-Q scan devices. * Fixed bug in CTRL_Q utility that could cause some cosmetic display issues. * Added Hilda CLP _hss support. * Configured ISP24xx if on slot 0. * Added "QLogic" to PnP productid (ER104424) * Checked for 4G flag in NVRAM for Hilda FC.(ER104714) * Fixed bug with CTRL-Q Loopback Utility (ER100729). * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. * Fixed bug that could cause buffer overrun in CTRL-Q with Report Lun command (ER100294). * Added check for PCI address change when updating option card data structure. * Changed code to use 32 bit pointer to allocate/deallocate EBDA memory. * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. * Fixed cosmetic issue in displaying data rate in CTRL-Q * Changed text for Hilda External loopback (ER98690). * Fixed display issue with CTRL-Q Diskutility(ER98727) * Fixed Lun select issue with CTRL-Q (ER98675). * Fixed bug in displaying selectable boot lun (ER98226) * Removed 4G data rate option for OEM adapter (ER98228) * Limited leading '0's in CTRL-Q menu (ER98389). * Set 'Aggressive Cooling' flag for OCSD. * Enabled Personality Change option. * Fixed issue with not restoring defaults on port 1 (ER 97619) * Fixed issue with serdes data saved incorrectly. (ER 97654) * Added code to limit Report Lun List size to 256 luns * Added check for 0 lun count when selecting device (ER 97385) * Disabled Personality Change option in CTRL-Q. * Fixed bug with WWNN handling for MCTP.(ER 96920) * Added check for Set MD2 set to 0 (restore defaults) (ER96912) * Added code to reset Port Config after Internal loopback test for Hilda(FCoE). * Added support for 16 bit lun (er96090). * Add support for Set MD2 CLP string. * Added code to issue Load Flash FW (3) MB command for Hilda as part ISP start sequence. (ER 94035). * Fixed code to prevent async event from causing BIOS to hang when scanning for devices (er94371). * Fixed code to disable ALT+1 Hotkey (er92844) . * Fixed CTRL-Q code mailbox timeout (er92957). * Added warning message in Personality change screen. * Updated BIOS to version 3.12 of non-hilda BIOS * Removed check for Virtual Address on Cold Boot. * Changed code to check for signature aaaaaaaah before updating virtual mac address. * Changed code to ignore soft boot signature aaaaaaaah * Added code to save device number in OCSD. * Added code to read cold boot register signature to determine when BIOS should update/restore virtual Mac address. * Fixed bug where retry count was not always being updated. * Added code to support ECHO loopback command. * Added support NCSI Flex Address.
1.3 Bug Fixes
The following fixes have been made to the BIOS for FC-FCoE Adapters between versions 3.00 Beta 7 and 3.24.
* Changed Banner to display 'FCoE' for Schultz (ER110790). * Added additional time to login target when called * after EFI driver unloads. (ER110755.ER110855) * Added code to handle boot LUN Greater Than 255 (ER109195). * Checked for invalid LUN in CTRL-Q scan devices. * Fixed bug in CTRL_Q utility that could cause some cosmetic display issues. * Added Hilda CLP _hss support. * Configured ISP24xx if on slot 0. * Added "QLogic" to PnP productid (ER104424) * Checked for 4G flag in NVRAM for Hilda FC.(ER104714) * Fixed bug with CTRL-Q Loopback Utility (ER100729). * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. * Fixed bug that could cause buffer overrun in CTRL-Q with Report Lun command (ER100294). * Added check for PCI address change when updating option card data structure. * Changed code to use 32 bit pointer to allocate/deallocate EBDA memory. * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. * Fixed cosmetic issue in displaying data rate in CTRL-Q * Changed text for Hilda External loopback (ER98690). * Fixed display issue with CTRL-Q Diskutility(ER98727) * Fixed Lun select issue with CTRL-Q (ER98675). * Fixed bug in displaying selectable boot lun (ER98226) * Removed 4G data rate option for OEM adapter (ER98228) * Limitleading '0's in CTRL-Q menu (ER98389). * Set 'Aggressive Cooling' flag for OCSD. * Fixed issue with not restoring defaults on port 1 (ER 97619) * Fixed issue with serdes data saved incorrectly. (ER 97654) * Added code to limit Report Lun List size to 256 luns * Added check for 0 lun count when selecting device (ER 97385) * Disabled Personality Change option in CTRL-Q. * Fixed bug with WWNN handling for MCTP.(ER 96920) * Added check for Set MD2 set to 0 (restore defaults) (ER96912) * Added support for 16 bit lun (er96090). * Add support for Set MD2 CLP string. * Added code to issue Load Flash FW (3) MB command for Hilda as part ISP start sequence. (ER 94035). * Fixed code to prevent async event from causing BIOS to hang when scanning for devices (er94371). * Fixed code to disable ALT+1 Hotkey (er92844) . * Fixed CTRL-Q code mailbox timeout (er92957). * Added warning message in Personality change screen. * Updated BIOS to version 3.12 of non-hilda BIOS * Removed check for Virtual Address on Cold Boot. * Changed code to check for signature aaaaaaaah before updating virtual mac address. * Changed code to ignore soft boot signature aaaaaaaah * Added code to save device number in OCSD. * Added code to read cold boot register signature to determine when BIOS should update/restore virtual Mac address. * Fixed bug where retry count was not always being updated. * Added code to support ECHO loopback command. * Fixed bug in clp_hss processing. * Updated some ETOC header data fields. * Changed code passing Sensor data pointer * Added support for passing ETOC pointer. * Added support for posting port status for EFI use. * Added support for sensor data reporting. * Added support NCSI Flex Address. * Fixed bug in setting mailbox timeout for TUR. * Increased p3_busy_wait delay * Added additional check for P3 INIT Complete. * Fixed bug with not clearing P3 Async Event. * Added code to check for Wocket card. * Added support for -LR option * Changed error message when no ISP Functions found. * Fixed bug in not setting up retry count for P3P. * Fixed bug in verifying FW for non-P3P HBA's. * Removed QLogic vendor id from BIOS banner. * Added retry for LLIOCB when status subcode is 4. * Added code to get serial number from VDP data for ISP2532. * Fixed bug in display loopback error status. * Fixed bug in setting mailbox timeout for TUR.
2. Known Issues
None
3. Notices
Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
4. Contacting Support
For further assistance, contact QLogic Technical Support at: http://support.qlogic.com
Trademarks
Accelera, Accelerating Cluster Performance, InfiniCon Systems, InfiniNIC, InfiniPath, InfiniView, QLA, QLogic, the QLogic logo, ReadyPath, SANdoctor, SANsurfer, and SilverStorm are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
(c) Copyright 2014. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic and the QLogic logo are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
1. Change History 2. Known Issues 3. Notices 4. Contacting Support
1. Changes History
UEFI Driver:
6.08
* Added fix to hide or list HII elements selectively. (ER116233)
6.07
* Updated to get PN & Card SKU dynamically from I2C VPD for AIM (ER116141) * Corrected help text string (ER115814)
6.06
* Updated MTU size and AIM version references as per revised requirement. (ER113361)
6.05
* Updated AIM config strings as per revised requirements. (ER113361)
6.04
* Update AIM support as per revised requirements (ER113361) * Added fix for boot settings persistency issue in BOFM supported legacy BIOS (ER112641)
6.03
* Added support for IBM AIM (ER113428)
6.02
* Added fix to persist user changes made on static forms (ER112639) * Added feature to dynamically list targets in HII (ER105725) * EDKII Successor of older tiano/EDKI driver ver 2.51 (07/17/13)
Efiutil:
3.17
* Add fix for 25xx ver_info command (ER 104543)
3.16
* Removed hardcoded subystem id check (ER0103883) * Replaced with MBI image traverse for ssid match (ER0103883)
3.15
* Fixed ambiguity in firmware version display. (ER0103456)
2. Known Issues
* Dynamic target listing in HII requires UEFI 2.3 or later system compliance * Efiutil does not support the 2.0 Shell. Please load the 1.0 Shell before running Efiutil.
3. Notices
Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
4. Contacting Support
For further assistance, contact QLogic Technical Support at: http://support.qlogic.com
Trademarks
Accelera, Accelerating Cluster Performance, InfiniCon Systems, InfiniNIC, InfiniPath, InfiniView, QLA, QLogic, the QLogic logo, ReadyPath, SANdoctor, SANsurfer, and SilverStorm are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
(c) Copyright 2013. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic, the QLogic logo, and the Powered by QLogic logo are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
Release Notes for 8Gb FC HBAs (FCode)^M ================================================================
version 3.15 09/29/10 * Change REV_LEVEL in rev_level.m4 from 3.15b7 to 3.15. Offical Release.
version 3.15b7 09/29/10 * Add debug? flag: 8000= Dump all mailboxes on all AENs and all Mbox commands. * Fix selftest to leave connection-mode=P2P for IBM Mezz cards only (ER71793).
version 3.15b6 07/08/10 * Change device-present? to exit immediately if the link-up? flag is not true. * Disable PRLI ACC to switch using set-additional-fw-options Mbox cmd. IBM only * re-fix INIT ldfcode Flash utility. Run init-flt-offsets before fix-images.
version 3.15b5 06/24/10 * No Change. Affectied Schultz CNAs only.
version 3.15b4 06/22/10 * Fix show-children to not use boot-wait-time for link-down-to timeout value. * Fix device-present? to not restart BW-timer. Start-time set in isp-fw-ready?.
version 3.15b3 06/11/10 * Fix problem in ldfcode Flash utility. INIT version was not setting my_did. * Change boot-wait-time back to v3.12. Now link-down-to will wait if enabled.
version 3.14 04/30/10 * Change REV_LEVEL in rev_level.m4 from 3.14b3 to 3.14. Offical Release.
version 3.14b3 04/28/10 * Change validate-nvram to compare only the NVRAM area, not the entire sector.
version 3.14b2 04/26/10 * Change all Copyright messages to: "Copyright 1999-2010, QLogic Corporation".
version 3.14b1 04/19/10 * No change to isp2500. Changes only affected isp8100 Schultz CNAs.
version 3.13 03/26/10 * Change REV_LEVEL in rev_level.m4 from 3.13b9 to 3.13. Offical Release.
version 3.13b9 03/24/10 * Remove Explicit logout to fabric(FLOGO) in close-hardware, put in v3.13b3. * Restructure fcode source files. Add: isp-init.fth, p3-init.fth, mailbox.fth, properties.fth, structs.fth, regs-isp.fth, regs-p3.fth, utils.fth.
Version 3.13b8 03/09/10 * Add Parameter 1 debug display on login IOCB faliure if debug-logi? is set. * Add force-open-ok? test flag in open method. Default = true(no real change). * Change get-to-params to set boot-wt = 8 secs if boot-wait-time is disabled. * Fix bug in VPD fetch, introduced in v3.13b1. vpd-buf increased to 512 bytes. * Change cbuff back to non instance buffer. Instance has no effect on buffer:.
Version 3.13b7 03/04/10 * Remove Hard-RICS-reset from reset-risc method. Causes problems on QMI2582. * Remove Eddy test= Reset RX-Serdes after 5 secs wait for in isp-fw-ready?. * Make old-sb (old sec-buf) an instance value. Problem on M3000 (ER70453).
Version 3.13b6 03/02/10 * Add Reset RX-Serdes after 5 secs wait for in isp-fw-ready?. Plus add debug.
Version 3.13b5 03/01/10 * Add more debugging in isp-fw-ready?. Print fw-state each time in get-state. * Change getnum to use the 'accept' word and make cbuff an 'instance' buffer:.
Version 3.13b4 02/24/10 * Fix Explicit logout-device IOCB to include the ISP PortID and Port WWN. * Changed debug? flags: 4000= Got-R2H-intr, 2000= IOCB-Dump, 800= FW-Ready-wait.
Version 3.13b4 02/22/10 * Fix Explicit logout-device IOCB to include the ISP PortID and Port WWN.
Version 3.13b3 02/19/10 * Use OpenBIOS Toke Tokenizer to make isp2500/8100/8200. isp2400 uses SUN toker. * Add Sun-Style-Checksum option OpenBIOS Toke for all SUN isp2500/8100/8200. * Add Implicit logout-all and Explicit logout to fabric in close-hardware. * Add setting the FW ICB link-down-NOS/OLS value for isp2400/2500 (ER67806).
Version 3.13b2 02/11/10 * Change set-boot-wait-time to not affect link-down-to (timeout) for Fujitsu. * Change login-devices to not logout with FC_Initiators. * Change logout-device to use implicit Logout, not explicit. (Fix P3P problem)
Version 3.13b1 02/05/10 * Change set-boot-wait-time to be entered/display in decimal, not hex(Fujitsu). * Added OpenBIOS 'toke' Tokenizer to makefile. Now you can make either version.
Version 3.12 01/11/10 * No change to isp2500, fixed SSDID for Sun (SUNW,qlc) CNA QLE8142.
Version 3.11 12/11/09 * No change to isp2500, added support for Sun (SUNW,qlc) CNA QEM8152.
Version 3.10 12/02/09 * Change the name of the top level Fcode file from isp2xxx.fth to ispxxxx.fth. * Change makefile to include the creation of P3+ isp8200.xxxx.fc binaries.
Version 3.09 10/26/09 * Change REV_LEVEL in rev_level.m4 from 3.09b1 to 3.09. Offical Release.
Version 3.09b1 10/22/09 * Fix Node-Name-Option bit preservation in restore-default-settings. ER68181.
Version 3.08 10/19/09 * Change REV_LEVEL in rev_level.m4 from 3.08b1 to 3.08. Offical Release. * Remove patch of PCI header image size byte at offset 0x2c from init version.
Version 3.08b1 10/14/09 * Fix default WWNN & WWPN preservation in restore-default-settings. ER67924. * Fix stack bug when link down. Introduced in v3.05 set-phandle word. ER67926. * Add standard properties. Use m4 utility to automaticly create date string. * Add file rev_level.m4 which has the revision level strings only. * Remove "SFP state: Unknown" message (.isp) if the adapter is IBM mezz card. * Add FCoE & 4Gb IBM mezz cards QMI8142 QMC2462 QMI3472 QMI2472 to imezz? word. * Change messages "Login failed" to "Login Abort". "Error Subcode" to "Subcode". * Re-structure Flash/NVRAM access fnv-wd@/! words for the Netxen P3 integration. * Add 'make nx3031' to makefile for Netxen P3. #ifdef P3 used for delineation.
Version 3.08b1 09/25/09 * Add standard properties. Use m4 utility to automaticly create date string. * Add file rev_level.m4 which has the revision level strings only. * First version with some support for the Netxen P3 CNA.
Version 3.07 09/08/09 * Change version string from 3.07b2 to 3.07. Offical Release for IBM and SUN.
Version 3.07b2 09/04/09 * Fix read-cap16-cmd. Used when the LUN size is >2TB (i.e. #blocks > 32-bits). * Fix disk-test to work with large (>2TB) LUNs, where the LBA > 32-bits.
Version 3.07b1 08/28/09 * Remove command retry when 8048 AEN is received. Caused DMA error found by IBM. This was an old workaround put in vers1.08b2, before IOCB timeouts were set.
Version 3.06 08/19/09 * Change version string from 3.06b6 to 3.06. Offical Release for IBM. * Fix qlgc-debug? option for IBM. Use find-method on IBMs and $find on SUNs.
Version 3.06b6 08/18/09 * Add option for qlgc-debug? in nvramrc. If the diag-switch? is true, then the debug? flag is set is set to the value of qlgc-debug?.
Version 3.06b5 08/18/09 * Add lba64 large disk capability (read-blocks64 write-blocks64) for SUN only. * Add support for QEM3572, SSDID = x172, for SUN only. * Add mbox1 & mbox2 display for 8048 interrupt if debug-asyc? flag (01) is on.
Version 3.06b4 08/13/09 * Fix bug in IBM fcp-luns method for the Controller LUN-0 check, lun0-check.
Version 3.06b3 08/12/09 * Check Inquiry Qualifier field of Controller LUN-0 in IBM fcp-luns method.
Version 3.06b2 08/10/09 * Add more IOCB debugging, Add Erase Response-Queue in mapmem. Had stale data.
Version 3.06b1 08/08/09 * Add more debugging for IOCBs, dma-map-in/out, & wait-for-interrupts.
Version 3.05 08/04/09 * Change version string from 3.05b2 to 3.05 Offical Release for IBM.
Version 3.05b2 08/03/09 * Fix set-fc-address issue found with IBM ioinfo. PortID was not getting set. * Re-structure devicepresent.fth. Add set-phandle to set obp-target & obp-portid
Version 3.05b1 07/31/09 * Fix multiple close issue found with IBM ioinfo utility.
Version 3.04 07/22/09 * Change version string from 3.04b2 to 3.04 Offical Release. * Add alloc-sec-buf & free-sec-buf words with debugging messages.
Version 3.04b2 07/21/09 * Add "ibm,write-supported" property to disk child node, as per IBM's request. * Removed VPD validation from validate-nvram due to bug in update utilities. * Do not reallocate sec-buf when revert-wwns is called within the isp-probe. The revert-wwns method now calls my-revert-wwpn and my-revert-wwnn.
Version 3.04b1 07/20/09 * Fix enab-nvr-acc to alloc sec-buf & add disab-nvr-acc for BOFM words.ER66671. * Make use_backup? an "instance value", so it will always initialize as false.
Version 3.03 07/13/09 * Change version string from 3.03b2 to 3.03 Offical Release. * Added console messages when validate-nvram finds corruption & copies a sector. Version 3.03b2 06/22/09 * Change validate-nvram to validate both ports on Dual-port HBAs at probe time. * Fix init-flt-offsets to mask FLT attributes. Now it finds FW & Feature-key.
Version 3.03b1 06/12/09 * Add NVRAM backup Sector. Add validate-nvram at probe time to fix corruption.
Version 3.02 05/06/09 * No change, affected Schultz ISP8100 Fcode only.
Version 3.01 04/23/09 * No change, affected Schultz ISP8100 Fcode only.
Version 3.00 04/21/09 * No change, affected Schultz ISP8100 Fcode only.
Version 3.00b8 04/01/09 * Add unsupported message for set-connection-mode for IBM QMI2572/3572/2582.
Version 3.00b7 03/31/09 * Change set-data-rate menu to remove 8Gb selection if the HBA is a QMI2572.^M
Version 3.00b6 03/04/09 * Change boot-wait-time to start timer(fw-ready-wait) in isp-fw-ready? method. * Fix pgm-sec (pgm-params) to set cd-base = ld-base. ISP2500 & isp8100 only. * Change fix-rbios to check nvr-bad? before copying nvram to RAM.
Version 3.00b5 02/25/09 * Change link-down-timeout to boot-wait-time if bootwait-enable flag is true. * Changed era-code (used in ldfcode) to use /code to determine #secs to erase. * Add set-cd-base+siz (used for ldfcode) to replace set-ld-base & set-/dlc. * Fix function number mask, func#, on ISP2500 only.
Version 3.00b4 02/11/09 * Change all Flash offsets used by FLT from constants to values. ISP2500 only.
Version 3.00b3 01/21/09 * Add back IOBAR(x10) to reg property for ISP2500 that was removed in v2.04b1. This fix was in version 2.04 but was inadvertently dropped in version 3.00b1
Version 3.00b2 01/08/09 * Added set-boot-wait-time commnad for all 4 & 8Gb HBAs/CNAs. Add NVRAM Fcode 2-byte parameter, boot-wait-time, at ofs x15a & enable-bit(x20) at ofs x158. This was requested by Fujitsu, for disks that take longer to come online. * Added set-fc-sunid to set the NVRAM sunid bit. For internal use only.
Version 3.00b1 12/19/08 * Added more SCSI sense debugging. * Reworked interrupt service routines with more debugging.
Version 2.05 03/26/09 - Delayed release to IBM = v3.00b4 wo/boot-wait-timeout * Change set-data-rate menu to remove 8Gb selection if the HBA is a QMI2572. * Change all FLT Flash offset parameters from constants to values ISP2500 only. Version 2.04 12/03/08 * Change version string from 2.04b2 to 2.04 Offical Release. * Add debug message to init-flt-offsets " Init FLT offsets" for ISP2500 only. * Add back IOBAR(x10) to reg property for ISP2500 that was removed in v2.04b1.
Version 2.04b2 12/02/08 * Add FLT and FDT Flash access methods for ISP2500 only. * Remove set-bootid, set-boot-wwn, & releated qla only words from IBM version. * Added IBM debugging to BOFM words and set debug?=C00 if diag-switch is true. * Added max-payload bridge fix for 4-port QMI2564 HBA. Used Gil's method. * Fix get-mail to handle Response-Queue interrupts (stat=13) & add debugging. * Removed all Serial-Link-Control access/modify words from ISP2500 only.
Version 2.04b1 07/23/08 * Fix open to always return -1. Returning link-down fw-state fails on Serengetti * Remove IO-BAR (x10) from reg property for ISP2500 or later.
Version 2.03 06/30/08 * Change version string from 2.03b1 to 2.03 Offical Release.
Version 2.03b1 06/06/08 * Use complete NVRAM values for fwopt2 and fwopt3 in fw-init, initialize ICB. * ADD Sun QLE2560 and QLE2562 support, which have SSDIDs of 0x0170 and 0x0171.
Version 2.02 05/07/08 * Change version string from 2.02b3 to 2.02 (Offical Release). * Fix load-image to return error status so you can exit on failure. * Remove stop-fw from isp-probe method. It did nothing since FW is not loaded.
Version 2.02b3 04/17/08 * Change compatible property(IBM) to append to existing property, if it exists. * Change all references in the Fcode of 'HBA' to 'Adapter' (for QLE8000 CNA).
Version 2.02b2 04/14/08 * Fix compatible prop for IBM. Return DDDD value back to DevID in strings: pciVVVV,DDDD.SSSS.ssss.RR & pciVVVV,DDDD.SSSS.ssss. DDDD was = SSDevID.
Version 2.02b1 03/27/08 * Fix blank lines in list-wwns for set-boot-wwn command in qla-mode. ER59591. * Change the d-mbox (dump-mailbox) word to use the .4z data format macro.
Version 2.01 03/27/08 * Change version string from 2.01b2 to 2.01 (Offical Release). * Version 2.01b2 had no changes for ISP2500 8Gb HBA Fcode.
Version 2.01b1 03/03/08 * Add debug display of SFP state (mbox 2) if debug-fwait? (x800) is set. * Fix selftest mem-siz = x20000 (128KB) on IBM CFFe/CFFx mezz cards.
Version 2.00 02/15/08 * Change version string from 2.00b17 to 2.00 (Offical Release).
Version 2.00b17 02/07/08 * Modify ldfcode again to skip copy of WWN and checksum to BIOS-defaults area.
Version 2.00b16 02/05/08 * Modify ldfcode to copy all BIOS-defaults plus copy Model & DID to header. * Fix login-devices to return #ports, including non-target ports. This fixes Sun Bug ID 6645537, ER58525, where LUNs were not listed when Emulex present.
Version 2.00b15 01/29/08 * Fix target login problem with McData switch by adding GID_PT command. ER58769. * Modify ldfcode to Flash both Functions when file=Fcode-only on the ISP2500. * Modify ldfcode to poke BIOS default area of the MB-image with Model# & SSID.
Version 2.00b14 01/15/08 * Fix restore-default-setting to skip SSDID, OEM Specific Area, Feature Mask, and Model# copy to NVRAM. Also add revert-wwns on IBM. ER58465 & ER58509. * Replace load-stub-fw with stop-fw mbox command for PCIe 2400 HBAs. Firmware vers 4.00.25 or greater stop-fw command will do the same thing as stub FW. * Fix IBM BOFM bug where the default WWPN is lost if a new WWPN is written twice
Version 2.00b13 12/21/07 * Separate 2400/2500 Fcode into two isp2400/isp2500 binary output files. Remove isp2500? & use #ifdef ISP2500. Resulting in smaller 37KB image size. * Add use-cdb16? flag which is set in read-capacity if the target supports Large LBA. 16-byte CDBs are used only if use-cdb16? is set & LBA > 32-bits. ER58285. * Fix "chrp" string in papr-compliant? word (IBM BOFM support). * Change write-wwnn word to check for new-wwnn=0 (IBM BOFM support). * Add enab-nvr-acc to all 6 BOFM external words so they work on unopened dev.
Version 2.00b12 12/10/07 * Remove reset-risc in 2500 nvr-wd! & ldfcode that was put in 2.00b11.ER58002. There were too many side-effects from resetting the RISC during Flash writes. Now if FW is stopped, writes to Flash will fail before the Flash is erased. * Add init-chip? to sns-command & logout-devices for recovery from link-down. * Put ifp-abort back into wait-for-risc-int, which was taken out in vers 1.23.
Version 2.00b11 12/05/07 * Move clearing of flags link-up?, done-fw-init? port-updated? to reset-risc. This was for isp2500 set-boot-wwn failure because FW was stopped. ER58139.
Version 2.00b10 11/30/07 * Add reset-risc to 2500 nvr-wd! in case the FW is stopped. ER58002. * Change 2500 flash-cfg! (Flash config write) to use write-ram Mbox command. This will prevent the Flash erase from working if there's a mailbox problem.
Version 2.00b9 11/28/07 * Fix find-image to check for last-image bit and exit loop if found. ER57989. * Add reset-risc to ldfcode for the case when isp2500 FW was stopped. ER58002. * Fix init-fw problem. If NVRAM is blank, FW Option word-1 is not set in ICB.
Version 2.00b8 11/21/07 * Make BOFM support words external in IBM version. * Change my-wwnn@ to return WWNN based on current adapter WWPN. (IBM version) * Fix stop-risc bug. Clear done-fw-init? flag before calling mail. ER57926. * Fix 8Gb nvr-word! stack bug. It was not returning success? flag. ER57977.
Version 2.00b7 11/12/07 * Remove 'ibm,' from the BOFM support words for IBM. Also update property. * Add check-managed-wwn which checks for PAPR-compliant & san_wwn string in root prop " ibm,managed-address-types" and then reverts WWNs if necessary.
Version 2.00b6 10/18/07 * Changed makefile to create separate isp2400 & isp2500 images(PCI header only). * Fix drate-val (default Auto Data-Rate value) w/o shift for selftest. * Fix n-port topology device-present problem. obp-portied was not getting set. * Add stop-risc word (whch issues a Stop FW mbox command) for isp2500. the stop-risc is issued on close instead of the isp2400 load-stub-fw. * Add back architecture check (wrong-arch?) of PCI header DEVID during flashing. * Add rd-ram-wd and wr-ram-wd mailbox commands for debugging purposes. * Add BOFM support for the IBM version Fcode.
Version 2.00b5 09/24/07 * Combined 2400/2500 Fcode into a single binary output isp2x00 file. Use isp2500? word instead of #ifdef ISP2500. Resulting image size is now 38KB. * Changed Connection Mode & Data Rate debug messages during FW initialization.
Version 2.00b4 09/18/07 * Shrink code wherever possible. Remove unused words and shorten value names. * Fix find-fc method to add Func0 bc0_ofs. Otherwise it checksums Func1-fcode.
Version 2.00b3 09/07/07 * Add reset-risc to reopen-hardware method when init_link?=0, for INIT version.
Version 2.00b2 09/06/07 * Fix set-data-rate for ISP2500 to remove the 1 Gb/sec selection. ER56564. * Fix selftest to always use Auto-negoiate data-rate. ER56565. * Fix open for selftest to return OK status when link-down on a reopen. ER56566.
* Remove load-stub-fw method for ISP2500. A reset-risc is all that is needed.
* Change ISP2500 ld-code & ver-code methods to always use mbox DMA commands. * Fix version number in PCI header. Should be 2.00.
Version 2.00b1 08/28/07 * Add 2500 support with major change in NVRAM and Flash utilities.
* Change VPD address & data registers to be different values for ISP2500. * Add extra setting for 8Gb/sec in set-data-rate.
Started with ISP2400 Code Base, Version 1.27 08/21/07 qlgc_fw_fc_8g-mb3_10_08_windows_32-64_chg
Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) Preboot Change History
Version 9.53, Build ID DSYTC5F o Fix several CVEs
Version 9.27, Build ID DSYTA7F o New System Support: o New Operating System support: o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: o Limitations: Refer to readme o Functional change: o Dependencies: o Special usage: - IMMv1 system 2012 4Q-LFC
Version 9.26, Build ID DSYTA6G o New System Support: o New Operating System support: o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: DSA Performance Optimization o Limitations: Refer to readme o Functional change: o Dependencies: o Special usage: - 2012 ToolsCenter 12C
Version 9.21, Build ID DSYTA1U o New System Support: o New Operating System support: o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: 1.Recovered LSI Rawdata: "MegaCli -FwTermLog -Dsply -aALL" o Enhancement: o Limitations: Refer to readme o Functional change: o Dependencies: o Special usage: - 2012 ToolsCenter 12B Plus
Version 9.20, Build ID DSYTA0R o New System Support: x3530 M4 (7160) x3630 M4 (7158) x3750 M4 (8722, 8733) HS23E (8038, 8039) Flex System x220 Compute Node (7906, 2585) o New Operating System support: vSphere Hypervisor 5.0u1 with IBM customization o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: 1. PMR 05819,YL2,760 An error occured during the execution of DSA on Windows, DSA exits with an error at the eventlog plugin.
o Enhancement: o Limitations: Refer to readme o Functional change: 1. Add HW remote presence key collection for High volume systems. o Dependencies: o Special usage: - 2012 ToolsCenter 12B
Version 9.07, Build ID DSYT9CA o New System Support: x3750 M4 (8722, 8733) o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: o Special usage:
Version 9.06, Build ID DSYT9BC o New System Support: Flex System x220 Compute Node (7906) o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: o Special usage:
Version 9.05, Build ID DSYT9AA o New System Support: x3630 M4 (7158) x3530 M4 (7160) x3100 M4 Refresh1 (2582) x3250 M4 Refresh1 (2583) o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: o Special usage:
Version 9.04, Build ID DSYT99E o New System Support: Flex System x240 Compute Node (8737, 8738, 7863) o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: o Limitations: o Dependencies:
Version 9.03, Build ID DSYT98I o New System Support: HS23E (8038, 8039) o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: o Limitations: o Dependencies:
Version 9.02, Build ID DSYT97C o New System Support: iDataPlex dx360 M4 server/2U chassis (7912/7913) o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: o Functional change:
Version 9.01, Build ID DSYT96D o New System Support: x3500 M4 (7383) x3550 M4 (7914) x3650 M4 (7915) o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: o Special usage: o Special usage:
Version 9.00, Build ID DSYT95W o New System Support: BladeCenter HS23 (7875) BladeCenter HX5 (7873, 1910) Flex System x240 Compute Node (8737, 8738, 7863) Flex System Manager Node (8735) x3500 M4 (7383) x3550 M4 (7914) x3630 M4 (7158) x3650 M4 (7915) x3690 X5 (7192, 7147) x3850 X5 / x3950 X5 (7143, 7191) o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: 1. PMR 24817,8QG,000, PMR 30680,499,000 After kicking off DSA on one of the management nodes (x3650 M2) of SONAS 1.2(RHEL5 based), the node became unresponsive and dropped out of the cluster.
2. PMR 53575,000,834, PMR 05961,YL4,760 After running DSA, when using linux dump command on a DDS5 usb internal tape drive attached in x3650M2 backup speed becomes very slowly or failed.
3. PMR 26905,095,866 Running DSA 4.0 as well as DSA 3.4 on x3850 X5 the server is freezing, users have to reboot the server.
4. DSA 4.00 and previous version segmentation fault issue
6. PMR 15086,OTH,760 DSA 9.00 with --no-imm-lan option does not work correctly on RHEL5.3. The USB port state is changed during the execution of DSA.
o Enhancement: o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: 1. Add GUI and CLI menu for Features on Demand (FoD) Activation Key Management o Special usage:
Version 4.02, Build ID DSYT92I o New System Support: iDataPlex Direct Water Cooled dx360 M4 server o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: o Special usage:
Version 4.01, Build ID DSYT92H o New System Support: o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: o Special usage: - 2011 4Q lifecycle
Version 4.00, Build ID DSYT91S o New System Support: o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: 1. PMR 15065,OTR,760 On Unisys ES7000 or x3850 X5, the Memory Card number with failed DIMM can not be reported in IPMI Eventlog if the Memory Card is bigger than 4.
o Enhancement: o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: 1. Added > 1TB memory test support o Special usage: - 2011 ToolsCenter 11D
Version 3.48, Build ID DSYT89PUS o New System Support: o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: o Special usage: - 2011 3Q lifecycle
Version 3.47, Build ID DSYT89LUS o New System Support: x3100 M4 (2582) x3250 M4 (2583) o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: o Special usage:
Version 3.46, Build ID DSYT89GUS o New System Support: System x iDataPlex dx360 M3 (6391) o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: o Special usage:
Version 3.45, Build ID DSYT89EUS o New System Support: o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: o Special usage: - x3850 X5 / x3950 X5 (7143, 7191) EXA scaling
Version 3.43, Build ID DSYT87HUS o New System Support: BladeCenter HX5 (7873,1910) o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: o Special usage:
Version 3.43, Build ID DSYT87FUS o New System Support: x3850 X5 / x3950 X5 (7143, 7191) x3690 X5 (7192, 7147) o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: o Special usage:
Version 3.40, Build ID DSYT85T o New System Support: BladeCenter HS22 (1911) x3650 M3 (5454) o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: o Special usage:
Version 3.30, Build ID DSYT80S o New System Support: o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: 1. Correct a problem with LSI MegaRAID reporting for IBM Service o Special usage:
Version 3.20, Build ID DSYT75X o New System Support: x3630 M3 (7377) x3690 X5 (7148, 7149) o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: o Limitations: o Dependencies: - If you have ServeRAID (M1015) SAS/SATA Controller, 46M0831 installed, you will need one of the following: - uEFI GYE133A or greater for x3200 M3 and x3250 M3 - uEFI Y4E145B or greater for x3400 M2, x3400 M3, x3500 M2 and x3500 M3 - uEFI D6E145C or greater for x3550 M2, x3550 M3, x3650 M2 and x3650 M3 o Functional change: 1. Add LSI Hard Disk Drive (HDD) diagnostic back for both the onboard SAS chip and ServeRAID o Special usage:
Verion 3.20, Build ID DSYT75U o New System Support: x3755 M3 (7164) o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: o Special usage:
Verion 3.10, Build ID DSYT70X o New System Support: x3400 M3(7378, 7379) x3500 M3(7380) x3550 M3 (7944, 4254) x3620 M3 (7376) x3650 M3 (7945, 4255) x3690 X5 (7148, 7149) x3850 X5 Standard Single-node and Multi-node models(7145, 7146) x3950 X5 Specially configured Database Engine models (7145, 7146) iDataplex dx360 M3 (6391) HS22V (7871,1949) HX5 (7872, 1909) o New server options support: Emulex 10Gb/s Fibre Channel over Ethernet Dual Channel Converged Network Adapter(LP21002) Emulex PCI-e Gen2.0 Dual Port 10Gb NIC (49Y4250) 6Gb SSD HBA (46M0912) 6Gb SAS HBA (46M0907) Intel QuadPort Ethernet Server Adapter CFFh Intel Ethernet Daughter Card FCoE SRIOV Key (Ethernet) iSCSI Key (Ethernet) Secure Encryption HBA for 8Gb FC eHBA Emulex Brocade 4Gb FC HBA(59Y1992, 59Y1998) Emulex 2-Port 10Gb Multi-function IO Adapter (CFFh) (49Y4235) Brocade 10Gb Dual-port CNA (42C1820) Broadcom NetXtreme II 1000 Express Quad port Ethernet Adapter (49Y4220) Broadcom NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter (42C1780) MAX5 Memory Expansion Unit o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: 1. Add a new option --disable-imm-lan to take down IMM USB Over Lan interface when DSA complete. 2. Added ServeRAID data collection o Limitations: - The following function has been temporarily removed from DSA Preboot for both the onboard SAS chip and ServeRAID: - LSI Hard Disk Drive (HDD) diagnostic o Dependencies: - If you have ServeRAID (M1015) SAS/SATA Controller, 46M0831 installed, you will need one of the following: - uEFI GYE133A or greater for x3200 M3 and x3250 M3 - uEFI Y4E145B or greater for x3400 M2, x3400 M3, x3500 M2 and x3500 M3 - uEFI D6E145C or greater for x3550 M2, x3550 M3, x3650 M2 and x3650 M3 o Special usage:
Version 3.02.56, Build ID DSYT56e o New System Support: o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: - The following systems are supported when BoMC downloads the corresponding system enablement pack: HS22V (7871,1949) x3550 M3 (7944,4254) x3650 M3 (7945,4255) x3400 M3 (7378,7379) x3500 M3 (7839) dx360 M3 (6391) o Limitations: - No HDD diagnostics available - To ensure quality and stability of the DSA code, we have reverted some display functionality of RAID information to what was shown in previous versions of DSA. This affects RAID display on the following adapters: Megaraid 8480 Serveraid MR10i Serveraid MR10is Serveraid MR10m Serveraid MR10k Serveraid M1015 Serveraid M5014 Serveraid M5015 On these adapters, the RAID information is generated from the output of separate command line tools and the format may not match other output in DSA. Dependencies: o Dependencies: o Functional change: o Special usage:
Version 3.00, Build ID: DSYT55a o New System Support: o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: - Added support for Machine Types 7327, 7328, 4251, 4252, 4261 o Limitations: - No HDD diagnostics available o Dependencies: o Functional change: o Special usage:
Version 1.16, Y4YT19AUS o New System Support: o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: - Added support for Machine Types 7839, 7836, 7837 o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: o Special usage:
Version 1.15, TMYT20AUS o New System Support: o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: - Added support for Machine Types 7321, 6380, 7323 o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: o Special usage:
Version 1.14, D6YT37AUS o New System Support: o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: - Added support for Machine Types 7946, 4198, 7947, 4199 o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: o Special usage:
Version 1.13, P9YT48AUS o New System Support: o New server options support: o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: - Added support for Machine Types 7870, 1936, 7809 o Limitations: o Dependencies: o Functional change: o Special usage:
Version 1.00 - Initial release
(C) Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2008 - 2012. All rights reserved. ibm_fw_dsa_dsytc5f-9_53_anyos_anycpu_chg
Multiboot Image for QLogic 10 Gb Converged Network Adapter for IBM System x
This is the combined Release Notes of each individual components for firmware. Please see section relating to component of interest.
Kit Version 2.02.06
Q8I20206.BIN contains: ---------------------- * BIOS version 3.24 * UEFI version 3.47 * Fcode version 3.20 (PPC) * PXE Boot version 1.17 * NIC EFI version 1.10 * NIC Fcode version 80.01 * Firmware version 7.01.00 * MPI version 1.40.08 * EDC PHY version 1.08.00
MPI CFG version Rev. L FlasUtil version 1.89 VPD version 10.00a Efiutil/x64 version 3.17
Q8I20202.BIN contains: ---------------------- * BIOS version 3.20 * UEFI version 3.44 * Fcode version 3.20 (PPC) * PXE Boot version 1.17 * NIC EFI version 1.10 * NIC Fcode version 80.01 * Firmware version 7.00.01 * MPI version 1.40.08 * EDC PHY version 1.08.00
MPI CFG version Rev. L FlasUtil version 1.89 VPD version 10.00a Efiutil/x64 version 2.86
Q8I20100.BIN contains: ---------------------- * BIOS version 3.20 * UEFI version 3.44 * Fcode version 3.20 (PPC) * PXE Boot version 1.17 * NIC EFI version 1.08 * NIC Fcode version 80.01 * Firmware version 5.10.00 * MPI version 1.40.08 * EDC PHY version 1.08.00
MPI CFG version Rev. L FlasUtil version 1.89 VPD version 10.00a Efiutil/x64 version 2.86
Q8Q10042.BIN contains: ---------------------- * BIOS version 2.11 * UEFI version 3.12 * Fcode version 3.02 * Firmware version 5.01.02 * MPI version 1.35.02 * PXE Boot version 1.03 * NIC EFI version 1.02
1. Change History 2. Known Issues 3. Notices 4. Contacting Support
1. Change History
These release notes describe the changes, fixes, known issues, and release details that apply to the FC-FCoE BIOS for 2600 series and 8300 series adapters version 3.24.
This section contains:
* 1.1 Version * 1.2 Changes * 1.3 Bug Fixes
1.1
Version 3.24 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.24 Beta 1 Changed Banner to display 'FCoE' for Schultz (ER110784). Added additional time to login target when called after EFI driver unloads. (ER110755,ER110855)
Version 3.23 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.23 Beta 2 Added code to handle boot LUN GT then 255 (ER109195).
Version 3.23 Beta 1 * Added support for Helga.
Version 3.22 * Added code to display message when 64 bit address detected.
Version 3.21 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.21 Beta 1 * Added support for Execution Throttle for P3P (ER106372) * Added code to not display connection options for Hilda Trinity adapter. * Check for invalid LUN in CTRL-Q scan devices.
Version 3.20 * Fixed bug in CTRL_Q utility that could cause some cosmetic display issues. * Add Hilda CLP _hss support. * Configure ISP24xx if on slot 0. * Added "QLogic" to PnP productid (ER104424) * Check for 4G flag in NVRAM for Hilda FC.(ER104714)
Version 3.19 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.19 Beta 1 * Fixed bug with CTRL-Q Loopback Utility (ER100729).
Version 3.18 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.18 * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. * Fix bug that could cause buffer overrun in CTRL-Q with Report Lun command (ER100294). * Added check for PCI address change when updating option card data structure.
Version 3.18 Beta 1 * Changed code to use 32 bit pointer to allocate/deallocate EBDA memory. * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum.
Version 3.17 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.17 Beta 1 * Fixed cosmetic issue in displaying data rate in CTRL-Q
Version 3.16 * Changed text for 8300 series adapter External loopback (ER98690). * Fixed display issue with CTRL-Q Diskutility(ER98727) * Fixed Lun select issue with CTRL-Q (ER98675).
Version 3.15 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.14 Beta 3 * Fixed bug in displaying selectable boot lun (ER98226) * Removed 4G data rate option for OEM adapter (ER98228) * Limit leading '0's in CTRL-Q menu (ER98389). * Set 'Aggressive Cooling' flag for OCSD. * Enabled Personality Change option.
Version 3.14 Beta 2 * Fixed issue with not restoring defaults on port 1 (ER 97619) * Fixed issue with serdes data saved incorrectly. (ER 97654) * Added code to limit Report Lun List size to 256 luns Version 3.14 Beta 1 * Added check for 0 lun count when selecting device (ER 97385) Version 3.14 * Removed 'Beta' from banner Version 3.13 Beta 17 * Disable Personality Change option in CTRL-Q. * Fixed bug with WWNN handling for MCTP.(ER 96920) Version 3.13 Beta 16 * Added check for Set MD2 set to 0 (restore defaults) (ER96912) * Added code to reset Port Config after Internal loopback test for 8300 series adapter(FCoE). Version 3.13 Beta 15 * Added support for 16 bit lun (ER96090). Version 3.13 Beta 14 * Add support for Set MD2 CLP string. Version 3.13 Beta 13 * Added code to issue Load Flash FW (3) MB command for 8300 series adapter as part ISP start sequence. (ER 94035). Version 3.13 Beta 12 * Fixed code to prevent async event from causing BIOS to hang when scanning for devices (ER94371). * Added check for Internal Loopback mode when connected to F-Port (ER71773). * Added check for 8300 series adapter FW Auto Load when re-initing ISP. * Version 3.13 Beta 11 * Fix code to disable ALT+1 Hotkey (ER92844) . * Fixed CTRL-Q code mailbox timeout (ER92957). Version 3.12 Beta 10 * Added warning message in Personality change screen Version 3.12 Beta 9 * Updated BIOS to version 3.12 of non-8300 series adapter BIOS Version 3.12 Beta 8 * Update 8300 series adapter BIOS code with version 3.11 fixes
Version 3.11 * Removed check for Virtual Address flag on Cold Boot.
Version 3.10 * Changed code to check for signature aaaaaaaah before* updating virtual mac address.
Version 3.09 * Changed code to ignore soft boot signature aaaaaaaah*
Version 3.08 * Added code to save device number in OCSD.
Version 3.07 * Added code to read cold boot register signature to determine when BIOS should update/restore virtual Mac address.
Version 3.06 * Fixed bug where retry count was not always being updated.
Version 3.05 * Added code to support ECHO lopback command.
Version 3.04 * Removed Beta from banner.
Version 3.04 Beta 4 * Fixed bug in clp_hss processing. * Updated some ETOC header data fields.
Version 3.04 Beta 3: * Changed code passing Sensor Data pointer
Version 3.04 Beta 2 * Added support for passing ETOC pointer. * Added support for posting port status for EFI use.
Version 3.04 Beta 1 * Added support for sensor data reporting.
Version 3.03 * Added support NCSI Flex Address.
Version 3.02 * Fixed bug in setting mailbox timeout for TUR.
Version 3.01 * Removed CTRL-Q Loopback test for P3P.
Version 3.00 * Removed Beta banner
Version Beta 14 * Added code to get serial number from VDP data for ISP2532. * Fixed bug is display loopback error status.
Version Beta 13 * Fixed bug in verifying FW for non-P3P HBA's. * Removed QLogic vendor id from BIOS banner. * Added retry for LLIOCB when status subcode is 4.
Version Beta 12 * Fixed bug in not setting up retry count for P3P.
Version Beta 11 * Added support for -LR option * Changed error message when no ISP Functions found.
Version Beta 10 * Added code to check for Wocket card.
Version Beta 9 * Fixed bug with not clearing P3 Async Event.
Version Beta 8 * Added additional check for P3 INIT Complete.
Version Beta 7 * Increased p3_busy_wait delay
1.2 Changes
The following changes have been made to the BIOS for FC-FCoE Adapters between versions 3.02 and 3.24.
* Changed Banner to display 'FCoE' for Schultz (ER110790). * Added additional time to login target when called * after EFI driver unloads. (ER110755.ER110855) * Added support for Helga. * Added code to display message when 64 bit address detected. * Added support for Execution Throttle for P3P (ER106372) * Added code to not display connection options for Hilda Trinity adapter. * Check for invalid LUN in CTRL-Q scan devices. * Fixed bug in CTRL_Q utility that could cause some cosmetic display issues. * Add Hilda CLP _hss support. * Configure ISP24xx if on slot 0. * Added "QLogic" to PnP productid (ER104424) * Check for 4G flag in NVRAM for Hilda FC.(ER104714) * Fixed bug with CTRL-Q Loopback Utility (ER100729). * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. * Fix bug that could cause buffer overrun in CTRL-Q with Report Lun command (ER100294). * Added check for PCI address change when updating option card data structure. * Changed code to use 32 bit pointer to allocate/deallocate EBDA memory. * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. * Fixed cosmetic issue in displaying data rate in CTRL-Q * Changed text for Hilda External loopback (ER98690). * Fixed display issue with CTRL-Q Diskutility(ER98727) * Fixed Lun select issue with CTRL-Q (ER98675). * Fixed bug in displaying selectable boot lun (ER98226) * Removed 4G data rate option for OEM adapter (ER98228) * Limit leading '0's in CTRL-Q menu (ER98389). * Set 'Aggressive Cooling' flag for OCSD. * Enabled Personality Change option. * Fixed issue with not restoring defaults on port 1 (ER 97619) * Fixed issue with serdes data saved incorrectly. (ER 97654) * Added code to limit Report Lun List size to 256 luns * Added check for 0 lun count when selecting device (ER 97385) * Disable Personality Change option in CTRL-Q. * Fixed bug with WWNN handling for MCTP.(ER 96920) * Added check for Set MD2 set to 0 (restore defaults) (ER96912) * Added code to reset Port Config after Internal loopback test for Hilda(FCoE). * Added support for 16 bit lun (er96090). * Add support for Set MD2 CLP string. * Added code to issue Load Flash FW (3) MB command for Hilda as part ISP start sequence. (ER 94035). * Fixed code to prevent async event from causing BIOS to hang when scanning for devices (er94371). * Fix code to disable ALT+1 Hotkey (er92844) . * Fixed CTRL-Q code mailbox timeout (er92957). * Added warning message in Personality change screen. * Updated BIOS to version 3.12 of non-hilda BIOS * Removed check for Virtual Address on Cold Boot. * Changed code to check for signature aaaaaaaah before updating virtual mac address. * Changed code to ignore soft boot signature aaaaaaaah * Added code to save device number in OCSD. * Added code to read cold boot register signature to determine when BIOS should update/restore virtual Mac address. * Fixed bug where retry count was not always being updated. * Added code to support ECHO lopback command. * Added support NCSI Flex Address.
1.3 Bug Fixes
The following fixes have been made to the BIOS for FC-FCoE Adapters between versions 3.00 Beta 7 and 3.24.
* Changed Banner to display 'FCoE' for Schultz (ER110790). * Added additional time to login target when called * after EFI driver unloads. (ER110755.ER110855) * Added code to handle boot LUN GT then 255 (ER109195). * Check for invalid LUN in CTRL-Q scan devices. * Fixed bug in CTRL_Q utility that could cause some cosmetic display issues. * Add Hilda CLP _hss support. * Configure ISP24xx if on slot 0. * Added "QLogic" to PnP productid (ER104424) * Check for 4G flag in NVRAM for Hilda FC.(ER104714) * Fixed bug with CTRL-Q Loopback Utility (ER100729). * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. * Fix bug that could cause buffer overrun in CTRL-Q with Report Lun command (ER100294). * Added check for PCI address change when updating option card data structure. * Changed code to use 32 bit pointer to allocate/deallocate EBDA memory. * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. * Fixed cosmetic issue in displaying data rate in CTRL-Q * Changed text for Hilda External loopback (ER98690). * Fixed display issue with CTRL-Q Diskutility(ER98727) * Fixed Lun select issue with CTRL-Q (ER98675). * Fixed bug in displaying selectable boot lun (ER98226) * Removed 4G data rate option for OEM adapter (ER98228) * Limit leading '0's in CTRL-Q menu (ER98389). * Set 'Aggressive Cooling' flag for OCSD. * Fixed issue with not restoring defaults on port 1 (ER 97619) * Fixed issue with serdes data saved incorrectly. (ER 97654) * Added code to limit Report Lun List size to 256 luns * Added check for 0 lun count when selecting device (ER 97385) * Disable Personality Change option in CTRL-Q. * Fixed bug with WWNN handling for MCTP.(ER 96920) * Added check for Set MD2 set to 0 (restore defaults) (ER96912) * Added support for 16 bit lun (er96090). * Add support for Set MD2 CLP string. * Added code to issue Load Flash FW (3) MB command for Hilda as part ISP start sequence. (ER 94035). * Fixed code to prevent async event from causing BIOS to hang when scanning for devices (er94371). * Fix code to disable ALT+1 Hotkey (er92844) . * Fixed CTRL-Q code mailbox timeout (er92957). * Added warning message in Personality change screen. * Updated BIOS to version 3.12 of non-hilda BIOS * Removed check for Virtual Address on Cold Boot. * Changed code to check for signature aaaaaaaah before updating virtual mac address. * Changed code to ignore soft boot signature aaaaaaaah * Added code to save device number in OCSD. * Added code to read cold boot register signature to determine when BIOS should update/restore virtual Mac address. * Fixed bug where retry count was not always being updated. * Added code to support ECHO lopback command. * Fixed bug in clp_hss processing. * Updated some ETOC header data fields. * Changed code passing Sensor data pointer * Added support for passing ETOC pointer. * Added support for posting port status for EFI use. * Added support for sensor data reporting. * Added support NCSI Flex Address. * Fixed bug in setting mailbox timeout for TUR. * Increased p3_busy_wait delay * Added additional check for P3 INIT Complete. * Fixed bug with not clearing P3 Async Event. * Added code to check for Wocket card. * Added support for -LR option * Changed error message when no ISP Functions found. * Fixed bug in not setting up retry count for P3P. * Fixed bug in verifying FW for non-P3P HBA's. * Removed QLogic vendor id from BIOS banner. * Added retry for LLIOCB when status subcode is 4. * Added code to get serial number from VDP data for ISP2532. * Fixed bug is display loopback error status. * Fixed bug in setting mailbox timeout for TUR.
2. Known Issues
None
3. Notices
Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
4. Contacting Support
For further assistance, contact QLogic Technical Support at: http://support.qlogic.com
Trademarks
Accelera, Accelerating Cluster Performance, InfiniCon Systems, InfiniNIC, InfiniPath, InfiniView, QLA, QLogic, the QLogic logo, ReadyPath, SANdoctor, SANsurfer, and SilverStorm are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
(c) Copyright 2013. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic and the QLogic logo are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
1. Change History 2. Known Issues 3. Notices 4. Contacting Support
1. Change History
UEFI Driver:
version 3.44 (3/30/13) * Fixed potential flash corruption bug. Updated FlashProgramSafe to correctly calculate FlashBlockEnd. (ER 105595)
version 3.43 (2/28/13) * Appending MBI version info at the end of bootcode images (Fc, NIC) (ER 0101636)
version 3.42 (10/08/12) * Add support for Firmware Management Protoocl [ER 97831] * Add support for Driver Health Protocol [ER 97831] * Add fix to make Driver SCT 2.3 Compliance [ER 97831]
version 3.41 (4/4/12) * Add support for different callback action in callback () [ER 91949] * Use device handle (instead of virtual handle)[ER 91949] * Fixed param write bug [ER 91949]
version 3.40 (2/8/12) * Driver no longer sets the IO attribute bit in the PciIO Attributes() call. The IO attribute caused problems on certain systems. The driver does not do IO accesses. (ER84909)
version 3.39 (3/11/11) * Added Macronix MX25L3206E flash part support. (ER80795) * Disabled flash write protect check. (ER80795)
Efiutil:
version 3.17
* Add fix for 25xx ver_info command (ER 104543)
version 3.16
* Removed hardcoded subystem id check (ER0103883) * Replaced with MBI image traverse for ssid match (ER0103883)
version 3.15
* Fixed ambiguity in firmware version display. (ER0103456)
2. Known Issues
Driver: * In the HII menus, Adding/Deleting a Target/LUN will require a reboot for changes to take effect.
3. Notices
Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
4. Contacting Support
For further assisance, contact QLogic Technical Support at: http://support.qlogic.com
Trademarks
Accelera, Accelerating Cluster Performance, InfiniCon Systems, InfiniNIC, InfiniPath, InfiniView, QLA, QLogic, the QLogic logo, ReadyPath, SANdoctor, SANsurfer, and SilverStorm are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
(c) Copyright 2013. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic, the QLogic logo, and the Powered by QLogic logo are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
******************* QLogic Fcode for IBM CNAs ***************** Release Notes
QLogic FCoE FCode for 81xx CNA Release Notes QLogic Corporation. All rights reserved.
Table of Contents
1. Changes 2. Known Issues 3. Notices 4. Contacting Support
1. Change History
These release notes describe the changes, fixes, known issues, and release details that apply to the multi-boot package for the 81xx Converged Network Adapter (CNA) FCode version 3.00.
1.1. FCode Version History
version 3.20 01/11/13 * ER102374: Display Product-ID string in VPD area during initial selection. * ER94574: Fix stack bug in .adatper-info, found in blade hotplug test by efcode
version 3.19 04/09/12 * Add NVRAM Fcode-parameter enab_dcbx_to bit. Must be set to enable Boeing fix. * Add check for MBAR2 (Multi-Queue memory) and create reg property if it exists.
version 3.18 03/30/12 - Special build for Boeing * Make validate-nvram silent. Print messages only if debug-flash?(x1000) is set. * Added mpicfg.fth file to handle all MPI-CFG access methods for Boeing fix. * Added check-poll-dmae word at probe-time to insure Poll-DMA-Engine bit is set. * Added dynamic sizing of the BAR registers at probe-time for reg property. * Remove dis-exp (disable-exprom) in ena-reg-acc. Causes problem on SPARC T3-1B. * Change oem property to QLogic or Oracle, and manufacture property to QLogic. * Fix bugs in search of Card-Type-Lists for SSDID when flashing w/find-ilt-code.
version 3.17 12/01/11 * Stripped ISP2400 & SUN specific code using #ifdefs to reduce IBM size by .5KB * Added EDC FW area in Flash and added write-sfp and read-sfp mailbox commands
version 3.16 09/30/11 * Change PCI-Cmd-Reg value, pci-cmdv, to x146. Add System Error Resp Enable. * Change MBAR0 size (/regs) from x1000 to x4000 to include MSI-X table. * Add setting Prefetchable bit if enabled for MBAR0 in map-ifp-regs(read-bar). * Fix close-hardware to logout-devices if Link-up?, not done-fw-init? flag. * Add "Problem fixed" printout when validate-nvram fixes the backup copy. * Change init-image & init-fw to return error? flag on stack so you can abort. * Fix all mboxs commands to write 0 to all mboxes used by FW, don't assume =0. * Add clr-flags after a wait-for-risc-int timeout, which will restart the FW. * Change all Copyright messages to: "Copyright 1999-2011". * Fix typo in 'adapter' property for the QLE8152. Was Single, now is Dual. * Change mbox-test to actually do some pattern testing and compare data. * Added 31 second SW timeout for IOCB & mailbox commands in wait-for-risc-int. * Add retry SCSI command once if IOCB timeout & 8048 Recv. error AEN received. * Fix stop-fw mailbox command. Clear Bit 1 (Transition to ROM Code) in Mbox-1. * Add show-fcfs, set-mac-am and set-vlan-id to show-commands. * Add to FC_FcodeReadme SPARC & PPC: set-vlan-id, set-mac-am and show-fcfs.
* Utility/Debug changes 1 Change version method for INIT only version to also show FW version. 2 Change find-ilt-code to check Chip-Rev & Card-Type-List in ILT header search 3 Change ilt-valid? to check for Signature Word "QILT" and ILT veersion field 4 Add "Load Raw FW image?" prompt and max-FW-code-size check to ldfw method. 5 Add debug? option debug-probe? (x10000) to disable card access during probe. 6 Fix bug in flash utility which was not setting my_did if the FLT is invalid.
version 3.15 09/29/10 * Fix selftest to leave connection-mode=P2P for IBM Mezz cards only (ER71793). * Change: use the NIC MAC-Adr +1 instead of Enode-MAC-Adr (Schultz only). * Enable LR BB-Credit if this enhanced-feature is set in NVRAM (Schultz only).
* Utility/Debug changes 1 Add debug? flag: 8000= Dump all mailboxes on all AENs and all Mbox commands. 2 Fix problem in ldfcode Flash utility. INIT version was not setting my_did. 4 Add capability to flash Schultz raw Firmware binary file to the ldfw method.
* Boot-wait-time related changes 1 Change boot-wait-time back to v3.12. Now link-down-to will wait if enabled. 2 Change device-present? to exit immediately if the link-up? flag is not true. 3 Fix show-children to not use boot-wait-time for link-down-to timeout value. 4 Fix device-present? to not restart BW-timer. Start-time set in isp-fw-ready?.
version 3.14 04/30/10 * Change validate-nvram to compare only the NVRAM area, not the entire sector. * Change all Copyright messages to: "Copyright 1999-2010, QLogic Corporation". * Change makefile to used the DID variable for the File name & in PCI header. * Add the capability to flash NIC Fcode on Schultz CNAs using ldutil/ldfcode. * Changed file name: isp-init.flt > init-isp.fth.
version 3.13 03/26/10 * Remove Hard-RICS-reset from reset-risc method & add 100ms delay after reset. * Make old-sb (old sec-buf) an instance value. Problem on M3000 (ER70453). * Fix Explicit logout-device IOCB to include the ISP PortID and Port WWN. * Change login-devices to not logout with FC_Initiators.
* Boot-wait-time related changes * Change get-to-params to set boot-wt = 8 secs if boot-wait-time is disabled. * Change set-boot-wait-time to not affect link-down-to (timeout) for Fujitsu. * Change set-boot-wait-time to be entered/display in decimal, not hex(Fujitsu).
* Additions made for debugging: 1 Changed debug? flags: 4000= Got-R2H-intr, 2000= IOCB-Dump, 800=FW-Ready-wait 2 Add Parameter 1 debug display on login IOCB faliure. 3 Add force-open-ok? test flag in open method. Default = true(no real change). * Changes to make process and Flash utilities: 1 Use OpenBIOS Toke Tokenizer to make isp2500/8100/8200. isp2400 uses SUN toker. 2 Add Sun-Style-Checksum option OpenBIOS Toke for all SUN isp2500/8100/8200. 3 Restructure fcode source files. Add: isp-init.fth, p3-init.fth, mailbox.fth, properties.fth, structs.fth, regs-isp.fth, regs-p3.fth, utils.fth.
Version 3.12 01/11/10 * Fixed sunid (SUNW,qlc) for the SUN CNA QLE8142. The SSDID is 183, not 182. * Add flashing support for mpi-config-image from Image-Layout-Table(ILT) File. * Add check for Card-Type & Swap bits in Image-Layout-Table(ILT) Flash utility.
Version 3.11 12/11/09 * Add support for Sun (SUNW,qlc) CNA QEM8152.
Version 3.10 12/02/09 * Add support for Sun (SUNW,qlc) CNAs QLE8140, QlE8142, QLE8150, & QLE8152.
Version 3.09 * Fix Node-Name-Option bit preservation in restore-default-settings.
Version 3.08 * Fix default WWNN & WWPN preservation in restore-default-settings. * Add standard properties. Use m4 utility to automaticly create date string. * Add file rev_level.m4 which has the revision level strings only. * Remove "SFP state: Unknown" message (.isp) if the adapter is IBM mezz card. * Change messages "Login failed" to "Login Abort". "Error Subcode" to "Subcode". * Remove patch of PCI header image size byte at offset 0x2c from init version.
Version 3.07 * Fix read-cap16-cmd. Used when the LUN size is >2TB (i.e. #blocks > 32-bits). * Fix disk-test to work with large (>2TB) LUNs, where the LBA > 32-bits. * Remove command retry when 8048 AEN is received.
Version 3.06 * Add option for qlgc-debug? in nvramrc. If the diag-switch? is true, then the debug? flag is set is set to the value of qlgc-debug?. * Add lba64 large disk capability (read-blocks64 write-blocks64) for SUN only. * Add mbox1 & mbox2 display for 8048 interrupt if debug-asyc? flag (01) is on. * Fix bug in IBM fcp-luns method for the Controller LUN-0 check, lun0-check. * Check Inquiry Qualifier field of Controller LUN-0 in IBM fcp-luns method. * Add more IOCB debugging, Add Erase Response-Queue in mapmem. Had stale data. * Add more debugging for IOCBs, dma-map-in/out, & wait-for-interrupts.
Version 3.05 * Fix set-fc-address issue found with IBM ioinfo. PortID was not getting set. * Re-structure devicepresent.fth. Add set-phandle to set obp-target & obp-portid * Fix multiple close issue found with IBM ioinfo utility.
Version 3.04 * Add alloc-sec-buf & free-sec-buf words with debugging messages. * Add "ibm,write-supported" property to disk child node, as per IBM's request. * Removed VPD validation from validate-nvram due to bug in update utilities. * Fix enab-nvr-acc to alloc sec-buf & add disab-nvr-acc for BOFM word.
3.03 * Added console messages when validate-nvram finds corruption & copies a sector. * Change validate-nvram to check both FC ports on Dual-port CNAs at probe time. * Fix init-flt-offsets to mask FLT attributes. Now it finds FW & Feature-key. * Added restart-mpi after the beacon test finishes to reset LED functionality. * Add NVRAM backup Sector. Add validate-nvram at probe time to fix corruption.
3.02 Initial release.
2. Known Issues
None
3. Notices
Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
4. Contacting Support
For further assisance, contact QLogic Technical Support at: http://support.qlogic.com
Trademarks
Accelera, Accelerating Cluster Performance, InfiniCon Systems, InfiniNIC, InfiniPath, InfiniView, QLA, QLogic, the QLogic logo, ReadyPath, SANdoctor, SANsurfer, and SilverStorm are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
(c) Copyright 2013. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic, the QLogic
This software license applies only to QLogic customers. QLogic Corporation. All rights reserved. Release Notes
Table of Contents
1. Version 2. Changes 3. Bug Fixes 4. Known Issues 5. History 6. Additional Information 7. Trademarks 8. Notices 9. Contacting Support
1. Version
These release notes describe the changes, fixes, known issues, and release details that apply to UEFI PXE UNDI driver version 1.10 for the x64 UEFI platform.
2. Changes
3. Bug Fixes
Fix Windows boot when Qlogic adapter mixed together.
4. Known Issues
None
5. History 1.09 - Fix Windows boot hang isssuen when there are multiple adapters. 1.08 - Check RM bit and clean it if it is set. Fix efi driver coundn't login issue if rebooting Sles system from promt. 1.07 - Fix system hang issue whem MPI enables BMC internal traffic.
1.06 - Add Hii support and fix controller name display.
1.04 - When there is an error during bofm implement, the manufacture mac address will be recoved. Add Wc and Bc support.
1.02 - 5/14/09
* Cleared routing table entries before function reset.
1.01 - 4/29/09
* Fixed Bofm support hang system issue.
1.00 - 4/27/09
* Initial release.
6. Additional Information
None
7. Trademarks
QLogic, the QLogic logo, QLA, SANbox, and SANsurfer are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation.
SANtrack and SAN Express are trademarks of QLogic Corporation.
All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
8. Notices
Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
9. Contacting Support
Please feel free to contact your QLogic approved reseller or QLogic Technical Support at any phase of integration for assistance. QLogic Technical Support can be reached by the following methods:
(c) Copyright 2009. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic, the QLogic logo, and the Powered by QLogic logo are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
PXE Option ROM for QLogic 10 GbE CNA Release Notes
This software license applies only to QLogic customers. QLogic Corporation. All rights reserved. Release Notes
Table of Contents
1. Change History 2. Known Issues 3. Notices 4. Contacting Support
1. Change History
1.07 - 10/13/09 * Closed ER68817: PXE code produces this log : ql_CloseAdapter( ): Completion pending, * Add display port number when link is down * return error when link is down * Add workaround in base code for tftpd32 error * MPI reset
1.04 - 7/20/09 * Reduce the code size * Add WC/BC for nic parameter and vpd * Use subdevice id for INT18/BEV
1.03 - 5/14/09 * Cleared route table opon exit.
1.02 - 5/4/09
* Fixed the double QLogic PXE banner in IBM HS21 blade. * Fixed system hang in HP ML370 G5 system.
1.01 - 4/29/09
* Added BOFM support (PCI 3.0).
1.00 - 4/27/09
* Initial release.
2. KNOWN Issues
None
3. Notices
Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
4. Contacting Support
For further assisance, contact QLogic Technical Support at: http://support.qlogic.com
Trademarks
Accelera, Accelerating Cluster Performance, InfiniCon Systems, InfiniNIC, InfiniPath, InfiniView, QLA, QLogic, the QLogic logo, ReadyPath, SANdoctor, SANsurfer, and SilverStorm are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
(c) Copyright 2013. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic and the QLogic logo are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
qlgc_fw_cna_qle8142-2_02_06_windows_32-64_chg
=============================================================================== Emulex NIC Device Driver for Windows ===============================================================================
Driver version: 4.6.203.1 (supported on IBM System x, BladeCenter and Flex)
Problems Fixed: - HyperV VM's tagged VLAN's did not get an IP Address - NIC Function Properties > Status for PCI Express Link Speed says Invalid Link Speed detected. - iSCSI ports of CNA card in ESXi 4.1u3 OCM GUI (vCenter plug in) is not getting displayed
Driver Vers: 4.4.176.2 (Previously supported on IBM Flex) Driver Vers: 4.2.390.6 (Previous Release for IBM Rack & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed: - Cleaned up inf file - TOE Offload Fails when the same neighbor is added more than once
Incremental Interoperability: - Windows 2012
Known Issues: - Switch Independent Mode not supported in a HyperV environment - Default values vary between inbox and out of box drivers. For example: Configuration section - Wake On LAN - Inbox default is ‘Disabled’ – out-of-box default is ‘Enabled’ Performance section - Maximum Number of RSS Queues - Inbox default is ‘4’ - out-of-box default is ‘8’ - Virtual Machine Queues - Inbox default is ‘Disabled’ – out-of-box default is ‘Enabled’ You may select the button to reset all driver settings to defaults after any installation.
Driver Vers: 4.1.370.0 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX, BladeCenter & Flex)
Incremental Interoperability: - Initial release for IBM Flex
Problems Fixed:
- HS23 - Sleep Stress test failed with bugcheck C4 during driver verify - TOE with RSC enabled causes Network to go down - Augmented WOL Capabilities - Driver parameter query failures - BSOD 9F during shutdown if device stops responding - RSS queues may change port during MPRestart and MPPause
Driver Vers: 4.1.334.25 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed:
- Emulex: Large Receive Offload support needed in Windows NIC driver - Win WoL: Need to report WoL based on ARM reported capabilities - update the driver strings for existing cards - RSS code may access PerMessage beyond end of array - 16 queue RSS for BE3 on Windows 2008 R2 - fix unverified mode of occfg to allow customer workarounds - 16 queue RSS lockup if SRIOV enabled in registry - Standard Property Page for 1 port Windows Azure card - Timeout RQ flush to avoid bugcheck during shutdown - Change receive buffer alignment to use Windows 2008 R2 TCPIP fast path - Emulex: BSOD - Replacing BE3 card with a BE2 card after installation of new kit driver and firmware on Win 2k3 SP2 R2x64 (vNIC enabled IBM machine) - be2nd62.inf failed ChkInf - VMQ registry keys displayed in Windows 2008 - be_function_prepare_nonembedded_ioctl overwrites version field - autoi reboot fails on Win2K8 x64 when verifier enabled - PCI ID: Updates for Endeavor 2 for IBM- PCI IDs Rev 1.22 - Emulex NIC driver causes BSoD during shutdown whenever disable firewall or join domain network - Sleep Stress test failed with bugcheck C4 during driver verify - Disable TOE by default for IBM - BSOD 9F during shutdown if device stops responding